Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

some+other+time

Толкование Перевод

101 υἱός

υἱός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.) prim. ‘son’

① a male who is in a kinship relationship either biologically or by legal action, son, offspring, descendant

ⓐ the direct male issue of a person, son τέξεται υἱόν Mt 1:21; GJs 14:2 (cp. Mel., P. 8, 53 ὡς γὰρ υἱὸς τεχθείς). Cp. Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14) and 25; 10:37 (w. θυγάτηρ); Mk 12:6a; Lk 1:13, 31, 57; 11:11; 15:11 (on this JEngel, Die Parabel v. Verlorenen Sohn: ThGl 18, 1926, 54–64; MFrost, The Prodigal Son: Exp. 9th ser., 2, 1924, 56–60; EBuonaiuti, Religio 11, ’35, 398–402); Ac 7:29; Ro 9:9 (cp. Gen 18:10); Gal 4:22 al. W. gen. Mt 7:9; 20:20f; 21:37ab; Mk 6:3; 9:17; Lk 3:2; 4:22; 15:19; J 9:19f; Ac 13:21; 16:1; 23:16; Gal 4:30abc (Gen 21:10abc); Js 2:21; AcPlCor 2:29. Also ἐγὼ Φαρισαῖός εἰμι υἱὸς Φαρισαίων Ac 23:6 is prob. a ref. to direct descent. μονογενὴς υἱός (s. μονογενής 1) Lk 7:12. ὁ υἱὸς ὁ πρωτότοκος (πρωτότοκος 1) 2:7.

ⓑ the immediate male offspring of an animal (Ps 28:1 υἱοὺς κριῶν; Sir 38:25. So Lat. filius: Columella 6, 37, 4) in our lit. only as foal ἐπὶ πῶλον υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου Mt 21:5 (cp. Zech 9:9 πῶλον νέον).

ⓒ human offspring in an extended line of descent, descendant, son Ἰωσὴφ υἱὸς Δαυίδ Mt 1:20 (cp. Jos., Ant. 11, 73); s. 2dα below. υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ (Ἰσραήλ 1) Mt 27:9; Lk 1:16; Ac 5:21; 7:23, 37; 9:15; 10:36; Ro 9:27; 2 Cor 3:7, 13; Hb 11:22 al.; AcPlCor 2:32. οἱ υἱοὶ Λευί (Num 26:57) Hb 7:5. υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ Lk 19:9. υἱοὶ Ἀδάμ 1 Cl 29:2 (Dt 32:8). υἱοι Ῥουβήλ GJs 6:3.

ⓓ one who is accepted or legally adopted as a son (Herodian 5, 7, 1; 4; 5; Jos, Ant. 2, 263; 20, 150) Ac 7:21 (cp. Ex 2:10).—J 19:26.

② a pers. related or closely associated as if by ties of sonship, son, transf. sense of 1

ⓐ of a pupil, follower, or one who is otherw. a spiritual son (SIG 1169, 12 οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ θεοῦ=the pupils and helpers [40] of Asclepius; sim. Maximus Tyr. 4, 2c; Just., D. 86, 6 οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν προφητῶν.—Some combination w. παῖδες is the favorite designation for those who are heirs of guild-secrets or who are to perpetuate a skill of some kind: Pla., Rep. 3, 407e, Leg. 6, 769b; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verbi 22 p. 102, 4 Us./Rdm. ῥητόρων παῖδες; Lucian, Anach. 19, Dial. Mort. 11, 1 Χαλδαίων π.=dream-interpreters, Dips. 5 ἱατρῶν π., Amor. 49; Himerius, Or. 48 [=Or. 14], 13 σοφῶν π.): the ‘sons’ of the Pharisees Mt 12:27; Lk 11:19. Peter says Μᾶρκος ὁ υἱός μου 1 Pt 5:13 (perh. w. a component of endearment; s. Μᾶρκος). As a familiar form of address by a cherished mentor Hb 12:5 (Pr 3:11; ParJer 5:28; 7:24). υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες B 1:1.

ⓑ of the individual members of a large and coherent group (cp. the υἷες Ἀχαιῶν in Homer; also PsSol 2:3 οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰερουσαλήμ; Dio Chrys. 71 [21], 15; LXX) οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ λαοῦ μου 1 Cl 8:3 (scripture quot. of unknown origin). υἱοὶ γένους Ἀβραάμ Ac 13:26. οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων (Gen 11:5; Ps 11:2, 9; 44:3; TestLevi 3:10; TestZeb 9:7; GrBar 2:4) the sons of men=humans (cp. dγ below) Mk 3:28; Eph 3:5; 1 Cl 61:2 (of the earthly rulers in contrast to the heavenly king).

ⓒ of one whose identity is defined in terms of a relationship with a person or thing

α. of those who are bound to a personality by close, non-material ties; it is this personality that has promoted the relationship and given it its character: son(s) of: those who believe are υἱοὶ Ἀβραάμ, because Abr. was the first whose relationship to God was based on faith Gal 3:7. In a special sense the devout, believers, are sons of God, i.e., in the light of the social context, people of special status and privilege (cp. PsSol 17:27; Just., D, 124, 1; Dio Chrys. 58 [75], 8 ὁ τοῦ Διὸς ὄντως υἱός; Epict. 1, 9, 6; 1, 3, 2; 1, 19, 9; Sextus 58; 60; 135; 376a; Dt 14:1; Ps 28:1; 72:15; Is 43:6 [w. θυγατέρες μου]; 45:11; Wsd 2:18; 5:5; 12:21 al.; Jdth 9:4, 13; Esth 8:12q; 3 Macc 6:28; SibOr 3, 702) Mt 5:45; Lk 6:35; Ro 8:14, 19 (‘Redeemer figures’ EFuchs, Die Freiheit des Glaubens, ’49, 108; against him EHommel in ThViat 4, ’52, 118, n. 26); 9:26 (Hos 2:1); 2 Cor 6:18 (w. θυγατέρες, s. Is 43:6 cited above); Gal 3:26 (cp. PsSol 17:27); 4:6a, 7ab (here the υἱός is the κληρονόμος and his opposite is the δοῦλος); Hb 2:10 (JKögel, Der Sohn u. die Söhne: Eine exeget. Studie zu Hb 2:5–18, 1904); 12:5–8 (in vs. 8 opp. νόθος, q.v.); Rv 21:7; 2 Cl 1:4; B 4:9. Corresp. there are sons of the devil (on this subj. cp. Hdb. on J 8:44) υἱὲ διαβόλου Ac 13:10. οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ (masc.) Mt 13:38b. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἐν Ἅιδου ApcPt Rainer. In υἱοί ἐστε τῶν φονευσάντων τοὺς προφήτας Mt 23:31 this mng. is prob. to be combined w. sense 1c. The expr. υἱοὶ θεοῦ Mt 5:9 looks to the future (s. Betz, SM ad loc.; cp. KKöhler, StKr 91, 1918, 189f). Lk 20:36a signifies a status akin to that of angels (Ps 88:7; θεῶν παῖδες as heavenly beings: Maximus Tyr. 11, 5a; 12a; 13, 6a.—Hierocles 3, 424 the ἄγγελοι are called θεῶν παῖδες; HWindisch, Friedensbringer-Gottessöhne: ZNW 24, 1925, 240–60, discounts connection w. angels and contends for the elevation of the ordinary followers of Jesus to the status of Alexander the Great in his role as an εἰρηνηποιός [cp. Plut., Mor. 329c]; for measured critique of this view s. Betz, SM 137–42.).

β. υἱός w. gen. of thing, to denote one who shares in it or who is worthy of it, or who stands in some other close relation to it, oft. made clear by the context; this constr. is prob. a Hebraism in the main, but would not appear barbaric (B-D-F §162, 6; Mlt-H. 441; Dssm., B p. 162–66 [BS 161–66]; PASA II 1884, no. 2 υἱὸς πόλεως [time of Nero; on this type of formulation SEG XXXIX, 1864]; IMagnMai 167, 5; 156, 12) οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου (αἰών 2a) Lk 16:8a (opp. οἱ υἱοί τοῦ φωτός vs. 8b); 20:34. τῆς ἀναστάσεως υἱοί (to Mediterranean publics the functional equivalent of ἀθάνατοι ‘immortals’; cp. ἀνάστασις 2b) 20:36b. υἱοὶ τῆς ἀνομίας (ἀνομία 1; cp. CD 6:15) Hv 3, 6, 1; ApcPt 1:3; τῆς ἀπειθείας (s. ἀπείθεια) Eph 2:2; 5:6; Col 3:6; τῆς ἀπωλείας ApcPt 1:2. ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας of Judas the informer J 17:12 (cp. similar expressions in Eur., Hec. 425; Menand., Dyscolus 88f: s. FDanker, NTS 7, ’60/61, 94), of the end-time adversary 2 Th 2:3. υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας (βασιλεία 1bη; s. SEG XXXIX, 1864 for related expressions) Mt 8:12; 13:38a. υἱοὶ βροντῆς Mk 3:17 (s. Βοανηργές). υἱὸς γεέννης (s. γέεννα) Mt 23:15; τ. διαθήκης (PsSol 17:15) Ac 3:25; εἰρήνης Lk 10:6. υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος (s. νυμφών) Mt 9:15; Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34. υἱὸς παρακλήσεως Ac 4:36 (s. Βαρναβᾶς). υἱοὶ (τοῦ) φωτός (Hippol., Ref. 6, 47, 4 in gnostic speculation) Lk 16:8b (opp. υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου); J 12:36. υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας 1 Th 5:5 (EBuonaiuti, ‘Figli del giorno e della luce’ [1 Th 5:5]: Rivista storico-critica delle Scienze teol. 6, 1910, 89–93).

ⓓ in various combinations as a designation of the Messiah and a self-designation of Jesus

α. υἱὸς Δαυίδ son of David of the Messiah (PsSol 17:21) Mt 22:42–45; Mk 12:35–37; Lk 20:41–44; B 12:10c. Specif. of Jesus as Messiah Mt 1:1a; 9:27; 12:23; 15:22; 20:30f; 21:9, 15; Mk 10:47f; Lk 18:38f.—WWrede, Jesus als Davidssohn: Vorträge u. Studien 1907, 147–77; WBousset, Kyrios Christos² 1921, 4, Rel.³ 226f; ELohmeyer, Gottesknecht u. Davidssohn ’45, esp. 68; 72; 77; 84; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 251–56; WMichaelis, Die Davidsohnschaft Jesu usw., in D. histor. Jesus u. d. kerygm. Christus, ed. Ristow and Matthiae, ’61, 317–30; LFisher, ECColwell Festschr. ’68, 82–97.

β. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, υἱὸς θεοῦ (the) Son of God (for the phrase s. JosAs 6:2 al. Ἰωσὴφ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ; there is no undisputed evidence of usage as messianic title in pre-Christian Judaism [s. Dalman, Worte 219–24, Eng. tr. 268–89; Bousset, Kyrios Christos² 53f; EHuntress, ‘Son of God’ in Jewish Writings Prior to the Christian Era: JBL 54, ’35, 117–23]; cp. 4Q 246 col. 2, 1 [JFitzmyer, A Wandering Aramean ’79, 90–93; JCollins, BRev IX/3, ’93, 34–38, 57]. Among polytheists on the other hand, sons of the gods in a special sense [s. Just., A I, 21, 1f] are not only known to myth and legend, but definite historical personalities are also designated as such. Among them are famous wise men such as Pythagoras and Plato [HUsener, Das Weihnachtsfest² 1911, 71ff], and deified rulers, above all the Roman emperors since the time of Augustus [oft. in ins and pap: Dssm., B 166f=BS 166f, LO 294f=LAE 346f; Thieme 33]. According to Memnon [I B.C./ I A.D.]: 434 Fgm. 1, 1, 1 Jac., Clearchus [IV B.C.] carried his boasting so far as Διὸς υἱὸν ἑαυτὸν ἀνειπεῖν. Also, persons who were active at that time as prophets and wonder-workers laid claim to the title υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, e.g. the Samaritan Dositheus in Origen, C. Cels. 6, 11; sim. an Indian wise man who calls himself Διὸς υἱός Arrian, Anab. 7, 2, 3; cp. Did., Gen. 213, 18 ὁ Ἀβρὰμ υἱὸς θεοῦ διὰ δικαιοσύνην. S. GWetter, ‘Der Sohn Gottes’ 1916; Hdb. exc. on J 1:34; s. also Clemen² 76ff; ENorden, Die Geburt des Kindes 1924, 75; 91f; 132; 156f; EKlostermann, Hdb. exc. on Mk 1:11 [4th ed. ’50]; M-JLagrange, Les origines du dogme paulinien de la divinité de Christ: RB 45, ’36, 5–33; HPreisker, Ntl. Zeitgesch. ’37, 187–208; HBraun, ZTK 54, ’57, 353–64; ANock, ‘Son of God’ in Paul. and Hellen. Thought: Gnomon 33, ’61, 581–90 [=Essays on Religion and the Anc. World II, ’72, 928–39]—originality in Paul’s thought): Ps 2:7 is applied to Jesus υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε Lk 3:22 D; GEb 18, 37.—Ac 13:33; Hb 1:5a; 5:5; 1 Cl 36:4. Likew. Hos 11:1 (w. significant changes): Mt 2:15, and 2 Km 7:14: Hb 1:5b. The voice of God calls him ὁ υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός (s. ἀγαπητός 1) at his baptism Mt 3:17; Mk 1:11; Lk 3:22; GEb 18, 37 and 39 and at the Transfiguration Mt 17:5; Mk 9:7; Lk 9:35 (here ἐκλελεγμένος instead of ἀγαπ.); 2 Pt 1:17. Cp. J 1:34. The angel at the Annunciation uses these expressions in referring to him: υἱὸς ὑψίστου Lk 1:32; GJs 11:3 and υἱὸς θεοῦ Lk 1:35 (Ar. 15, 1 ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου. Cp. Just., A I, 23, 2 μόνος ἰδίως υἱὸς τῷ θεῷ γεγέννηται). The centurion refers to him at the crucifixion as υἱὸς θεοῦ Mt 27:54; Mk 15:39; GPt 11:45; cp. vs. 46 (CMann, ET 20, 1909, 563f; JPobee, The Cry of the Centurion, A Cry of Defeat: CFDMoule Festschr. ’70, 91–102; EJohnson, JSNT 31, ’87, 3–22 [an indefinite affirmation of Jesus]). The high priest asks εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Mt 26:63 (DCatchpole, NTS 17, ’71, 213–26). Passers-by ask him to show that he is God’s Son 27:40; sim. the devil 4:3, 6; Lk 4:3, 9. On the other hand, evil spirits address him as the Son of God Mt 8:29; Mk 3:11; 5:7; Lk 4:41; 8:28; and disciples testify that he is Mt 14:33; 16:16. S. also Mk 1:1 (s. SLegg, Ev. Sec. Marc. ’35).—Jesus also refers to himself as Son of God, though rarely apart fr. the Fourth Gosp.: Mt 28:19 (the Risen Lord in the trinitarian baptismal formula); Mt 21:37f=Mk 12:6 (an allusion in the parable of the vinedressers).—Mt 27:43; Mk 13:32; Rv 2:18. The main pass. is the so-called Johannine verse in the synoptics Mt 11:27=Lk 10:22 (s. PSchmiedel, PM 4, 1900,1–22; FBurkitt, JTS 12, 1911, 296f; HSchumacher, Die Selbstoffenbarung Jesu bei Mt 11:27 [Lk 10:22] 1912 [lit.]; Norden, Agn. Th. 277–308; JWeiss, Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 120–29, Urchristentum 1917, 87ff; Bousset, Kyrios Christos² 1921, 45ff; EMeyer I 280ff; RBultmann, Gesch. d. synopt. Trad.² ’31, 171f; MDibelius, Die Formgeschichte des Evangeliums² ’33, 259; MRist, Is Mt 11:25–30 a Primitive Baptismal Hymn? JR 15, ’35, 63–77; TArvedson, D. Mysterium Christi: E. Studie zu Mt 11:25–30, ’37; WDavies, ‘Knowledge’ in the Dead Sea Scrolls and Mt 11:25–30, HTR 45, ’53, 113–39; WGrundmann, Sohn Gottes, ZNW 47, ’56, 113–33; JBieneck, Sohn Gottes als Christusbez. der Synopt. ’51; PWinter, Mt 11:27 and Lk 10:22: NovT 1, ’56, 112–48; JJocz, Judaica 13, ’57, 129–42; OMichel/OBetz, Von Gott Gezeugt, Beih. ZNW [Jeremias Festschr.] 26, ’60, 3–23 [Qumran]).—Apart fr. the synoptics, testimony to Jesus as the Son of God is found in many parts of our lit. Oft. in Paul: Ro 1:3, 4, 9; 5:10; 8:3, 29, 32; 1 Cor 1:9; 15:28; 2 Cor 1:19; Gal 1:16; 2:20; 4:4; Eph 4:13; Col 1:13; 1 Th 1:10. Cp. Ac 9:20. In Hb: 1:2, 8; 4:14; 5:8; 6:6; 7:3, 28; 10:29. In greatest frequency in John (cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 6 the Λόγος as υἱὸς θεοῦ. Likew. Philo, Agr. 51 πρωτόγονος υἱός, Conf. Lingu. 146 υἱὸς θεοῦ.—Theoph. Ant. 2, 1 [p. 154, 12] ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅς ἐστιν καὶ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ; Iren. 3, 12, 2 [Harv. II 55, 2]): J 1:49; 3:16–18 (s. μονογενής 2), 35f; 5:19–26; 6:40; 8:35f; 10:36; 11:4, 27; 14:13; 17:1; 19:7; 20:31; 1J 1:3, 7; 2:22–24; 3:8, 23; 4:9f, 14f; 5:5, 9–13, 20; 2J 3, 9.—B 5:9, 11; 7:2, 9; 12:8; 15:5; Dg 7:4; 9:2, 4; 10:2 (τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν μονογενῆ; also ApcEsdr 6:16 p. 31, 22 Tdf.; ApcSed 9:1f); IMg 8:2; ISm 1:1; MPol 17:3; Hv 2, 2, 8; Hs 5, 2, 6 (ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ ἀγαπητός); 8; 11; 5, 4, 1; 5, 5, 2; 3; 5; 5, 6, 1; 2; 4; 7 (on the Christology of the Shepherd s. Dibelius, Hdb. on Hs 5, also ALink and JvWalter [πνεῦμα 5cα]); Hs 8, 3, 2; 8, 11, 1. Cp. 9, 1, 1; 9, 12, 1ff.—In trinitarian formulas, in addition to Mt 28:19, also IMg 13:1; EpilMosq 5; D 7:1, 3.—The deceiver of the world appears w. signs and wonders ὡς υἱὸς θεοῦ D 16:4 (ApcEsdr 4:27 p. 28, 32 Tdf. ὁ λέγων• Ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ [of Antichrist]).—EKühl, Das Selbstbewusstsein Jesu 1907, 16–44; GVos, The Self-disclosure of Jesus 1926.—EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 404–17; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 211–36; MHengel, The Son of God (tr. JBowden) ’76; DJones, The Title υἱὸς θεοῦ in Acts: SBLSP 24, ’85, 451–63.

γ. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου lit. ‘the son of the man’ (the pl. form οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων appears freq. in the LXX to render בְּנֵי אָדָם = mortals, e.g. Gen 11:5; Ps 10:4; 11:2; cp. ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπολείας J 17:12 [s. 2cβ]) ‘the human being, the human one, the man’ in our lit. only as a byname in ref. to Jesus and in an exclusive sense the Human One, the Human Being, one intimately linked with humanity in its primary aspect of fragility yet transcending it, traditionally rendered ‘the Son of Man.’ The term is found predom. in the gospels, where it occurs in the synoptics about 70 times (about half as oft. if parallels are excluded), and in J 12 times (s. EKlostermann, Hdb. exc. on Mk 8:31). In every case the title is applied by Jesus to himself. Nowhere within a saying or narrative about him is it found in an address to him: Mt 8:20; 9:6; 10:23; 11:19; 12:8, 32, 40; 13:37, 41; 16:13, 27f; 17:9, 12, 22; 18:10 [11] v.l.; 19:28; 20:18, 28; 24:27, 30, 37, 39, 44; 25:13 v.l., 31; 26:2, 24ab, 45, 64; Mk 2:10, 28; 8:31, 38; 9:9, 12, 31; 10:33, 45; 13:26; 14:21ab, 41, 62; Lk 5:24; 6:5, 22; 7:34; 9:22, 26, 44, 56 v.l., 58; 11:30; 12:8, 10, 40; 17:22, 24, 26, 30; 18:8, 31; 19:10; 21:27, 36; 22:22, 48, 69; 24:7.—John (FGrosheide, Υἱὸς τ. ἀνθρ. in het Evang. naar Joh.: TSt 35, 1917, 242–48; HDieckmann, D. Sohn des Menschen im J: Scholastik 2, 1927, 229–47; HWindisch, ZNW 30, ’31, 215–33; 31, ’32, 199–204; WMichaelis, TLZ 85, ’60, 561–78 [Jesus’ earthly presence]) 1:51; 3:13, 14; 5:27 (BVawter, Ezekiel and John, CBQ 26, ’64, 450–58); 6:27, 53, 62; 8:28; 9:35; 12:23, 34; 13:31. Whether the component of fragility (suggested by OT usage in ref. to the brief span of human life and the ills to which it falls heir) or high status (suggested by traditions that appear dependent on Da 7:13, which refers to one ‘like a human being’), or a blend of the two dominates a specific occurrence can be determined only by careful exegesis that in addition to extra-biblical traditions takes account of the total literary structure of the document in which it occurs. Much neglected in the discussion is the probability of prophetic association suggested by the form of address Ezk 2:1 al. (like the OT prophet [Ezk 3:4–11] Jesus encounters resistance).—On Israelite thought contemporary w. Jesus and alleged knowledge of a heavenly being looked upon as a ‘Son of Man’ or ‘Man’, who exercises Messianic functions such as judging the world (metaph., pictorial passages in En 46–48; 4 Esdr 13:3, 51f) s. Bousset, Rel.³ 352–55; NMessel, D. Menschensohn in d. Bilderreden d. Hen. 1922; ESjöberg, Kenna 1 Henok och 4 Esra tanken på den lidande Människosonen? Sv. Ex. Årsb. 5, ’40, 163–83, D. Menschensohn im äth. Hen. ’46. This view is in some way connected w. Da 7:13; acc. to some it derives its real content fr. an eschatological tradition that ultimately goes back to Iran (WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 160–223; Reitzenstein, Erlösungsmyst. 119ff, ZNW 20, 1921, 18–22, Mysterienrel.³ 418ff; Clemen² 72ff; CKraeling, Anthropos and Son of Man: A Study in the Religious Syncretism of the Hellenistic Orient 1927); acc. to this tradition the First Man was deified; he will return in the last times and usher in the Kingdom of God.—Outside the gospels: Ac 7:56 (v.l. τοῦ θεοῦ; GKilpatrick, TZ 21, ’65, 209); Rv 1:13; 14:14 (both after Da 7:13; sim. allusion to Da in Just., D. 31, 1). The quot. fr. Ps 8:5 in Hb 2:6 prob. does not belong here, since there is no emphasis laid on υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου. In IEph 20:2 Jesus is described as υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου καὶ υἱὸς θεοῦ. Differently B 12:10 Ἰησοῦς, οὐχὶ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἀλλὰ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Jesus, not a man’s son, but Son of God.—HLietzmann, Der Menschensohn 1896; Dalman, Worte 191–219 (Eng. tr., 234–67); Wlh., Einl.² 123–30; PFiebig, Der Menschensohn 1901; NSchmidt, The Prophet of Nazareth 1905, 94–134, Recent Study of the Term ‘Son of Man’: JBL 45, 1926, 326–49; FTillmann, Der Menschensohn 1907; EKühl, Das Selbstbewusstsein Jesu 1907, 65ff; HHoltzmann, Das messianische Bewusstsein Jesu, 1907, 49–75 (lit.), Ntl. Theologie² I 1911, 313–35; FBard, D. Sohn d. Menschen 1908; HGottsched, D. Menschensohn 1908; EAbbott, ‘The Son of Man’, etc., 1910; EHertlein, Die Menschensohnfrage im letzten Stadium 1911, ZNW 19, 1920, 46–48; JMoffatt, The Theology of the Gospels 1912, 150–63; WBousset, Kyrios Christos² 1921, 5–22 (the titles of the works by Wernle and Althaus opposing his first edition [1913], as well as Bousset’s answer, are found s.v. κύριος, end); DVölter, Jesus der Menschensohn 1914, Die Menschensohnfrage neu untersucht 1916; FSchulthess, ZNW 21, 1922, 247–50; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919 (see also the works by the same author referred to above in this entry); EMeyer II 335ff; HGressmann, ZKG n.s. 4, 1922, 170ff, D. Messias 1929, 341ff; GDupont, Le Fils d’Homme 1924; APeake, The Messiah and the Son of Man 1924; MWagner, Der Menschensohn: NKZ 36, 1925, 245–78; Guillaume Baldensperger, Le Fils d’Homme: RHPR 5, 1925, 262–73; WBleibtreu, Jesu Selbstbez. als der Menschensohn: StKr 98/99, 1926, 164–211; AvGall, Βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ 1926; OProcksch, D. Menschensohn als Gottessohn: Christentum u. Wissensch. 3, 1927, 425–43; 473–81; CMontefiore, The Synoptic Gospels² 1927 I 64–80; ROtto, Reich Gottes u. Menschensohn ’34, Eng. tr. The Kgdm. of God and the Son of Man, tr. Filson and Woolf² ’43; EWechssler, Hellas im Ev. ’36, 332ff; PParker, The Mng. of ‘Son of Man’: JBL 60, ’41, 151–57; HSharman, Son of Man and Kingdom of God ’43; JCampbell, The Origin and Mng. of the Term Son of Man: JTS 48, ’47, 145–55; HRiesenfeld, Jésus Transfiguré ’47, 307–13 (survey and lit.); TManson, ConNeot 11, ’47, 138–46 (Son of Man=Jesus and his disciples in Mk 2:27f); GDuncan, Jesus, Son of Man ’47, 135–53 (survey); JBowman, ET 59, ’47/48, 283–88 (background); MBlack, ET 60, ’48f, 11–15; 32–36; GKnight, Fr. Moses to Paul ’49, 163–72 (survey); TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 237–50; TManson (Da, En and gospels), BJRL 32, ’50, 171–93; TPreiss, Le Fils d’Homme: ÉThR 26/3, ’51, Life in Christ, ’54, 43–60; SMowinckel, He That Cometh, tr. Anderson, ’54, 346–450; GIber, Überlieferungsgesch. Unters. z. Begriff des Menschensohnes im NT, diss. Heidelb. ’53; ESjöberg, D. verborgene Menschensohn in den Ev. ’55; WGrundmann, ZNW 47, ’56, 113–33; HRiesenfeld, The Mythological Backgrd. of NT Christology, CHDodd Festschr. ’56, 81–95; PhVielhauer, Gottesreich u. Menschensohn in d. Verk. Jesu, GDehn Festschr. ’57, 51–79; ESidebottom, The Son of Man in J, ET 68, ’57, 231–35; 280–83; AHiggins, Son of Man- Forschung since (Manson’s) ‘The Teaching of Jesus’: NT Essays (TW Manson memorial vol.) ’59, 119–35; HTödt, D. Menschensohn in d. synopt. Überl. ’59 (tr. Barton ’65); JMuilenburg, JBL 79, ’60, 197–209 (Da, En); ESchweizer, JBL 79, ’60, 119–29 and NTS 9, ’63, 256–61; BvIersel, ‘Der Sohn’ in den synopt. Jesusworten, ’61 (community?); MBlack, BJRL 45, ’63, 305–18; FBorsch, ATR 45, ’63, 174–90; AHiggins, Jesus and the Son of Man, ’64; RFormesyn, NovT 8, ’66, 1–35 (barnasha=‘I’); SSandmel, HSilver Festschr. ’63, 355–67; JJeremias, Die älteste Schicht der Menschensohn-Logien, ZNW 58, ’67, 159–72; GVermes, MBlack, Aram. Approach³, ’67, 310–30; BLindars, The New Look on the Son of Man: BJRL 63, ’81, 437–62; WWalker, The Son of Man, Some Recent Developments CBQ 45, ’83, 584–607; JDonahue, Recent Studies on the Origin of ‘Son of Man’ in the Gospels, CBQ 48, ’86, 584–607; DBurkitt, The Nontitular Son of Man, A History and Critique: NTS 40, ’94 504–21 (lit.); JEllington, BT 40, ’89, 201–8; RGordon, Anthropos: 108–13.—B. 105; DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > υἱός
102 Einmal

Adv.

1. once; einmal eins ist eins one times one is one; einmal im Jahr once a year; ein- bis oder oder zweimal once or twice; noch einmal once more, (once) again; betont: one more time; versuch’s noch einmal auch have another go (Am. try); noch einmal so viel twice as much; noch einmal so alt wie er etc. twice his etc. age; einmal mehr / wieder einmal once again; einmal hell, einmal dunkel sometimes light, sometimes dark; einmal sagst du ja, dann sagst du nein one moment ( oder first) it’s yes, then it’s no; einmal dies, einmal jenes iro. it’s something different every time; Ferien einmal anders quite a different sort of holiday (Am. vacation); einmal ist keinmal Sprichw. once ( oder one time) doesn’t count; einmal und nie wieder never again; das gibt’s nur einmal Sache: that’s unique; Ereignis: that won’t happen again

2. (früher) once; (zuvor) before; ich war ( schon) einmal da I’ve been there before, I was there once; das war einmal that’s all in the past; es war einmal ein(e) ... once upon a time there was a...; haben Sie schon einmal...? have you ever...?; es ist nicht mehr das, was es einmal war it isn’t what it used to be, it’s not the same any more

3. (in der Zukunft) one day, some day (or other); (später einmal) later on (some time); wenn du einmal groß bist when you grow up, when you’re a big boy ( oder girl); das wird er noch einmal bereuen he’ll live to regret it; einmal kommt die Zeit, da oder wo... the time will come when...

4. auf einmal (plötzlich) suddenly; (gleichzeitig) at the same time; (auf einen Sitz) in one go; alle(s) auf einmal all at once; zwei etc. auf einmal two at the same time ( oder at once)

5. erst einmal first

6. nicht einmal not even, not so much as; er hat mich nicht einmal angesehen he didn’t even (deign to) look at me

7. nun einmal (eben) just, simply; ich habe nun einmal keine Lust dazu I just don’t feel like it at the moment; ich bin nun einmal so that’s the way I am, I can’t help it; er ist nun einmal so auch he’s like that; es ist nun einmal so that’s the way it is, that’s life

8. freundlich: hör einmal! listen; stell dir einmal vor just imagine, can you imagine; kommst du bitte einmal her? can you come here for a moment?

9. ärgerlich: sei endlich einmal ruhig! be quiet, will you!, how many times do I have to tell you to be quiet!; hör doch einmal auf! stop that!; einmal muss Schluss sein all good things (must) come to an end

10. betont: (ausnahmsweise) for once; wenn ich 'einmal Zeit habe, muss es natürlich regnen! when I have some spare time for once, it has to go and rain

11. (zum einen, erstens) firstly, for one thing; einmal weil..., zum anderen weil... for one thing because..., for another because...

* * *

one time; once

* * *
ein|mal ['ainmaːl]
adv

1) (= ein einziges Mal) once; (= erstens) first of all, firstly, for a start

éínmal eins ist eins — once one is one, one times one is one

éínmal sagt er dies, éínmal das — sometimes he says one thing, sometimes another

éínmal sagte sie, wir sollten bleiben, éínmal wir sollten gehen — first of all she says that we should stay, then that we should go

éínmal mehr — once again

éínmal und nicht or nie wieder — once and never again

noch éínmal — again

noch éínmal so groß wie — as big again as

wenn sie da ist, ist es noch éínmal so schön — it's twice as nice when she's there

2) (= früher, vorher) once; (= später, in Zukunft) one or some day

waren Sie schon éínmal in Rom? — have you ever been to Rome?

er hat schon éínmal bessere Zeiten gesehen — he has seen better days

sie waren éínmal glücklich, aber jetzt... — they were happy once or at one time, but now...

es war éínmal... — once upon a time there was...

das war éínmal! — that was then

besuchen Sie mich doch éínmal! — come and visit me some time!

das wird éínmal anders werden — things will be different some or one day

3)

(verstärkend, eingrenzend: meist nicht übersetzt) nicht éínmal — not even

auch éínmal — also, too

wieder éínmal — again

ich bin/die Frauen sind nun éínmal so — that's the way I am/women are, I'm just/women are like that

wie die Lage nun éínmal ist — with things as or the way they are

wenn er nun éínmal hier ist... — seeing he's here...

alle éínmal herhören! — listen everyone!

sag éínmal, ist das wahr? — tell me, is it true?

See:

→ erst

* * *

(a single time: He did it once; If I could see her once again I would be happy.) once

* * *

ein·mal¹, 1-mal^RR

[ˈainma:l]

adv

1. (ein Mal) once; s.a. achtmal

2. (ein einziges Mal) once

wenn du auch nur \einmal auf mich hören würdest! if you would only listen to me, just once!

das gibt's nur \einmal (fam) it's [really] unique, it's a one-off

\einmal Hamburg und zurück, bitte one return to Hamburg, please

\einmal Tee und zwei Kaffee, bitte! one tea and two coffees, please!

\einmal im Monat/am Tag/in der Woche once a month/day/week

\einmal und nie wieder once and once only [or and never again]

noch \einmal once more, one more time

3. (zunächst) first

\einmal sagst du dies und dann wieder das first you say one thing and then another

4. (ein weiteres Mal)

noch \einmal again

soll ich es [dir] noch \einmal erklären? shall I explain it [to you] you again?

\einmal mehr once again

5. (früher irgendwann) once

sie waren \einmal glücklich they used to be happy [once]

das Hotel ist nicht mehr das, was es \einmal war the hotel is not what it used to be

warst du schon \einmal in Wien? have you ever been to Vienna?

es war \einmal ein König, der hatte drei Töchter once upon a time, there was a king who had three daughters

das war \einmal! that's over!, that's a thing of the past!

schon \einmal ever

hast du schon \einmal daran gedacht auszuwandern? have you ever thought of emigrating?

6. (später irgendwann) sometime, some [or one] day

du wirst \einmal an meine Worte denken! you'll remember my words one day!

es kommt \einmal der Tag, an dem... the day will come when...

ich will \einmal Pilot werden I want to be a pilot [some day]

7.

▶ auf \einmal (plötzlich) all at once, suddenly, all of a sudden; (zugleich) all at once

schreit nicht alle auf \einmal don't all shout at once

▶ \einmal ist keinmal (prov) just once doesn't count

ein·mal²

[ˈainma:l]

part

1. (eben)

so liegen die Dinge nun \einmal that's the way things are

alle \einmal herhören! listen, everyone!

sag \einmal, ist das wahr? tell me, is it true?

sei doch \einmal so lieb und reiche mir die Kaffeekanne! could you just pass me the pot of coffee?

komm doch \einmal her! come here a minute!

kannst du \einmal halten? can you hold onto this for a minute?

wie heißt der Autor noch \einmal? what's the name of the author again?

so ist das nun \einmal that's the way it is

damit musst du dich nun \einmal abfinden that you have to accept

2. (einschränkend)

erst \einmal first

ich werde es erst \einmal überschlafen und dir morgen meine Entscheidung mitteilen I'll sleep on it [first] and will let you know my decision tomorrow

lass uns erst \einmal abwarten let's wait and see

nicht \einmal not even

er hat sich nicht \einmal bedankt he didn't even say thank you

wieder \einmal [once] again

du hast wieder \einmal Recht! [once] again, you're right!

* * *
1.
Adverb

1) (ein Mal) once

noch einmal so groß [wie] — twice as big [as]

etwas noch einmal tun — do something again

einmal sagt er dies, ein andermal das — first he says one thing, then another

einmal ist keinmal — (Spr.) it won't matter just this once

auf einmal — all at once; suddenly; (zugleich) at once

2) (später) some day; one day; (früher) once

es war einmal ein König, der... — once upon a time there was a king who...
2.
Partikel

1)

daran ist nun einmal nichts mehr zu ändern — there's nothing more that can be done about it

nicht einmal — not even

wieder einmal — yet again

2)

alle einmal zuhören! — listen everybody!

* * *

Einmal… im subst (Wegwerf…) disposable

* * *
1.
Adverb

1) (ein Mal) once

noch einmal so groß [wie] — twice as big [as]

etwas noch einmal tun — do something again

einmal sagt er dies, ein andermal das — first he says one thing, then another

einmal ist keinmal — (Spr.) it won't matter just this once

auf einmal — all at once; suddenly; (zugleich) at once

2) (später) some day; one day; (früher) once

es war einmal ein König, der... — once upon a time there was a king who...
2.
Partikel

1)

daran ist nun einmal nichts mehr zu ändern — there's nothing more that can be done about it

nicht einmal — not even

wieder einmal — yet again

2)

alle einmal zuhören! — listen everybody!

* * *

adj.

once adj.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Einmal
103 además de

prep.

in addition to, besides, plus, aside from.

Le di mantequilla además de pan I gave him butter in addition to bread.

* * *

además de

as well as, in addition to

■ además de gordo es feo as well as being fat, he's ugly

* * *

besides, as well as

* * *

= along with, apart from, as well as, besides, coupled with, in addition (to), over and above, plus, quite apart from, aside from, on top of, other than, complete with, not least, beyond, together with, not to mention

Ex. A crisp, even impression became the norm, along with the use of respectable paper and ink.

Ex. Apart from the names of subjects, the names of corporate bodies, persons, chemicals, trade products, and trade names are some other possibilities.

Ex. All means of conveying affinitive relationships list a number of terms which may be used as well as, or instead of, the original entry term.

Ex. In a catalogue using main and added entries, all other entries besides the one main entry are added entries.

Ex. And coupled with it, the simple answer, yes, I think made for a rather historic exchange, and it surely was worth the price of admission.

Ex. In addition to the full edition, there exist abridged and medium editions of the scheme.

Ex. Such posts were regarded as a welcome bonus over and above the traditional base market.

Ex. All of these (except PREVIOUS and NEXT), plus some additional commands are also available from the Command Menu.

Ex. Quite apart from a completely new vocabulary, the whole mystique of computers is still a source of bewilderment.

Ex. The author maintains that, aside from increasing computational speed, and thus real-time control, musically no advances have been made.

Ex. Librarians will have to acquire additional skills on top of the old ones.

Ex. The advantages, other than the savings in costs, are that they allow the student to progress at an individual pace = Las ventajas, además del ahorro en los costes, son que permiten al estudiante avanzar a su propio ritmo.

Ex. Such moulds were called double-faced to distinguish them from the ordinary single-faced moulds which continued to be used for making laid paper, complete with bar shadows, for the rest of the eighteenth century.

Ex. Extra money for books is raised in a variety of ways, not least through the efforts of active parent/teachers' associations.

Ex. Once it is available, duplicates in large quantities could probably be turned out for a cent apiece beyond the cost of materials.

Ex. Most such bulletins list titles or abstracts, together with citations of relevant new documents in the subject area.

Ex. UNIMARC could make a significant contribution to UBC but, if it is to succeed, it requires the co-operation and effort, not to mention the financial outlay, of all national MARC users.

* * *

= along with, apart from, as well as, besides, coupled with, in addition (to), over and above, plus, quite apart from, aside from, on top of, other than, complete with, not least, beyond, together with, not to mention

Ex: A crisp, even impression became the norm, along with the use of respectable paper and ink.

Ex: Apart from the names of subjects, the names of corporate bodies, persons, chemicals, trade products, and trade names are some other possibilities.

Ex: All means of conveying affinitive relationships list a number of terms which may be used as well as, or instead of, the original entry term.

Ex: In a catalogue using main and added entries, all other entries besides the one main entry are added entries.

Ex: And coupled with it, the simple answer, yes, I think made for a rather historic exchange, and it surely was worth the price of admission.

Ex: In addition to the full edition, there exist abridged and medium editions of the scheme.

Ex: Such posts were regarded as a welcome bonus over and above the traditional base market.

Ex: All of these (except PREVIOUS and NEXT), plus some additional commands are also available from the Command Menu.

Ex: Quite apart from a completely new vocabulary, the whole mystique of computers is still a source of bewilderment.

Ex: The author maintains that, aside from increasing computational speed, and thus real-time control, musically no advances have been made.

Ex: Librarians will have to acquire additional skills on top of the old ones.

Ex: The advantages, other than the savings in costs, are that they allow the student to progress at an individual pace = Las ventajas, además del ahorro en los costes, son que permiten al estudiante avanzar a su propio ritmo.

Ex: Such moulds were called double-faced to distinguish them from the ordinary single-faced moulds which continued to be used for making laid paper, complete with bar shadows, for the rest of the eighteenth century.

Ex: Extra money for books is raised in a variety of ways, not least through the efforts of active parent/teachers' associations.

Ex: Once it is available, duplicates in large quantities could probably be turned out for a cent apiece beyond the cost of materials.

Ex: Most such bulletins list titles or abstracts, together with citations of relevant new documents in the subject area.

Ex: UNIMARC could make a significant contribution to UBC but, if it is to succeed, it requires the co-operation and effort, not to mention the financial outlay, of all national MARC users.

Spanish-English dictionary > además de
104 desear

v.

1 to want.

¿qué desea? what can I do for you? (en tienda)

¿desea algo más? would you like anything else?, is that everything? (en tienda)

desearía estar allí I wish I was there

estoy deseando que llegue I can't wait for her to arrive

dejar mucho/no dejar nada que desear to leave much/nothing to be desired

es de desear que las negociaciones terminen pronto a quick end to the negotiations would be desirable

2 to wish.

te deseo mucha suerte I wish you the best of luck

me deseó lo mejor/un buen viaje he wished me all the best/a pleasant journey

3 to desire (sexualmente).

Quiero paz I want peace.

4 to wish to, to ache to, to be longing to, to desire to.

Quiero estudiar I want to study.

* * *

desear

► verbo transitivo

1 (querer) to want

■ deseo que venga I want him to come

2 (anhelar) to long for, wish for, desire; (para alguien) to wish

■ estoy deseando que lleguen las vacaciones de Navidad I can't wait for the Christmas holidays

■ desearía tener un coche I wish I had a car

■ le deseó la mejor suerte she wished him good luck

■ ¿qué desea? can I help you?, what can I do for you?

3 (sexualmente) to desire

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

dejar mucho/bastante que desear to leave a lot to be desired

es de desear que it is to be hoped that

* * *

verb

1) to wish

2) want

3) desire

* * *

VT

1) (=anhelar) to want

solo deseo que me dejen en paz — I just want to be left in peace

no deseo que le pase nada malo — I wouldn't want o wish anything bad to happen to him

la vida que tanto había deseado — the life she had wanted so much o longed for

• dejar bastante o mucho que desear — to leave a lot to be desired

• estar deseando algo, estaba deseando conocerte — I've been looking forward to meeting you

estoy deseando que esto termine — I'm really looking forward to this finishing, I can't wait for this to finish

estoy deseando que lleguen las vacaciones — I'm really looking forward to the holidays, I can't wait for o till the holidays

• ser de desear, sería de desear que actualizaran su información — it would be desirable for them to update their information

es de desear que mejoren nuestras relaciones — an improvement in our relations would be desirable

no hemos avanzado tanto como sería de desear — we haven't made as much progress as we would have liked

- no se lo deseo a nadie o ni a mi peor enemigo

2) frm

a) [en peticiones] to wish

desearía ver al director — I would like o I wish to see the manager

el doctor desea hablar un momento con usted — the doctor wishes to speak to you for a moment

todo se hará como tú desees — everything will be done as you wish

b) [en preguntas, sugerencias]

si lo desea se lo podemos enviar por correo — if you wish we can send it by post

¿desearía el señor algún postre? — would Sir like a dessert?, do you wish a dessert?

¿qué desean beber? — what would you like to drink?

¿desea que le hagamos una factura? — do you wish us to make out an invoice?

¿qué desea? — can I help you?

3) [en fórmulas de cortesía] [+ éxito, suerte] to wish

os deseamos una Feliz Navidad — we wish you a Merry Christmas

te deseo la mejor suerte del mundo — I wish you all the luck in the world

le deseamos una pronta recuperación — we wish you a prompt recovery

4) [sexualmente] to want

* * *

verbo transitivo

1) <suerte/éxito> to wish

te deseo un feliz viaje — I hope you have a good trip

les deseamos mucha felicidad — we wish them every happiness

no se lo deseo a nadie — I wouldn't wish that on anybody

2) ( querer)

un embarazo no deseado — an unwanted pregnancy

las tan deseadas vacaciones — the long-awaited holidays

lo que más deseo es... — my greatest wish is...

¿qué desea? — (frml) can I help you?

¿desea el señor algo más? — (frml) would you like anything else, sir?

si así lo desea — if you (so) wish (frml)

desearía una respuesta ahora — I would like a reply now

desear + inf: el director desea verlo (frml) the director wishes to see you (frml); está deseando verte he's really looking forward to seeing you; desear que + subj: ¿desea que se lo envuelva? (frml) would you like me to wrap it for you?; estoy deseando que llegue el verano I can't wait for summer; estaba deseando que le dijeran que no I was really hoping they'd say no to him; sería de desear que nos avisaran pronto — ideally we would like to know as soon as possible; dejar I 1) a)

3) < persona> to desire, want

* * *

= be keen to, desire, long (for), want, wish, reach out for, crave, lust (for/after/over), yearn, crave for, itch for.

Ex. Hosts are less keen to standardise, although the EURONET Common Command Language has been adopted by various hosts, and there is some recognition of the potential benefits to the user of greater standardisation.

Ex. Some types of indexing are appropriate where it is desired to concentrate effort on generating good indexes.

Ex. After you have chosen a story you long to tell, read it over and over and then analyse it.

Ex. On other occasions a user wants every document or piece of information on a topic traced, and then high recall must be sought, to the detriment of precision.

Ex. Step 1 Familiarisation: A searcher must be adequately familiar with that which he wishes to retrieve.

Ex. If people want regimentation which relieves them of responsibility, how then do you explain parents reaching out for control of schools, disdaining the help of experts.

Ex. Mayo maintained that workers are motivated by 'togetherness' and crave individual recognition within the group = Mayo mantenía que los trabajadores se motivan por la solidaridad y anhelan el reconocimiento individual dentro del grupo.

Ex. These two women were Samaria and Jerusalem, lusting after foreigners and foreign ways, and abandoning their god for shallow and ephemeral pleasures.

Ex. Since time immemorial, people have yearned for an immediate way to capture living moments in a picture.

Ex. With all of the things that make up our daily grind, we often find ourselves craving for the next getaway, for the next relaxation period.

Ex. It seems like he's itching for a change but doesn't know exactly the direction or directions to pursue in order to accomplish the change.

----

* dejar bastante que desear = leave + a lot to be desired, leave + much to be desired.

* dejar mucho que desear = fall (far) short of + ideal, leave + a lot to be desired, leave + much to be desired.

* dejar que desear = leave + something + to be desired, leave + a bit to be desired.

* deseando desesperadamente realizarse = crying to come out.

* desear a Algo o Alguien toda la suerte del mundo = wish + Nombre + every success.

* desear ardientemente = gag for.

* desear fuertemente que Algo desaparezca = will + Nombre + away.

* desearle a Alguien que tenga un buen día = bid + Nombre + good day.

* desear mucha suerte a Alguien = wish + Nombre + the (very) best of luck.

* desear suerte = cross + Posesivo + fingers.

* desear suerte a Alguien = wish + Nombre + luck.

* desear vivamente = be eager to.

* despedirse de Alguien deseándole que todo vaya bien = wish + well.

* que desee(n) = of + Posesivo + choice, of + Posesivo + choosing.

* según se desee = at will.

* si así lo desean = should they so wish.

* sin desearlo = unwantedly.

* * *

verbo transitivo

1) <suerte/éxito> to wish

te deseo un feliz viaje — I hope you have a good trip

les deseamos mucha felicidad — we wish them every happiness

no se lo deseo a nadie — I wouldn't wish that on anybody

2) ( querer)

un embarazo no deseado — an unwanted pregnancy

las tan deseadas vacaciones — the long-awaited holidays

lo que más deseo es... — my greatest wish is...

¿qué desea? — (frml) can I help you?

¿desea el señor algo más? — (frml) would you like anything else, sir?

si así lo desea — if you (so) wish (frml)

desearía una respuesta ahora — I would like a reply now

desear + inf: el director desea verlo (frml) the director wishes to see you (frml); está deseando verte he's really looking forward to seeing you; desear que + subj: ¿desea que se lo envuelva? (frml) would you like me to wrap it for you?; estoy deseando que llegue el verano I can't wait for summer; estaba deseando que le dijeran que no I was really hoping they'd say no to him; sería de desear que nos avisaran pronto — ideally we would like to know as soon as possible; dejar I 1) a)

3) < persona> to desire, want

* * *

= be keen to, desire, long (for), want, wish, reach out for, crave, lust (for/after/over), yearn, crave for, itch for.

Ex: Hosts are less keen to standardise, although the EURONET Common Command Language has been adopted by various hosts, and there is some recognition of the potential benefits to the user of greater standardisation.

Ex: Some types of indexing are appropriate where it is desired to concentrate effort on generating good indexes.

Ex: After you have chosen a story you long to tell, read it over and over and then analyse it.

Ex: On other occasions a user wants every document or piece of information on a topic traced, and then high recall must be sought, to the detriment of precision.

Ex: Step 1 Familiarisation: A searcher must be adequately familiar with that which he wishes to retrieve.

Ex: If people want regimentation which relieves them of responsibility, how then do you explain parents reaching out for control of schools, disdaining the help of experts.

Ex: Mayo maintained that workers are motivated by 'togetherness' and crave individual recognition within the group = Mayo mantenía que los trabajadores se motivan por la solidaridad y anhelan el reconocimiento individual dentro del grupo.

Ex: These two women were Samaria and Jerusalem, lusting after foreigners and foreign ways, and abandoning their god for shallow and ephemeral pleasures.

Ex: Since time immemorial, people have yearned for an immediate way to capture living moments in a picture.

Ex: With all of the things that make up our daily grind, we often find ourselves craving for the next getaway, for the next relaxation period.

Ex: It seems like he's itching for a change but doesn't know exactly the direction or directions to pursue in order to accomplish the change.

* dejar bastante que desear = leave + a lot to be desired, leave + much to be desired.

* dejar mucho que desear = fall (far) short of + ideal, leave + a lot to be desired, leave + much to be desired.

* dejar que desear = leave + something + to be desired, leave + a bit to be desired.

* deseando desesperadamente realizarse = crying to come out.

* desear a Algo o Alguien toda la suerte del mundo = wish + Nombre + every success.

* desear ardientemente = gag for.

* desear fuertemente que Algo desaparezca = will + Nombre + away.

* desearle a Alguien que tenga un buen día = bid + Nombre + good day.

* desear mucha suerte a Alguien = wish + Nombre + the (very) best of luck.

* desear suerte = cross + Posesivo + fingers.

* desear suerte a Alguien = wish + Nombre + luck.

* desear vivamente = be eager to.

* despedirse de Alguien deseándole que todo vaya bien = wish + well.

* que desee(n) = of + Posesivo + choice, of + Posesivo + choosing.

* según se desee = at will.

* si así lo desean = should they so wish.

* sin desearlo = unwantedly.

* * *

desear [A1 ]

vt

A ‹suerte/éxito/felicidad› to wish

llamó para desearme suerte he called to wish me good luck

te deseo un feliz viaje I hope you have a good trip

te deseamos mucha felicidad we wish you every happiness

B

(querer): no se puede desear un novio mejor you couldn't wish for a better boyfriend

un embarazo no deseado an unwanted pregnancy

por fin podrá disfrutar de esas tan deseadas vacaciones at last you can really enjoy those long-awaited holidays

lo que más deseo es volver a ver a mi hijo my greatest wish is to see my son again

esa moto que tanto había deseado that motorcycle he had wanted so much o he had so longed for

¿qué desea? ( frml); can I help you?, what would you like?

¿desea el señor algo más? ( frml); would you like anything else, sir?

se lo podemos enviar si así lo desea we can send it to you if you (so) wish ( frml)

desearía una contestación antes del lunes I would o ( BrE frml) should like a reply before Monday

desear + INF:

el director desea verlo en su despacho ( frml); the director would like o ( frml) wishes to see you in his office

¿desea la señora ver otro modelo? ( frml); would you like me to show you another style, madam?

desearía expresar mi satisfacción ( frml); I would o ( BrE frml) should like to express my satisfaction

está deseando verte he's really looking forward to seeing you, he's dying to see you ( colloq)

desear QUE + SUBJ:

no deseamos que la situación llegue a tal extremo ( frml); we would not wish the situation to reach that point ( frml)

¿desea el señor que se lo envuelva? ( frml); would you like me to wrap it for you, sir?

desearía que me diera su respuesta esta semana ( frml); I would o ( BrE frml) should like to have your reply this week

estoy deseando que llegue el verano I can't wait for o I'm longing for summer

estaba deseando que le dijeran que no I was really hoping they'd say no to him

sería de desear que nos avisaran con dos semanas de antelación ideally we would like two weeks' notice

dejar mucho que desear to leave a lot to be desired

su rendimiento deja mucho que desear his performance leaves a lot to be desired

vérselas y deseárselas to have a hard time (of it)

C ‹persona› to desire, want

no desearás a la mujer del prójimo ( Bib) thou shalt not covet thy neighbor's wife

* * *

desear ( conjugate desear) verbo transitivo
1 ‹suerte/éxito/felicidad› to wish;
◊ te deseo un feliz viaje I hope you have a good trip

2 ( querer):
◊ un embarazo no deseado an unwanted pregnancy;

las tan deseadas vacaciones the long-awaited holidays;
lo que más deseo es … my greatest wish is …;
si tú lo deseas if you want to;
desearía una respuesta ahora I would like a reply now;
está deseando verte he's really looking forward to seeing you;
¿desea que se lo envuelva? (frml) would you like me to wrap it for you?
3 ‹ persona› to desire, want
desear verbo transitivo
1 (anhelar, querer con intensidad) to desire: estoy deseando verte, I'm looking forward to seeing you
te deseo lo mejor, I wish you all the best
(suerte, felicidad, etc) to wish: os deseo unas felices vacaciones, have a good holiday
2 (sexualmente) to desire, want
3 frml (querer) to want: ¿desea usted algo, caballero?, can I help you, Sir?
deseo ver al director, I would like to see the manager
♦ Locuciones: deja mucho/bastante que desear, it leaves a lot to be desired
' desear' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
apetecer
- dejar
- esperar
- rezar
- soñar
- suspirar
- aspirar
- bastante
English:
desire
- lust
- want
- will
- wish

* * *

desear vt

1. [querer] to want;
[anhelar] to wish;
siempre he deseado visitar Australia I've always wanted to go to Australia;

desearía estar allí I wish I was there;

por fin, la bici que tanto había deseado at last, the bicycle I'd wanted so much;

desearía agradecerle su apoyo I would like to thank you for your help;

si desea mayor información, llame al 900 1234 if you would like more information, please ring 900 1234;

desearíamos que nos informara sobre su disponibilidad we would be grateful if you could inform us whether or not you would be available;

en nuestra empresa deseamos ofrecer lo mejor a nuestros clientes in our company we want to offer our clients the best;

¿qué desea? [en tienda] what can I do for you?;

¿desea algo más? [en tienda] would you like anything else?, is that everything?;

¿desea que le enseñe más modelos? [en tienda] would you like me to show you some other models?;

si lo desea, se lo enviamos a su domicilio if you wish, we will deliver it to your home;

aquí estamos para lo que desee [a cliente] we are at your entire disposal;

estar deseando hacer algo to be looking forward to doing sth;

estaba deseando salir de allí I couldn't wait to get out of there;

estoy deseando que lleguen las vacaciones I'm really looking forward to the holidays;

¿te hace ilusión lo de ir en barco? – ¡estoy deseando! are you looking forward to going by boat? – you bet I am! o am I ever!;

ser de desear to be desirable;

es de desear que las negociaciones terminen pronto a quick end to the negotiations would be desirable;

dejar mucho/no dejar nada que desear to leave much/nothing to be desired

2. [felicidad, éxito, parabienes] to wish;

desear algo a alguien to wish sb sth;

te deseo mucha suerte I wish you the best of luck;

¡deséame suerte! wish me luck!;

me deseó lo mejor/un buen viaje he wished me all the best/a pleasant journey;

me deseó buenas noches he said goodnight (to me);

todos deseamos que te mejores pronto we all wish you a speedy recovery

3. [sexualmente] to desire;

te deseo, no puedo vivir sin ti I want you, I can't live without you;

no desearás a la mujer de tu prójimo thou shalt not covet thy neighbour's wife

* * *

desear

v/t

1 wish for; suerte etc wish

2

:

¿qué desea? what would you like?;

¿desea algo más? would you like anything else?

* * *

desear vt

1) : to wish

te deseo buena suerte: I wish you good luck

2) querer: to want, to desire

* * *

desear vb

1. (expresar deseos) to wish

le desearon buena suerte they wished him good luck

2. (querer) to want

siempre ha deseado ir a la China he's always wanted to go to China

estoy deseando irme de vacaciones I can't wait to go on holiday / I'm really looking forward to going on holiday

Spanish-English dictionary > desear
105 ów

pron. książk. 1. (ten) that
- ów człowiek, o którym mówiliśmy wczoraj that a. the man we were talking about yesterday

- w owych czasach in those days, at that time
2. (inny) another
- ten czyta, ów pisze listy some are reading, others are writing letters, one is reading, another is writing letters

- ten czy ów (o osobie) someone or other; (o przedmiocie) one or another

- proś tego czy owego o pomoc ask someone for help

- nie chodzi o ten czy ów przykład it’s not a question of this example or that

- ten i ów (niektórzy) some, one or two

- ten i ów protestował some a. one or two protested

- ten i ów z profesorów some a. one or two of the professors

- to i owo this and that

- rozmawiali o tym i owym they talked about this and that

- wiem o niej to i owo I know a thing or two a. one or two things about her

- mam jeszcze to i owo do załatwienia I’ve still got one or two things to do

* * *

pron; książk

that

w owych czasach — in those days, at that time

ni z tego, ni z owego — out of the blue

* * *

ów

a.

ow-

1. lit. (= właśnie ten) this here; this very; that there.

2. (= inny) some other.

3. pot. ten czy ów someone or other; ten i ów some; ni z tego, ni z owego out of the blue; ni to, ni owo neither fish nor fowl; neither one thing nor the other.

The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > ów
106 Artificial Intelligence

   1) Programs and the Complexity of Human Mental Processes

   In my opinion, none of [these programs] does even remote justice to the complexity of human mental processes. Unlike men, "artificially intelligent" programs tend to be single minded, undistractable, and unemotional. (Neisser, 1967, p. 9)

   2) Artificial Intelligence Is an Engineering Discipline

   Future progress in [artificial intelligence] will depend on the development of both practical and theoretical knowledge.... As regards theoretical knowledge, some have sought a unified theory of artificial intelligence. My view is that artificial intelligence is (or soon will be) an engineering discipline since its primary goal is to build things. (Nilsson, 1971, pp. vii-viii)

   3) A Sceptical View of Artificial Intelligence

   Most workers in AI [artificial intelligence] research and in related fields confess to a pronounced feeling of disappointment in what has been achieved in the last 25 years. Workers entered the field around 1950, and even around 1960, with high hopes that are very far from being realized in 1972. In no part of the field have the discoveries made so far produced the major impact that was then promised.... In the meantime, claims and predictions regarding the potential results of AI research had been publicized which went even farther than the expectations of the majority of workers in the field, whose embarrassments have been added to by the lamentable failure of such inﬂated predictions....

   When able and respected scientists write in letters to the present author that AI, the major goal of computing science, represents "another step in the general process of evolution"; that possibilities in the 1980s include an all-purpose intelligence on a human-scale knowledge base; that awe-inspiring possibilities suggest themselves based on machine intelligence exceeding human intelligence by the year 2000 [one has the right to be skeptical]. (Lighthill, 1972, p. 17)

   4) Just as Astronomy Succeeded Astrology, the Discovery of Intellectual Processes in Machines Should Lead to a Science, Eventually

   Just as astronomy succeeded astrology, following Kepler's discovery of planetary regularities, the discoveries of these many principles in empirical explorations on intellectual processes in machines should lead to a science, eventually. (Minsky & Papert, 1973, p. 11)

   5) Problems in Machine Intelligence Arise Because Things Obvious to Any Person Are Not Represented in the Program

   Many problems arise in experiments on machine intelligence because things obvious to any person are not represented in any program. One can pull with a string, but one cannot push with one.... Simple facts like these caused serious problems when Charniak attempted to extend Bobrow's "Student" program to more realistic applications, and they have not been faced up to until now. (Minsky & Papert, 1973, p. 77)

   6) The Meaning of a Symbolic Description

   What do we mean by [a symbolic] "description"? We do not mean to suggest that our descriptions must be made of strings of ordinary language words (although they might be). The simplest kind of description is a structure in which some features of a situation are represented by single ("primitive") symbols, and relations between those features are represented by other symbols-or by other features of the way the description is put together. (Minsky & Papert, 1973, p. 11)

   7) The Principle of Artificial Intelligence

   [AI is] the use of computer programs and programming techniques to cast light on the principles of intelligence in general and human thought in particular. (Boden, 1977, p. 5)

   8) Artificial Intelligence Recognizes the Need for Knowledge in Its Systems

   The word you look for and hardly ever see in the early AI literature is the word knowledge. They didn't believe you have to know anything, you could always rework it all.... In fact 1967 is the turning point in my mind when there was enough feeling that the old ideas of general principles had to go.... I came up with an argument for what I called the primacy of expertise, and at the time I called the other guys the generalists. (Moses, quoted in McCorduck, 1979, pp. 228-229)

   9) Artificial Intelligence Is Psychology in a Particularly Pure and Abstract Form

   The basic idea of cognitive science is that intelligent beings are semantic engines-in other words, automatic formal systems with interpretations under which they consistently make sense. We can now see why this includes psychology and artificial intelligence on a more or less equal footing: people and intelligent computers (if and when there are any) turn out to be merely different manifestations of the same underlying phenomenon. Moreover, with universal hardware, any semantic engine can in principle be formally imitated by a computer if only the right program can be found. And that will guarantee semantic imitation as well, since (given the appropriate formal behavior) the semantics is "taking care of itself" anyway. Thus we also see why, from this perspective, artificial intelligence can be regarded as psychology in a particularly pure and abstract form. The same fundamental structures are under investigation, but in AI, all the relevant parameters are under direct experimental control (in the programming), without any messy physiology or ethics to get in the way. (Haugeland, 1981b, p. 31)

    10) There Are Many Types of Reasoning

   There are many different kinds of reasoning one might imagine:

    Formal reasoning involves the syntactic manipulation of data structures to deduce new ones following prespecified rules of inference. Mathematical logic is the archetypical formal representation. Procedural reasoning uses simulation to answer questions and solve problems. When we use a program to answer What is the sum of 3 and 4? it uses, or "runs," a procedural model of arithmetic. Reasoning by analogy seems to be a very natural mode of thought for humans but, so far, difficult to accomplish in AI programs. The idea is that when you ask the question Can robins ﬂy? the system might reason that "robins are like sparrows, and I know that sparrows can ﬂy, so robins probably can ﬂy."

    Generalization and abstraction are also natural reasoning process for humans that are difficult to pin down well enough to implement in a program. If one knows that Robins have wings, that Sparrows have wings, and that Blue jays have wings, eventually one will believe that All birds have wings. This capability may be at the core of most human learning, but it has not yet become a useful technique in AI.... Meta- level reasoning is demonstrated by the way one answers the question What is Paul Newman's telephone number? You might reason that "if I knew Paul Newman's number, I would know that I knew it, because it is a notable fact." This involves using "knowledge about what you know," in particular, about the extent of your knowledge and about the importance of certain facts. Recent research in psychology and AI indicates that meta-level reasoning may play a central role in human cognitive processing. (Barr & Feigenbaum, 1981, pp. 146-147)

    11) Programs Are Beginning to Do Things That Critics Have Asserted to Be Impossible

   Suffice it to say that programs already exist that can do things-or, at the very least, appear to be beginning to do things-which ill-informed critics have asserted a priori to be impossible. Examples include: perceiving in a holistic as opposed to an atomistic way; using language creatively; translating sensibly from one language to another by way of a language-neutral semantic representation; planning acts in a broad and sketchy fashion, the details being decided only in execution; distinguishing between different species of emotional reaction according to the psychological context of the subject. (Boden, 1981, p. 33)

    12) The Synthesis of Man and Machine

   Can the synthesis of Man and Machine ever be stable, or will the purely organic component become such a hindrance that it has to be discarded? If this eventually happens-and I have... good reasons for thinking that it must-we have nothing to regret and certainly nothing to fear. (Clarke, 1984, p. 243)

    13) The Thesis of Good Old-Fashioned Artificial Intelligence (GOFAI)

   The thesis of GOFAI... is not that the processes underlying intelligence can be described symbolically... but that they are symbolic. (Haugeland, 1985, p. 113)

    14) Artificial Intelligence Provides a Useful Approach to Psychological and Psychiatric Theory Formation

   It is all very well formulating psychological and psychiatric theories verbally but, when using natural language (even technical jargon), it is difficult to recognise when a theory is complete; oversights are all too easily made, gaps too readily left. This is a point which is generally recognised to be true and it is for precisely this reason that the behavioural sciences attempt to follow the natural sciences in using "classical" mathematics as a more rigorous descriptive language. However, it is an unfortunate fact that, with a few notable exceptions, there has been a marked lack of success in this application. It is my belief that a different approach-a different mathematics-is needed, and that AI provides just this approach. (Hand, quoted in Hand, 1985, pp. 6-7)

    15) Four Kinds of Artificial Intelligence

   We might distinguish among four kinds of AI.

   ♦ Nonpsychological AI

   Research of this kind involves building and programming computers to perform tasks which, to paraphrase Marvin Minsky, would require intelligence if they were done by us. Researchers in nonpsychological AI make no claims whatsoever about the psychological realism of their programs or the devices they build, that is, about whether or not computers perform tasks as humans do.

   ♦ Weak Psychological AI

   Research here is guided by the view that the computer is a useful tool in the study of mind. In particular, we can write computer programs or build devices that simulate alleged psychological processes in humans and then test our predictions about how the alleged processes work. We can weave these programs and devices together with other programs and devices that simulate different alleged mental processes and thereby test the degree to which the AI system as a whole simulates human mentality. According to weak psychological AI, working with computer models is a way of refining and testing hypotheses about processes that are allegedly realized in human minds.

   ♦ Strong Psychological AI

... According to this view, our minds are computers and therefore can be duplicated by other computers. Sherry Turkle writes that the "real ambition is of mythic proportions, making a general purpose intelligence, a mind." (Turkle, 1984, p. 240) The authors of a major text announce that "the ultimate goal of AI research is to build a person or, more humbly, an animal." (Charniak & McDermott, 1985, p. 7)

   ♦ Suprapsychological AI

   Research in this field, like strong psychological AI, takes seriously the functionalist view that mentality can be realized in many different types of physical devices. Suprapsychological AI, however, accuses strong psychological AI of being chauvinisticof being only interested in human intelligence! Suprapsychological AI claims to be interested in all the conceivable ways intelligence can be realized. (Flanagan, 1991, pp. 241-242)

    16) Determination of Relevance of Rules in Particular Contexts

   Even if the [rules] were stored in a context-free form the computer still couldn't use them. To do that the computer requires rules enabling it to draw on just those [ rules] which are relevant in each particular context. Determination of relevance will have to be based on further facts and rules, but the question will again arise as to which facts and rules are relevant for making each particular determination. One could always invoke further facts and rules to answer this question, but of course these must be only the relevant ones. And so it goes. It seems that AI workers will never be able to get started here unless they can settle the problem of relevance beforehand by cataloguing types of context and listing just those facts which are relevant in each. (Dreyfus & Dreyfus, 1986, p. 80)

    17) Form and Content Are Not Fundamentally Different

   Perhaps the single most important idea to artificial intelligence is that there is no fundamental difference between form and content, that meaning can be captured in a set of symbols such as a semantic net. (G. Johnson, 1986, p. 250)

    18) The Assumption That the Mind Is a Formal System

   Artificial intelligence is based on the assumption that the mind can be described as some kind of formal system manipulating symbols that stand for things in the world. Thus it doesn't matter what the brain is made of, or what it uses for tokens in the great game of thinking. Using an equivalent set of tokens and rules, we can do thinking with a digital computer, just as we can play chess using cups, salt and pepper shakers, knives, forks, and spoons. Using the right software, one system (the mind) can be mapped into the other (the computer). (G. Johnson, 1986, p. 250)

    19) A Statement of the Primary and Secondary Purposes of Artificial Intelligence

   The primary goal of Artificial Intelligence is to make machines smarter.

   The secondary goals of Artificial Intelligence are to understand what intelligence is (the Nobel laureate purpose) and to make machines more useful (the entrepreneurial purpose). (Winston, 1987, p. 1)

    20) Mathematical Logic Provides the Basis for Theory in AI

   The theoretical ideas of older branches of engineering are captured in the language of mathematics. We contend that mathematical logic provides the basis for theory in AI. Although many computer scientists already count logic as fundamental to computer science in general, we put forward an even stronger form of the logic-is-important argument....

   AI deals mainly with the problem of representing and using declarative (as opposed to procedural) knowledge. Declarative knowledge is the kind that is expressed as sentences, and AI needs a language in which to state these sentences. Because the languages in which this knowledge usually is originally captured (natural languages such as English) are not suitable for computer representations, some other language with the appropriate properties must be used. It turns out, we think, that the appropriate properties include at least those that have been uppermost in the minds of logicians in their development of logical languages such as the predicate calculus. Thus, we think that any language for expressing knowledge in AI systems must be at least as expressive as the first-order predicate calculus. (Genesereth & Nilsson, 1987, p. viii)

    21) Perceptual Structures Can Be Represented as Lists of Elementary Propositions

   In artificial intelligence studies, perceptual structures are represented as assemblages of description lists, the elementary components of which are propositions asserting that certain relations hold among elements. (Chase & Simon, 1988, p. 490)

    22) Definitions of Artificial Intelligence

   Artificial intelligence (AI) is sometimes defined as the study of how to build and/or program computers to enable them to do the sorts of things that minds can do. Some of these things are commonly regarded as requiring intelligence: offering a medical diagnosis and/or prescription, giving legal or scientific advice, proving theorems in logic or mathematics. Others are not, because they can be done by all normal adults irrespective of educational background (and sometimes by non-human animals too), and typically involve no conscious control: seeing things in sunlight and shadows, finding a path through cluttered terrain, fitting pegs into holes, speaking one's own native tongue, and using one's common sense. Because it covers AI research dealing with both these classes of mental capacity, this definition is preferable to one describing AI as making computers do "things that would require intelligence if done by people." However, it presupposes that computers could do what minds can do, that they might really diagnose, advise, infer, and understand. One could avoid this problematic assumption (and also side-step questions about whether computers do things in the same way as we do) by defining AI instead as "the development of computers whose observable performance has features which in humans we would attribute to mental processes." This bland characterization would be acceptable to some AI workers, especially amongst those focusing on the production of technological tools for commercial purposes. But many others would favour a more controversial definition, seeing AI as the science of intelligence in general-or, more accurately, as the intellectual core of cognitive science. As such, its goal is to provide a systematic theory that can explain (and perhaps enable us to replicate) both the general categories of intentionality and the diverse psychological capacities grounded in them. (Boden, 1990b, pp. 1-2)

    23) The Computer Can Not Be a Model of the Mind

   Because the ability to store data somewhat corresponds to what we call memory in human beings, and because the ability to follow logical procedures somewhat corresponds to what we call reasoning in human beings, many members of the cult have concluded that what computers do somewhat corresponds to what we call thinking. It is no great difficulty to persuade the general public of that conclusion since computers process data very fast in small spaces well below the level of visibility; they do not look like other machines when they are at work. They seem to be running along as smoothly and silently as the brain does when it remembers and reasons and thinks. On the other hand, those who design and build computers know exactly how the machines are working down in the hidden depths of their semiconductors. Computers can be taken apart, scrutinized, and put back together. Their activities can be tracked, analyzed, measured, and thus clearly understood-which is far from possible with the brain. This gives rise to the tempting assumption on the part of the builders and designers that computers can tell us something about brains, indeed, that the computer can serve as a model of the mind, which then comes to be seen as some manner of information processing machine, and possibly not as good at the job as the machine. (Roszak, 1994, pp. xiv-xv)

    24) Computers Will Not Always Be Inferior to Human Brains

   The inner workings of the human mind are far more intricate than the most complicated systems of modern technology. Researchers in the field of artificial intelligence have been attempting to develop programs that will enable computers to display intelligent behavior. Although this field has been an active one for more than thirty-five years and has had many notable successes, AI researchers still do not know how to create a program that matches human intelligence. No existing program can recall facts, solve problems, reason, learn, and process language with human facility. This lack of success has occurred not because computers are inferior to human brains but rather because we do not yet know in sufficient detail how intelligence is organized in the brain. (Anderson, 1995, p. 2)

Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Artificial Intelligence
107 ANNARR

(önnur, annat), a., indef. pron., ord. numb.;

1) one of the two, the one (of two);

Egill þessi hefir aðra hönd (only one hand) ok er kaliaðr einhendr;

á aðra hönd, on the one side;

a. … a. one … the other (hét a. Sörli, en a. Þorkell);

2) second;

í annat sinn, for the second time;

høggr hann þegar annat (viz. högg), a second blow;

3) the next following;

á öðru hausti, the next autumn;

annat sumar eptir;

fig., next in value or rank;

annat mest hof í Noregi, the next greatest temple;

fjölmennast þing annat eptir brennu Njáls, the fullest assembly next to that after the burning of N.;

4) some other (hón lék á gólfinu við aðrar meyjar);

Þórarinn ok tíu menn aðrir, and ten men besides;

hann var örvari af fé en nokkurr a., than anybody else;

5) other, different;

öl er a. maðr, ale (a drunken man) is another man, is not the same man;

þau höfðu annan átrúnað, a different religion;

6) in various combinations;

annarr slíkr, such another, another of the same sort;

gekk a. til at öðrum (one after another) at biðja hann;

hverja nótt aðra sem aðra, every night in turn;

annat var orð Finns harðara en annat, each word of Finn was harder than another;

aðrir … aðrir, some … others;

einir ok aðrir, various;

ymsir ok aðrir, now one, now another (nefna upp ymsa ok aðra);

hvárr (or hverr) … annan, each other, one another (hétu hvárir öðrum atförum);

við þau tíðindi urðu allir giaðir ok sagði hverr öðrum, one told the news to another, man to man.

* * *

önnur, annat, adj.; pl. aðrir; gen. pl. annarra; dat. sing. f. annarri, [Ulf. anþar; A. S. oþar; Engl. other; Germ, andere; Swed. andra and annan: in Icel. assimilated, and, if followed by an r, the nn changes into ð.]

I. = ετερος, alter:

1. one of two, the other; tveir formenn þeirra, hét annarr, the one of them, Fms. ix. 372; sá er af öðrum ber, be that gets the better of it, Nj. 15; a. augat, Fms. ii. 61; á öðrum fæti, Bs. i. 387, Edda 42; annarri hendi…, en annarri, with the one hand …, with the other, Eb. 250, 238; á aðra hönd, on the one side, Grág. i. 432, Nj. 50; a. kné, Bs. i. 680; til annarrar handar, Nj. 50; annarr—annarr, one—other; gullkross á öðrum en ari af gulli á öðrum, Fms. x. 15. Peculiar is the phrase, við annan, þriðja, fjórða … mann, = being two, three, four … altogether; við annan, oneself and one besides, Eb. 60; cp. the Greek τρίτον ήμιτάλαντον, two talents and a half, Germ. anderthalh.

2. secundus, a cardinal number, the second; sá maðr var þar a. Íslenzkr, Fms. xi. 129; í annat sinn, for the second time, Íb. ch. 1, 9; a. vetr aldrs hans, Bs. i. 415; höggr harm þegar annat (viz. högg), a second blow, Sturl. ii. 118.

β. the next following, Lat. proximus; á öðru hausti, the next autumn, Ísl. ii. 228; önnur misseri, the following year, Bs. i. 437, 417; a. sumar eptir, 415, Fms. i. 237. Metaph. the second, next in value or rank, or the like; annat mest hof í Noregi, the next greatest temple, Nj. 129; a. mestr höfðingi, the next in power, Ísl. ii. 202; fjölmennast þing, annat eptir brennu Njáls, the fullest parliament next to that after the burning of N., 259; vitrastr lögmanna annarr en Skapti, the wisest speaker next after S., Bs. i. 28; a. mestr maðr í Danmörk, the next greatest man, Fms. xi. 51; annat bezt ríki, v. 297; var annarr sterkastr er hét Freysteinn, the next strongest champion, Eb. 156; mestrar náttúru a. en Þorsteinn, Fs. 74, Fms. iv. 58.

II. = αλλος, alius, one of many, other, both in sing. and pl.; hon lék á gólfinu við aðrar meyjar, Nj. 2; mart var með henni annara kvenna, i. e. many women besides, 50; jafnt sekr sem aðrir menn, as guilty as anybody else, Grág. i. 432; einginn annarra Knúts manna, none besides, Fms. x. 192; ef þeir gerði lönd sín helgari enn aðrar jarðir, … than all other grounds, Eb. 20; er Þórólfr hafði tignað um fram aðra staði, … more than any other place, id.; kalla þá jörð nú eigi helgari enn aðra, id.; tók Börkr þann kost er hann hafði öðrum ætlað, 40; Þórarinn vann eið … ok tíu menn aðrir, Th. and ten men besides, 48; þeir þóttust fyrir öðrum mönnum, … over all other people, 20; góðr drengr um fram alla menn aðra, 30; af eyjum ok öðru sjófangi, other produce of the sea, 12; hann skal tvá menn nefna aðra en sik, … besides himself, Grág. i. 57; hann var örvari af fé enn nokkurr annarr, … than anybody else, Bret.; jafnt sem annat fúlgufé, as any other money, Grág. i. 432.

2. other, different, in the proverb, öl er annarr maðr, ale (a drunken man) is another man, is not the true man, never mind what he says, Grett. 98; the proverb is also used reversely, öl er innri ( the inner) maðr, ‘in vino veritas:’ annað er gæfa ok görfuleiki, luck and achievements are two things (a proverb); önnur var þá æfi, viz. the reverse of what it is now (a proverb), Grett. 94 (in a verse); ætla ek þik annan mann en þú segir, Fms. xi. 192; hafi þér Danir heldr til annars gört, you deserve something different, worse than that, id.; varð þá annan veg, otherwise, Hkr. ii. 7; Björn varð þess víss at þau höfðu annan átrúnað, … different religion, Eb. 12.

3. like οι αλλοι, reliqui, the rest, the remains; þá er eigi sagt hversu öðrum var skipað, Nj. 50; at hönd b. sé fyrir innan n., en annarr líkami hans ( the rest of his body) fyrir utan, 1812. 18.

III. repeated in comparative clauses: annarr—annarr, or connected with einn, hvárr, hverr, ymsir: gékk annarr af öðrum at biðja hann, alius ex alio, one after another, Bs. i. 128; hverja nótt aðra sem aðra, every night in turn, Mag. 2; annat var orð Finns harðara enn annat, every word of Finn was harder than that which went before it, of a climax, Fms. v. 207: einn—annarr, alius atque alius, one and another, various; eina hluti ok aðra, Stj. 81; einar afleiðingar ok aðrar, Barl. 36; einir ok aðrir, various, Stj. 3; ef maðr telr svá, at hann var einn eðr annarr (that he was anybody, this or that man, viz. if he does not give the name precisely), ok er hinn eigi þá skyldr at rísa ór dómi, Grág. i. 28: ymsir—aðrir, in turn, now this, now the other; ymsir eiga högg í annars garð (a proverb); heita á helga menn, ok nefna ymsa ok aðra (now one, now another), Mar. 35: þágu þessir riddarar veizlur ymsir at öðrum, gave banquets one to another in turn, id.; færðu ymsir aðra niðr, now one was under water and now the other, of two men struggling whilst swimming, Fms. ii. 269: hvárr—annan, hverir—aðra, each other; mæltu hvárir vel fyrir öðrum; hétu hvárir öðrum atförum: of a rapid succession, hvert vandræði kom á bak öðru, misfortunes never come singly, but one on the back of the other, Fr.; við þau tiðindi urðu allir glaðir ok sagði hverr öðrum, one told the news to another, man to man, Fms. i. 21; þóttust hvárirtveggju meira vald at hafa í borginni en aðrir, 655 xvii. 1; hvárirtveggja—aðrir, αλλελοις, mutually, reciprocally; skulu nú h. ganga til ok veita öðrum grið, Nj. 190.

IV. annat, n. used as a subst.; þetta sem annat, as other things, Fas. i. 517; skaltu eigi þora annat, en, Nj. 74; ef eigi bæri a. til, unless something happened, Bs. i. 350: at öllu annars, in everything else, Grág. ii. 141, K. Þ. K. 98: annars simply used adverb. = else = ella; now very freq. but very rare in old writers; stendr a. ríki þitt í mikilli hættu, Fas. i. 459, from a paper MS. and in a text most likely interpolated in the 17th century.

COMPDS: annarskonar, annarskostar, annarsstaðar, annarsvegar. annarra- gen. pl. is used in annarra-bræðra, -bræðri, pl. fourth cousins, Grág. i. 285, ii. 172; cp. D. I. i. 185; v. næsta-bræðra = third cousins, þriðja-bræðra = fifth cousins.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ANNARR
108 volo

1.
vŏlo (2 d pers. sing. vis, orig. veis, Prisc. 9, 1, 6, p. 847 P.; 1 st pers. plur. volumus, but volimus, Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 89 Speng.; 3 d pers. sing. volt, and 2 d pers. plur. voltis always in ante-class. writers;
also volt,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 17, § 42; 2, 5, 49, § 128; id. Sest. 42, 90; id. Phil. 8, 9, 26; id. Par. 5, 1, 34; id. Rep. 3, 33, 45:
voltis,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 53, § 122; 2, 3, 94, § 219; 2, 5, 5, § 11; 2, 3, 89, § 208; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Rab. Perd. 12, 33; id. Sest. 30, 64; id. Par. 1, 2, 11 et saep. — Pres. subj. velim, but sometimes volim, Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 44 Ritschl; cf. Prisc. 9, 1, 8, p. 848 P.;
so volint,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 65 Ritschl), velle, volui ( part. fut. voliturus, Serv. ad Verg. A. 5, 712; contr. forms, vin for visne, freq. in Plaut. and Ter., also Hor. S. 1, 9, 69; Pers. 6, 63:
sis for si vis,
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 70; id. Merc. 4, 4, 37; id. Pers. 3, 3, 8; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 20; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 38; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42; id. Rosc. Am. 16, 48; id. Mil. 22, 60; Liv. 34, 32, 20:
sultis for si voltis, only ante-class.,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. As. prol. 1; id. Capt. 2, 3, 96; 3, 5, 9; 4, 4, 11), v. irreg. a. [Sanscr. var-; Gr. bol-, boulomai; cf. the strengthened root Wel- in eeldomai, elpomai; Germ. wollen; Engl. will], expressing any exercise of volition, and corresponding, in most cases, to the Germ. wollen; in Engl. mostly rendered, to wish, want, intend, purpose, propose, be willing, consent, mean, will, and, impersonally, it is my will, purpose, intention, plan, policy (syn.: cupio, opto; but volo properly implies a purpose).
I.
In gen.
A.
With object-infinitive.
1.
With pres. inf.
a.
To wish.
(α).
Exire ex urbe priusquam luciscat volo, Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 35:
potare ego hodie tecum volo,
id. Aul. 3, 6, 33:
ego quoque volo esse liber: nequiquam volo,
id. Trin. 2, 4, 39; so id. ib. 2, 4, 164:
ait rem seriam agere velle mecum,
Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 8:
natus enim debet quicunque est velle manere In vita,
Lucr. 5, 177:
video te alte spectare et velle in caelum migrare,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 34, 82:
quid poetae? Nonne post mortem nobilitari volunt?
id. ib. 1, 15, 34:
si innocentes existimari volumus,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28:
quoniam opinionis meae voluistis esse participes,
id. de Or. 1, 37, 172:
quod eas quoque nationes adire et regiones cognoscere volebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 7:
si velit suos recipere, obsides sibi remittat,
id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:
dominari illi volunt, vos liberi esse,
Sall. J. 31, 23:
si haec relinquere voltis,
id. C. 58, 15:
priusquam liberi estis, dominari jam in adversarios vultis,
Liv. 3, 53, 7:
si quis vestrum suos invisere volt, commeatum do,
id. 21, 21, 5:
non enim vincere tantum noluit, sed vinci voluit,
id. 2, 59, 2:
suspitionem Caesar quibusdam reliquit, neque voluisse se diutius vivere, neque curasse,
Suet. Caes. 85:
Eutrapelus cuicunque nocere volebat, Vestimenta dabat pretiosa,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 31.—
(β).
Idiomatically: quid arbitramini Rheginos merere velle ut ab iis marmorea illa Venus auferatur? what do you think the Rhegini would take for, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 60, § 135.—
(γ).
Transf., of things: fabula quae posci vult et spectata reponi, a comedy which wishes (i. e. is meant) to be in demand, etc., Hor. A. P. 190:
neque enim aut hiare semper vocalibus aut destitui temporibus volunt sermo atque epistula,
Quint. 9, 4, 20; cf. id. 8, prooem. 23.—
b.
Of the wishes of those that have a right to command, the gods, masters, parents, commanders, etc., I want, wish, will, am resolved, it is my will:
in acdibus quid tibi meis erat negoti...? Volo scire,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 14; 3, 2, 17; 3, 2, 18; 3, 6, 27; id. Curc. 4, 3, 11; id. Ep. 3, 4, 74; id. Mil. 2, 3, 74; 3, 1, 17; id. Stich. 1, 2, 56; Ter. And. 1, 2, 9; 4, 2, 17:
maxima voce clamat populus, neque se uni, nec paucis velle parere,
Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55:
consuesse deos immortalis, quos pro scelere eorum ulcisci velint, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 13:
hic experiri vim virtutemque volo,
Liv. 23, 45, 9.—
c.
= in animo habere, to intend, purpose, mean, design:
ac volui inicere tragulam in nostrum senem,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 4, 14:
eadem quae illis voluisti facere tu, faciunt tibi,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 11; so id. Most. 2, 2, 5:
puerumque clam voluit exstinguere,
Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 23:
necare candem voluit,
Cic. Cael. 13, 31: quid enim ad illum qui te captare vult, utrum [p. 2005] tacentem te irretiat an loquentem? id. Ac. 2, 29, 94:
hostis hostem occidere volui,
Liv. 2, 12, 9; 7, 34, 11: volui interdiu eum... occidere; volui, cum ad cenam invitavi, veneno scilicet tollere;
volui... ferro interficere (ironically),
id. 40, 13, 2:
tuum crimen erit, hospitem occidere voluisse,
the intention to kill your guest-friend, Val. Max. 5, 1, 3 fin.; 6, 1, 8:
non enim vult mori, sed invidiam filio facere,
Quint. 9, 2, 85.—
Pregn., opp. optare: non vult mori qui optat,
Sen. Ep. 117, 24:
sed eo die is, cui dare volueram (epistulam), non est profectus,
Cic. Att. 9, 7, 1:
cum de senectute vellem aliquid scribere,
id. Sen. 1, 2:
ego te volui castigare, tu mihi accussatrix ades,
Plaut. As. 3, 1, 10:
bonus volo jam ex hoc die esse,
id. Pers. 4, 3, 10:
ego jam a principio amici filiam, Ita ut aequom fuerat, volui uxorem ducere,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 46:
at etiam eo negotio M. Catonis splendorem maculare voluerunt,
it was their purpose, Cic. Sest. 28, 60:
eum (tumulum) non tam capere sine certamine volebat, quam causam certaminis cum Minucio contrahere,
his plan was, Liv. 22, 28, 4.—Of things:
cum lex venditionibus occurrere voluit,
when it was the purpose of the law, Dig. 46, 1, 46: sed quid ea drachuma facere vis? Ca. Restim volo Mihi emere... qui me faciam pensilem, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 87: Ch. Revorsionem ad terram faciunt vesperi. Ni. Aurum hercle auferre voluere, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 63:
si iis qui haec omnia flamma ac ferro delere voluerunt... bellum indixi, etc.,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 10, 24:
(plebem) per caedem senatus vacuam rem publicam tradere Hannibali velle,
Liv. 23, 2, 7:
rem Nolanam in jus dicionemque dare voluerat Poeno,
id. 23, 15, 9: qui (majores nostri) tanta cura Siculos tueri ac retinere voluerunt ut, etc., whose policy it was to protect, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 6, § 14:
ut qui a principio mitis omnibus Italicis praeter Romanos videri vellet, etc.,
Liv. 23, 15, 4: idem istuc, si in vilitate largiri voluisses, derisum tuum beneficium esset, if you had offered to grant the same thing during low prices, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215.—
d.
= studere, conari, to try, endeavor, attempt:
quas (i. e. magnas res) qui impedire vult, is et infirmus est mobilisque natura, et, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 20, 75:
nam si quando id (exordium) primum invenire volui, nullum mihi occurrit, nisi aut exile, aut, etc.,
id. Or. 2, 77, 315:
de Antonio dico, numquam illum... nonnullorum de ipso suspitionem infitiando tollere voluisse,
that he never attempted to remove, id. Sest. 3, 8; id. Div. 1, 18, 35:
audes Fatidicum fallere velle deum?
do you dare attempt? Ov. F. 2, 262.—
e.
To mean, of actions and expressions:
hic respondere voluit, non lacessere,
the latter meant to answer, not to provoke, Ter. Phorm. prol. 19:
non te judices urbi sed carceri reservarunt, neque to retinere in civitate, sed exilio privare voluerunt,
Cic. Att. 1, 16, 9.—So, volo dicere, I mean (lit. I intend to say):
quid aliud volui dicere?
Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 51:
volo autem dicere, illud homini longe optimum esse quod ipsum sit optandum per se,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 20, 46.—Often with the acc. illud or id, as a correction: Tr. Specta quam arcte dormiunt. Th. Dormiunt? Tr. Illut quidem ut conivent volui dicere, I mean how they nod, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 145: Py. Quid? bracchium? Ar. Illud dicere volui femur, id. Mil. 1, 1, 27:
adduxi volui dicere,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 21; id. Am. 1, 1, 233; 1, 1, 235; id. Cas. 2, 6, 14; id. Mil. 3, 2, 7; id. Ps. 3, 2, 54; id. Rud. 2, 4, 9.—
f.
To be going to: haec argumenta ego aedificiis dixi; nunc etiam volo docere ut homines aedium esse similes arbitremini, now I am going to show how, etc., Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 37: quando bene gessi rem, volo hic in fano supplicare, I am going to worship here, etc., id. Curc. 4, 2, 41:
nunc quod relicuom restat volo persolvere,
id. Cist. 1, 3, 40:
sustine hoc, Penicule, exuvias facere quas vovi volo,
id. Men. 1, 3, 13:
sinite me prospectare ne uspiam insidiae sint, consilium quod habere volumus,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 3; id. As. 2, 2, 113; id. Cas. 4, 2, 3; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 61:
si Prometheus, cum mortalibus ignem dividere vellet, ipse a vicinis carbunculos conrogaret, ridiculus videretur,
Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9:
ait se velle de illis HS. LXXX. cognoscere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 23, § 56:
hinc se recipere cum vellent, rursus illi ex loco superiore nostros premebant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 45. —
g.
To be about to, on the point of: quom mittere signum Volt, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 88 Vahl.):
quotiens ire volo foras, retines me, rogitas quo ego eam,
Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 5:
quae sese in ignem inicere voluit, prohibui,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 113:
si scires aspidem latere uspiam, et velle aliquem imprudentem super eam adsidere,
Cic. Fin. 2, 18, 59; id. Div. 1, 52, 118:
quod cum facere vellent, intervenit M. Manilius,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:
qui cum opem ferre vellet, nuntiatum sibi esse aliam classem ad Aegates insulas stare,
Liv. 22, 56, 7:
at Libys obstantes dum vult obvertere remos, In spatium resilire manus breve vidit,
Ov. M. 3, 676; 1, 635:
P. Claudius cum proelium navale committere vellet,
Val. Max. 1, 4, 3.—
h.
Will, and in oblique discourse and questions would, the auxiliaries of the future and potential: animum advortite: Comediai nomen dari vobis volo, I will give you, etc., Plaut. Cas. prol. 30:
sed, nisi molestum est, nomen dare vobis volo comediai,
id. Poen. prol. 50:
vos ite intro. Interea ego ex hac statua verberea volo erogitare... quid sit factum,
id. Capt. 5, 1, 30:
i tu atque arcessi illam: ego intus quod facto est opus volo adcurare,
id. Cas. 3, 3, 35; id. Cist. 1, 1, 113; id. Most. 1, 1, 63; id. Poen. 2, 44; id. Pers. 1, 3, 85; id. Rud. 1, 2, 33: cum vero (gemitus) nihil imminuat doloris, cur frustra turpes esse volumus? why will ( would) we be disgraceful to no purpose? Cic. Tusc. 2, 24, 57:
illa enim (ars) te, verum si loqui volumus, ornaverat,
id. ib. 1, 47, 112:
ergo, si vere aestimare volumus, etc.,
Val. Max. 7, 5, 6:
si vere aestimare Macedonas, qui tunc erant, volumus,
Curt. 4, 16, 33:
ejus me compotem facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, etc.,
Liv. 7, 40, 5:
visne igitur, dum dies ista venit... interea tu ipse congredi mecum ut, etc....?
id. 8, 7, 7:
volo tibi Chrysippi quoque distinctionem indicare,
Sen. Ep. 9, 14: vis tu homines urbemque feris praeponere silvis? will you prefer, etc., Hor. S. 2, 6, 92; cf. velim and vellem, would, II. A. 2.—
k.
Sometimes volui = mihi placuit, I resolved, concluded (generally, in this meaning, followed by an infinitive clause, v. I. B. 4.):
uti tamen tuo consilio volui,
still I concluded to follow your advice, Cic. Att. 8, 3, 1.—
1.
To be willing, ready, to consent, like to do something: si sine bello velint rapta... tradere... se exercitum domum reducturum, if they were willing, would consent to, would deliver, etc., Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 52:
is dare volt, is se aliquid posci,
likes to give, id. As. 1, 3, 29:
hoc dixit, si hoc de cella concederetur, velle Siculos senatui polliceri frumentum in cellam gratis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 87, § 200:
ei laxiorem daturos, si venire ad causam dicendam vellet,
Liv. 39, 17, 2; 5, 36, 4: nemo invenitur qui pecuniam suam dividere velit. Sen. Brev. Vit. 3, 1:
plerique concessam sibi sub condicione vitam si militare adversus eum vellent, recusarunt,
Suet. Caes. 68:
dedere etiam se volebant, si toleranda viris imperarentur,
Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12.—So with negatives, to be not willing, not to suffer, not to like, not to allow, refuse:
heri nemo voluit Sostratam intro admittere,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 49:
cum alter verum audire non vult,
Cic. Lael. 26, 98: a proximis quisque minime anteiri vult, likes least to be surpassed, etc., Liv. 6, 34, 7:
nihil ex his praeter... accipere voluit,
refused to accept, Val. Max. 4, 3, 4.—
m.
To do something voluntarily or intentionally: volo facere = mea voluntate or sponte facio: si voluit accusare, pietati tribuo;
si jussus est, necessitati,
if he accused of his own free will, I ascribe it to his filial love, Cic. Cael. 1, 2:
utrum statuas voluerint tibi statuere, an coacti sint,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 65, § 157:
de risu quinque sunt quae quaerantur... sitne oratoris risum velle permovere,
on purpose, id. Or. 2, 58, 235:
laedere numquam velimus,
Quint. 6, 3, 28.—So, non velle with inf., to do something unwillingly, with reluctance:
vivere noluit qui mori non vult,
who dies with reluctance, Sen. Ep. 30, 10.—
n.
To be of opinion, think, mean, pretend (rare with inf.; usu. with acc. and inf.; v. B. 8.):
haec tibi scripsi ut isto ipso in genere in quo aliquid posse vis, te nihil esse cognosceres,
in which you imagine you have some influence, Cic. Fam. 7, 27, 2:
in hoc homo luteus etiam callidus ac veterator esse vult, quod ita scribit, etc.,
pretends, means to be, id. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 35: sed idem Aelius Stoicus esse voluit, orator autem nec studuit um quam, nec fuit, id. Brut. 56, 206:
Pythago. ras, qui etiam ipse augur esse vellet,
id. Div. 1, 3, 5.—
o.
To like, have no objection to, approve of (cf. E. 1. sq.):
magis eum delectat qui se ait philosophari velle sed paucis: nam omnino haud placere,
that he liked, had no objection to philosophizing, Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30; v. also II. A.—
2.
With pres. inf. understood.
a.
Supplied from a preceding or subsequent clause.
(α).
To wish, it is his will, etc. (cf. 1. a. and b. supra):
nunc bene vivo et fortunate atque ut volo, i. e. vivere,
as I wish, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 111: quod diu vivendo multa quae non volt (i. e. videre) videt, Caecil. ap. Cic. Sen. 8, 25:
proinde licet quotvis vivendo condere saecla,
Lucr. 3, 1090:
nec tantum proficiebam quantum volebam,
Cic. Att. 1, 17, 1:
tot autem rationes attulit, ut velle (i. e. persuadere) ceteris, sibi certe persuasisse videatur,
id. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:
sed liceret, si velint, in Ubiorum finibus considere,
Caes. B. G. 4, 81:
quo praesidio senatus libere quae vellet decernere auderet,
id. B. C. 1, 2.—Of things:
neque chorda sonum reddit quem vult manus et mens,
Hor. A. P. 348.—
(β).
To choose, be pleased (freq.):
tum mihi faciat quod volt magnus Juppiter,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 50:
id repetundi copia est, quando velis,
id. Trin. 5, 2, 7:
habuit aurum quamdiu voluit,
Cic. Cael. 13, 31:
rapiebat et asportabat quantum a quoque volebat Apronius,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 29:
provincias quas vellet, quibus vellet, venderet?
id. Sest. 39, 84:
quotiens ille tibi potestatem facturus sit ut eligas utrum velis,
id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:
daret utrum vellet subclamatum est,
Liv. 21, 18, 14:
senatus consultum factum est ut plebes praeficeret quaestioni quem vellet,
id. 4, 51, 2:
saxi materiaeque caedendae unde quisque vellet jus factum,
id. 5, 55, 3; cf. id. 2, 13, 9; 5, 46, 10; 6, 25, 5; 22, 10, 23; 23, 6, 2; 23, 15, 15; 23, 45, 10; 23, 47, 2;
26, 21, 11: vicem suam conquestus, quod sibi soli non liceret amicis, quatenus vellet, irasci,
Suet. Aug. 66:
at tu quantum vis tolle,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 16.—
(γ).
To intend, it is my purpose, etc. (v. 1. c. supra):
sine me pervenire quo volo,
let me come to my point, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 44:
scripsi igitur Aristotelio more, quemadmodum quidem volui, tres libros... de Oratore,
as I intended, Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 23:
ut meliore condicione quam qua ipse vult imitetur homines eos qui, etc.,
id. Div. in Caecil. 8, 25:
ego istos posse vincere scio, velle ne scirem ipsi fecerunt,
Liv. 2, 45, 12. —
(δ).
To be willing, to consent, I will (v. 1. h. and l. supra): tu eum orato... St. Sane volo, yes, I will, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 57:
jube me vinciri. Volo, dum istic itidem vinciatur,
id. Capt. 3, 4, 75:
patri dic velle (i. e. uxorem ducere),
that you consent, are willing, Ter. And. 2, 3, 20 (cf.: si vis, II. A. 2, and sis, supra init.).—
(ε).
To do something voluntarily (v. 1. m. supra):
tu selige tantum, Me quoque velle velis, anne coactus amem,
Ov. Am. 3, 11, 50.—
b.
With ellipsis of inf.
(α).
Volo, with a designation of place, = ire volo:
nos in Formiano morabamur, quo citius audiremus: deinde Arpinum volebamus,
I intended to go to Arpinum, Cic. Att. 9, 1, 3:
volo mensi Quinctili in Graeciam,
id. ib. 14, 7, 2:
hactenus Vitellius voluerat (i. e. procedere),
Tac. A. 12, 42 fin. —
(β).
With other omissions, supplied from context: volo Dolabellae valde desideranti, non reperio quid (i. e. to dedicate some writing to him), Cic. Att. 13, 13, 2.—
(γ).
In mal. part., Plaut. Aul. 2, 4, 7; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 16; 2. 19, 2; Prop. 1, 13, 36.—
3.
With perfect infinitive active (rare).
a.
In negative imperative sentences dependent on ne velis, ne velit (in oblique discourse also ne vellet), where ne velis has the force of noli. The perfect infinitive emphatically represents the action as completed (ante-class. and poet.).
(α).
In ancient ordinances of the Senate and of the higher officers (not in laws proper): NEIQVIS EORVM BACANAL HABVISE VELET... BACAS VIR NEQVIS ADIESE VELET CEIVIS ROMANVS... NEVE PECVNIAM QVISQVAM EORVM COMOINEM HABVISE VELET... NEVE... QVIQVAM FECISE VELET. NEVE INTER SED CONIOVRASE, NEVE COMVOVISE NEVE CONSPONDISE, etc., S. C. de Bacch. 4-13 ap. Wordsworth, Fragm. and Spec. p. 172.—So, in quoting such ordinances: per totam Italiam edicta mitti ne quis qui Bacchis initiatus esset, coisse aut convenisse causa sacrorum velit. [p. 2006] neu quid talis rei divinae fecisse, Liv. 39, 14, 8:
edixerunt ne quis quid fugae causa vendidisse neve emisse vellet,
id. 39, 17, 3. —
(β).
In imitation of official edicts: (vilicus) ne quid emisse velit insciente domino, neu quid domino celasse velit, the overseer must not buy any thing, etc., Cato, R. R. 5, 4:
interdico, ne extulisse extra aedis puerum usquam velis,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 48:
oscula praecipue nulla dedisse velis (= noli dare),
Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38:
ne quis humasse velit Ajacem, Atride, vetas? Cur?
Hor. S. 2, 3, 187.—
b.
In affirmative sentences, implying command (in any mood or tense; mostly poet.): neminem nota strenui aut ignavi militis notasse volui, I have decided to mark no one, etc., Liv. 24, 16, 11: quia pepercisse vobis volunt, committere vos cur pereatis non patiuntur, because they have decided to spare you, etc., id. 32, 21, 33:
sunt delicta tamen quibus ignovisse velimus (= volumus),
which should be pardoned, Hor. A. P. 347.—
c.
To represent the will as referring to a completed action.
(α).
In optative sentences with vellem or velim, v. II. B. 5. b. a, and II. C. 1. b.—
(β).
In other sentences ( poet. and post-class.): ex omnibus praediis ex quibus non hac mente recedimus ut omisisse possessionem velimus, with the will to abandon (omittere would denote the purpose to give up at some future time), Dig. 43, 16, 1, § 25; so,
an erit qui velle recuset Os populi meruisse?
Pers. 1, 41:
qui me volet incurvasse querela,
id. 1, 91.
B.
With acc. and inf.
1.
To wish (v. A. 1. a.).
a.
With a different subject: hoc volo scire te: Perditus sum miser, I wish you to know, etc., Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 46:
deos volo consilia vostra vobis recte vortere,
id. Trin. 5, 2, 31:
emere oportet quem tibi oboedire velis,
id. Pers. 2, 4, 2:
scin' quid nunc te facere volo?
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 85:
si perpetuam vis esse adfinitatem hanc,
id. Hec. 2, 2, 10:
consul ille egit eas res quarum me participem esse voluit,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 17, 41:
vim volumus exstingui: jus valeat necesse est,
id. Sest. 42, 92:
nec mihi hunc errorem extorqueri volo,
id. Sen. 23, 85:
hoc te scire volui,
id. Att. 7, 18, 4:
harum causarum fuit justissima quod Germanos suis quoque rebus timere voluit,
Caes. B. G. 4, 16:
ut equites qui salvam esse rempublicam vellent ex equis desilirent,
Liv. 4, 38, 2:
si me vivere vis recteque videre valentem,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 3:
si vis me flere, dolendum est Primum ipsi tibi,
id. A. P. 102.—With pass. inf. impers.:
regnari tamen omnes volebant,
that there should be a king, Liv. 1, 17, 3:
mihi volo ignosci,
I wish to be pardoned, Cic. Or. 1, 28, 130:
volt sibi quisque credi,
Liv. 22, 22, 14. —
b.
With the same subject.
(α).
With inf. act.:
quae mihi est spes qua me vivere velim,
what hope have I, that I should wish to live? Plaut. Rud. 1, 3, 33:
volo me placere Philolachi,
id. Most. 1, 3, 11; cf. id. Trin. 2, 2, 47; id. Rud. 2, 6, 1:
judicem esse me, non doctorem volo,
Cic. Or. 33, 117:
vult, credo, se esse carum suis,
id. Sen. 20, 73; so id. Off. 1, 31, 113; id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; 2, 23, 95. —
(β).
With inf. pass.:
quod certiorem te vis fieri quo quisque in me animo sit,
Cic. Att. 11, 13, 1; cf. id. Fam. 1, 9, 18:
qui se ex his minus timidos existimari volebant,
Caes. B. G. 1, 39; cf. id. B. C. 2, 29:
religionis se causa... Bacchis initiari velle,
Liv. 39, 10, 2:
Agrippae se nepotem neque credi neque dici volebat,
Suet. Calig. 22 fin. —
2.
Of the will of superiors, gods, etc. (cf. A. 1. b. supra), I want, it is my will:
me absente neminem volo intromitti,
Plaut. Aul. 1, 3, 21:
viros nostros quibus tu voluisti esse nos matres familias,
id. Stich. 1, 2, 41; id. Most. 1, 4, 2; id. Rud. 4, 5, 9; id. Trin. 1, 2, 1:
pater illum alterum (filium) secum omni tempore volebat esse,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 15, 42:
(deus) quinque reliquis motibus orbem esse voluit expertem,
id. Univ. 10; cf. id. Sest. 69, 147; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 57; 1, 5, 14:
causa mittendi fuit quod iter per Alpes... patefieri volebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 1; cf. id. ib. 5, 9; id. B. C. 1, 4:
quippe (senatus) foedum hominem a republica procul esse volebat,
Sall. C. 19, 2:
nec (di) patefieri (crimina) ut impunita essent, sed ut vindicarentur voluerunt,
Liv. 39, 16, 11; cf. id. 1, 56, 3; 2, 28, 5; 25, 32, 6:
senatus... Romano sanguini pudicitiam tutam esse voluit,
Val. Max. 6, 1, 9; cf. id. 6, 9, 2.—So in the historians: quid fieri vellet (velit), after a verbum imperandi or declarandi, he gave his orders, explained his will:
quid fieri velit praecipit,
Caes. B. G. 5, 56:
ibi quid fieri vellet imperabat,
id. ib. 7, 16:
quid fieri vellet ostendit,
id. ib. 7, 27:
quae fieri vellet edocuit,
id. B. C. 3, 108; cf. id. B. G. 7, 45; id. B. C. 3, 78; 3, 89:
quid fieri vellet edixit,
Curt. 8, 10, 30; 4, 13, 24; Val. Max. 7, 4, 2.— Frequently majores voluerunt, it was the will of our ancestors, referring to ancient customs and institutions:
sacra Cereris summa majores nostri religione confici caerimoniaque voluerunt,
Cic. Balb. 24, 55: majores vestri ne vos quidem temere coire voluerunt, cf. id. ib. 17, 39; 23, 54; id. Agr. 2, 11, 26; id. Fl. 7, 15; id. Imp. Pomp. 13, 39; id. Div. 1, 45, 103; id. Font. 24, 30 (10, 20); id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70.—Of testamentary dispositions: cum Titius, heres meus, mortuus erit, volo hereditatem meam ad P. Mevium pertinere, Gai Inst. 2, 277. Except in the institution of the first heir: at illa (institutio) non est comprobata: Titum heredem esse volo, Gai Inst. 2, 117. —
3.
Of the intention of a writer, etc., to want, to mean, intend:
Asinariam volt esse (nomen fabulae) si per vos licet,
Plaut. As. prol. 12:
Plautus hanc mihi gnatam esse voluit Inopiam,
has wanted Poverty to be my daughter, made her my daughter, id. Trin. prol. 9:
primumdum huic esse nomen Diphilus Cyrenas voluit,
id. Rud. prol. 33:
quae ipsi qui scripserunt voluerunt vulgo intellegi,
meant to be understood by all, Cic. Or. 2, 14, 60:
si non hoc intellegi volumus,
id. Fat. 18, 41:
quale intellegi vult Cicero cum dicit orationem suam coepisse canescere,
Quint. 11, 1, 31; so id. 9, 4, 82; 9, 3, 9:
quamquam illi (Prometheo) quoque ferreum anulum dedit antiquitas vinculumque id, non gestamen, intellegi voluit,
Plin. 33, 1, 4, § 8.—
4.
To resolve:
Siculi... me defensorem calamitatum suarum... esse voluerunt,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 4, 11:
si a me causam hanc vos (judices) agi volueritis,
if you resolve, id. ib. 8, 25:
senatus te voluit mihi nummos, me tibi frumentum dare,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:
qua (statua) abjecta, basim tamen in foro manere voluerunt,
id. ib. 2, 2, 66, §
160: liberam debere esse Galliam quam (senatus) suis legibus uti voluisset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 45:
tu Macedonas tibi voluisti genua ponere, venerarique te ut deum,
Curt. 8 (7), 13.— Hence,
5.
To order, command: erus meus tibi me salutem multam voluit dicere, has ordered me, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 2, 25:
montem quem a Labieno occupari voluerit,
which he had ordered to be occupied, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:
ibi futuros esse Helvetios ubi eos Caesar... esse voluisset,
id. ib. 1, 13 (for velitis jubeatis with inf.-clause, v. II. B. 5. d.).—
6.
To consent, allow (cf. A. 1. I.):
obtinuere ut (tribuni) tribuniciae potestatis vires salubres vellent reipublicae esse,
they prevailed upon them to permit the tribunitian power to be wholesome to the republic, Liv. 2, 44, 5:
Hiero tutores... puero reliquit quos precatus est moriens ut juvenum suis potissimum vestigiis insistere vellent,
id. 24, 4, 5:
petere ut eum... publicae etiam curae ac velut tutelae vellent esse (i. e. senatus),
id. 42, 19, 5:
orare tribunos ut uno animo cum consulibus bellum ab urbe ac moenibus propulsari vellent,
id. 3, 69, 5:
quam superesse causam Romanis cur non... incolumis Syracusas esse velint?
id. 25, 28, 8:
si alter ex heredibus voluerit rem a legatario possideri, alter non, ei qui noluit interdictum competet,
Dig. 43, 3, 1, § 15.—So negatively = not to let, not to suffer:
cum P. Attio agebant ne sua pertinacia omnium fortunas perturbari vellet,
Caes. B. C. 2, 36.—
7.
To be of opinion that something should be, to require, demand:
voluisti enim in suo genere unumquemque... esse Roscium,
Cic. Or. 1, 61, 258: eos exercitus quos contra se multos jam annos aluerint velle dimitti, he demanded the disbanding of, etc., Caes. B. C. 1, 85:
(Cicero) vult esse auctoritatem in verbis,
Quint. 8, 3, 43:
vult esse Celsus aliquam et superiorem compositionem,
id. 9, 4, 137:
si tantum irasci vis sapientem quantum scelerum indignitas exigit,
Sen. Ira, 2, 9, 4. —
8.
To be of opinion that something is or was, = censere, dicere, but implying that the opinion is erroneous or doubtful, usu. in the third pers., sometimes in the second.
(α).
To imagine, consider:
est genus hominum qui esse se primos omnium rerum volunt, Nec sunt,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:
semper auget adsentator id quod is cujus ad voluntatem dicitur vult esse magnum,
Cic. Lael. 26, 98:
si quis patricius, si quis—quod illi volunt invidiosius esse—Claudius diceret,
Liv. 6, 40, 13.—
(β).
To be of opinion, to hold:
vultis, opinor, nihil esse... in natura praeter ignem,
Cic. N. D. 3, 14, 36:
volunt illi omnes... eadem condicione nasci,
id. Div. 2, 44, 93:
vultis evenire omnia fato,
id. ib. 2, 9, 24:
alteri censent, etc., alteri volunt a rebus fatum omne relegari,
id. Fat. 19, 45:
vultis a dis immortalibus hominibus dispertiri somnia,
id. N. D. 3, 39, 93; id. Tusc. 1, 10, 20; id. Fin. 3, 11, 36; id. Rep. 2, 26, 48:
volunt quidam... iram in pectore moveri effervescente circa cor sanguine,
Sen. Ira, 2, 19, 3.—
(γ).
To say, assert:
si tam familiaris erat Clodiae quam tu esse vis,
as you say he is, Cic. Cael. 21, 53:
sit sane tanta quanta tu illam esse vis,
id. Or. 1, 55, 23:
ad pastum et ad procreandi voluptatem hoc divinum animal procreatum esse voluerunt: quo nihil mihi videtur esse absurdius,
id. Fin. 2, 13, 40; 2, 17, 55; 2, 42, 131; 2, 46, 142; id. Fat. 18, 41.—With perf. inf.:
Rhodi ego non fui: me vult fuisse,
Cic. Planc. 34, 84.—
(δ).
To pretend, with perf. inf., both subjects denoting the same person:
unde homines dum se falso terrore coacti Effugisse volunt, etc.,
Lucr. 3, 69 (cf. A. 1. n. supra).—
(ε).
To mean, with perf. inf.:
utrum scientem vultis contra foedera fecisse, an inscientem?
Cic. Balb. 5, 13.— With pres. inf.:
quam primum istud, quod esse vis?
what do you mean by as soon as possible? Sen. Ep. 117, 24.—
(ζ).
Rarely in the first pers., implying that the opinion is open to discussion:
ut et mihi, quae ego vellem non esse oratoris, concederes,
what according to my opinion is not the orator's province, Cic. Or. 1, 17, 74.—
9.
In partic.
a.
With things as subjects.
(α).
Things personified:
ne res publica quidem haec pro se suscipi volet,
would have such things done for it, Cic. Off. 1, 45, 159:
cui tacere grave sit, quod homini facillimum voluerit esse natura,
which nature willed should be easiest for man, Curt. 4, 6, 6: fortuna Q. Metellum... nasci in urbe terrarum principe voluit, fate ordained that, etc., Val. Max. 7, 1, 1: nihil rerum ipsa natura voluit magnum effici cito, it is the law of nature that, etc., Quint. 10, 3, 4:
quid non ingenio voluit natura licere?
what license did nature refuse to genius? Mart. 8, 68, 9:
me sine, quem semper voluit fortuna jacere,
Prop. 1, 6, 25:
hanc me militiam fata subire volunt,
id. 1, 6, 30.—
(β).
Of laws, to provide:
duodecim tabulae nocturnum furem... interfici impune voluerunt,
Cic. Mil. 3, 9:
lex duodecim tabularum tignum aedibus junctum... solvi prohibuit, pretiumque ejus dari voluit,
Dig. 46, 3, 98, § 8 fin. (cf. Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21, b. a, infra).—
b.
With perf. pass. inf., to represent a state or result wished for.
(α).
The inf. being in full, with esse expressed: si umquam quemquam di immortales voluere esse auxilio adjutum, tum me et Calidorum servatum volunt, if it ever was the will of the gods that any one should be assisted, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 1: Corinthum patres vestri, totius Graeciae lumen, exstinctum esse voluerunt, it was their will that Corinth should be ( and remain) destroyed, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 11:
nostri... leges et jura tecta esse voluerunt,
id. Or. 1, 59, 253:
propter eam partem epistulae tuae per quam te et mores tuos purgatos et probatos esse voluisti,
id. Att. 1, 17, 7; id. Fin. 4, 27, 76; id. de Or. 1, 51, 221:
daturum se operam ne cujus suorum popularium mutatam secum fortunam esse vellent,
Liv. 21, 45, 6: for velle redundant in this construction, v. II. A. 2. 3. infra.—With pass. inf. impers.:
sociis maxime lex consultum esse vult,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21.—
(β).
With ellips. of esse (cf. Quint. 9, 3, 9): perdis me tuis dictis. Cu. Imo, servo et servatum volo, and mean that you should remain saved, Plaut. Curc. 2, 3, 56:
aunt qui volum te conventam,
who want to see you, id. Cist. 4, 2, 39:
eidem homini, si quid recte cura tum velis, mandes,
if you want to have anything done well, id. As. 1, 1, 106:
sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,
id. Capt. prol. 53: id nunc res indicium haeo [p. 2007] facit, quo pacto factum volueris, this shows now why you wished this to be done, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 31 (cf. Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33; id. Aul. 3, 5, 30, II. B. 1, b, and II. B. 3. b. infra): domestica cura te levatum volo, I wish to see you relieved, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 3:
nulla sedes quo concurrant qui rem publicam defensam velint,
id. Att. 8, 3, 4:
rex celatum voluerat (i. e. donum),
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64:
Hannibal non Capuam neglectam, neque desertos volebat socios,
Liv. 25, 20, 5; 2, 15, 2; 2, 44, 3; 3, 21, 4; 22, 7, 4;
26, 31, 6: contemptum hominis quem destructum volebat,
Quint. 8, 3, 21:
si te non emptam vellet, emendus erat,
Ov. Am. 1, 8, 34 (so with velle redundant, v. II. A. 1. d., and II. A. 3. infra).—Both subjects denoting the same person:
velle Pompeium se Caesari purgatum,
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.— Esp., with pass. inf. impers.: alicui consultum velle, to take care for or advocate somebody's interests:
liberis consultum volumus propter ipsos,
Cic. Fin. 3, 17, 57:
obliviscere illum aliquando adversario tuo voluisse consultum,
id. Att. 16, 16 C, 10:
quibus tribuni plebis nunc consultum repente volunt,
Liv. 5, 5, 3; so id. 25, 25, 17:
quamquam senatus subventum voluit heredibus,
Dig. 36, 1, 1, § 4; so with dep. part., used passively:
volo amori ejus obsecutum,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 63.—
c.
With predic. adj., without copula.
(α).
The subjects being different (mostly aliquem salvum velle):
si me vivum vis, pater, Ignosce,
if you wish me to live, Ter. Heaut. 5, 5, 7:
ille, si me alienus adfinem volet, Tacebit,
id. Phorm. 4, 1, 16:
ut tu illam salvam magis velis quam ego,
id. Hec. 2, 2, 17; 3, 5, 14:
quoniam ex tota provincia soli sunt qui te salvum velint,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 67, § 150:
irent secum extemplo qui rempublicam salvam vellent,
Liv. 22, 53, 7.—
(β).
Both subjects denoting the same person (virtually = object infinitive):
in occulto jacebis quom te maxime clarum voles (= clarus esse voles),
when you will most wish to be famous, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 38:
volo me patris mei similem,
I wish to be like my father, id. As. 1, 1, 54: ut iste qui se vult dicacem et mehercule est, Appius, who means to be witty, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 60, 246:
qui vero se populares volunt,
who mean to be popular, id. Off. 2, 22, 78:
ut integrum se salvumque velit,
id. Fin. 2, 11, 33:
ut (omne animal) se et salvum in suo genere incolumeque vellet,
id. ib. 4, 8, 19. —
d.
With an inf.-clause understood.
(α).
Velle, to wish: utinam hinc abierit in malam crucem! Ad. Ita nos velle aequom est (ita = eum abire, etc.), Plaut. Poen. 4, 1, 5:
stulta es, soror, magis quam volo (i.e. te esse),
id. Pers. 4, 4, 78; id. Trin. 1, 2, 8; 2, 4, 175; id. Stich. 1, 1, 13; id. Ps. 1, 5, 55:
senatum non quod sentiret, sed quod ego vellem decernere,
Cic. Mil. 5, 12:
neque enim facile est ut irascatur cui tu velis judex (= cui tu eum irasci velis),
id. Or. 2, 45, 190; cf. id. Sest. 38, 82.—
(β).
Referring to the will of superiors, etc.:
deos credo voluisse, nam ni vellent, non fieret,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 46: jamne abeo? St. Volo (sc. te abire), so I will, id. Cas. 2, 8, 57; cf. id. Mil. 4, 6, 12; id. Merc. 2, 3, 33.—
(γ).
To mean, intend (v. B. 3.):
acutum etiam illud est cum ex alterius oratione aliud atque ille vult (sc. te excipere),
Cic. Or. 2, 67, 273.—
(δ).
To require, demand (v B. 7.):
veremur quidem vos, Romani, et, si ita vultis, etiam timemus,
Liv. 39, 37, 17;
and of things as subjects: cadentque vocabula, si volet usus (i. e. ea cadere),
Hor. A. P. 71.—
(ε).
To be of opinion, will have (v. B. 8.):
ergo ego, inimicus, si ita vultis, homini, amicus esse rei publicae debeo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 8, 19:
nam illi regi tolerabili, aut, si voltis, etiam amabili, Cyro,
id. Rep. 1, 28, 44; id. Fin. 2, 27, 89; 3, 4, 12; id. Cael. 21, 53; Liv. 21, 10, 7; Quint. 2, 17, 41.—
(ζ).
With ellips. of predic. inf. (v. A. 2. b.): cras de reliquiis nos volo (i. e. cenare), it is my intention that we dine, etc., Plaut. Stich. 3, 2, 40:
volo Varronem (i. e. hos libros habere),
Cic. Att. 13, 25, 3.
C.
With ut, ne, or ut ne.
1.
With ut.
a.
To wish:
volo ut quod jubebo facias,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 8, 65:
quia enim id maxime volo ut illi istac confugiant,
id. Most. 5, 1, 49:
ut mihi aedes aliquas conducat volo,
id. Merc. 3, 2, 17: hoc prius volo meam rem agere. Th. Quid id est? Ph. Ut mihi hanc despondeas, id. Curc. 5, 2, 71: quid vis, nisi ut maneat Phanium? Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 8:
velim ut tibi amicus sit,
Cic. Att. 10, 16, 1:
quare id quoque velim... ut sit qui utamur,
id. ib. 11, 11, 2:
maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla... modestiae fructum aliquem percipere potuisset,
id. Sull. 1, 1:
equidem vellem uti pedes haberent (res tuae),
id. Fam. 7, 33, 2:
his ut sit digna puella volo,
Mart. 11, 27, 14.—Both subjects denoting the same person: volueram, inquit, ut quam plurimum tecum essem, Brut. ap. Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1.—
b.
It is the will of, to want, ordain (v. B. 2.):
at ego deos credo voluisse ut apud te me in nervo enicem,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 17: numquid me vis? Le. Ut valeas, id. Cist. 1, 1, 120: numquid vis? Ps. Dormitum ut abeas, id. Ps. 2, 2, 70:
volo ut mihi respondeas,
Cic. Vatin. 6, 14; 7, 17; 7, 18; 9, 21;
12, 29: nuntia Romanis, caelestes ita velle ut mea Roma caput orbis terrarum sit,
Liv. 1, 16, 7.—
c.
To intend, it is the purpose, aim, etc., the two subjects being the same:
id quaerunt, volunt haec ut infecta faciant,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 9.—
d.
With other verbs:
quod peto et volo parentes meos ut commonstres mihi,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 4:
quasi vero aut populus Romanus hoc voluerit, aut senatus tibi hoc mandaverit ut... privares,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48;
with opto,
id. Imp. Pomp. 16, 48;
with laboro,
Liv. 42, 14, 3;
with aequum censere,
id. 39, 19, 7.—
2.
With ne:
at ne videas velim,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23:
quid nunc vis? ut opperiare hos sex dies saltem modo, ne illam vendas, neu me perdas, etc.,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 102:
credibile est hoc voluisse legumlatorem, ne auxilia liberorum innocentibus deessent,
intended, Quint. 7, 1, 56.—
3.
With ut ne: quid nunc tibi vis? Mi. Ut quae te cupit, eam ne spernas, Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60.
D.
With subjunct. of dependent verb (mostly ante-class.; class. and freq. with velim and vellem; but in Cic. mostly epistolary and colloquial).
1.
To wish:
ergo animum advortas volo,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 23; 2, 3, 28; 2, 3, 70:
volo amet me patrem,
id. As. 1, 1, 63 dub.:
hoc volo agatis,
id. Cist. 1, 1, 83:
ducas volo hodie uxorem,
Ter. And. 2, 3, 14:
quid vis faciam?
Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 49; Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 24; Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 64; 2, 3, 65; 2, 6, 65; 3, 3, 3; id. Ps. 4, 1, 17; 4, 7, 19; id. Cas. 2, 3, 56; id. Capt. 1, 2, 12; id. Poen. 3, 2, 16; id. Pers. 2, 4, 23; id. Rud. 5, 2, 45; 5, 3, 58; id. Stich. 5, 2, 21; Ter. Heaut. 4, 6, 14:
volo etiam exquiras quam diligentissime poteris quid Lentulus agat?
Cic. Att. 8, 12, 6:
Othonem vincas volo,
id. ib. 13, 29, 2:
eas litteras volo habeas,
id. ib. 13, 32, 3:
visne igitur videamus quidnam sit, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 10, 15: visne igitur descendatur ad Lirim? id. Fragm. ap. Macr. S. 6, 4:
volo, inquis, sciat,
Sen. Ben. 2, 10, 2.—
2.
To be of opinion that something should be, demand, require (v. B. 7.): volo enim se efferat in adulescentia fecunditas, I like to see, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 21, 88:
volo hoc oratori contingat ut, etc.,
id. Brut. 84, 290.—
3.
With subj.-clause understood:
abi atque obsona, propera! sed lepide volo (i. e. obsones),
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 55.
E.
With object nouns, etc.
1.
With acc. of a thing.
a.
With a noun, to want, wish for, like to have:
voltisne olivas, aut pulmentum, aut capparim?
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 90:
animo male est: aquam velim,
id. Am. 5, 1, 6:
quia videt me suam amicitiam velle,
id. Aul. 2, 3, 68; so,
gratiam tuam,
id. Curc. 2, 3, 52; 2, 3, 56:
aquam,
id. ib. 2, 3, 34:
discidium,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 14: nullam ego rem umquam in vita mea Volui quin tu in ea re mihi advorsatrix fueris, I never had any wish in my life, etc., id. Heaut. 5, 3, 5: (dixit) velle Hispaniam, he wanted Spain, i. e. as a province, Cic. Att. 12, 7, 1:
mihi frumento non opus est: nummos volo,
I want the money, id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:
non poterat scilicet negare se velle pacem,
id. Att. 15, 1 a, 3; cf. id. ib. 13, 32, 2 (v. II. C. 4. infra):
si amplius obsidum (= plures obsides) vellet, dare pollicentur,
Caes. B. G. 6, 9 fin.:
pacem etiam qui vincere possunt, volunt,
Liv. 7, 40, 18:
ferunt (eum)... honestum finem voluisse,
Tac. A. 6, 26:
cum Scipio veram vellet et sine exceptione victoriam,
Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12:
mensae munera si voles secundae, Marcentes tibi porrigentur uvae,
Mart. 5, 78, 11.—
b.
Neutr. adjj., denoting things, substantively used: utrum vis opta, dum licet. La. Neutrum volo, Plaut. Ps. 3, 6, 16:
quorum isti neutrum volunt,
acknowledge neither, Cic. Fat. 12, 28:
voluimus quaedam, contendimus... Obtenta non sunt,
we aspired to certain things, id. Balb. 27, 61:
restat ut omnes unum velint,
hold one opinion, id. Marcell. 10, 32:
si plura velim,
if I wished for more, Hor. C. 3, 16, 38:
per quod probemus aliud legislatorem voluisse,
that the law-giver intended something different, Quint. 7, 6, 8:
ut putent, aliud quosdam dicere, aliud velle,
that they say one thing and mean another, id. 9, 2, 85:
utrum is qui scripsit... voluerit,
which of the two was meant by the author, id. 7, 9, 15:
ut nemo contra id quod vult dicit, ita potest melius aliquid velle quam dicit,
mean better than he speaks, id. 9, 2, 89:
quis enim pudor omnia velle?
to desire every thing, Mart. 12, 94, 11.—
c.
With neutr. demonstr. expressed or understood, to want, intend, aim at, like, will:
immo faenus: id primum volo,
Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 64:
proximum quod sit bono... id volo,
id. Capt. 2, 2, 22:
nisi ea quae tu vis volo,
unless my purpose is the same as yours, id. Ep. 2, 2, 82:
siquidem id sapere'st, velle te id quod non potest contingere,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 83:
hoc (i. e. otium cum dignitate) qui volunt omnes optimates putantur,
who aim at this, Cic. Sest. 45, 98:
privatum oportet in re publica ea velle quae tranquilla et honesta sint,
id. Off. 1, 34, 124:
quid est sapientia? Semper idem velle atque idem nolle,
Sen. Ep. 20, 5:
pudebit eadem velle quae volueras puer,
id. ib. 27, 2:
nec volo quod cruciat, nec volo quod satiat,
Mart. 1, 57, 4.—With demonstr. in place of inf.-clause:
hoc Ithacus velit, et magno mercentur Atridae (sc. poenas in me sumi),
Verg. A. 2, 104:
hoc velit Eurystheus, velit hoc germana Tonantis (sc. verum esse, Herculem, etc.),
Ov. H. 9, 7; Hor. S. 2, 3, 88.—
d.
With neutr. of interrog. pron.: quid nunc vis? Am. Sceleste, at etiam quid velim, id tu me rogas? what do you want now? Plaut. Am. 4, 2, 5:
eloquere quid velis,
id. Cas. 2, 4, 2: heus tu! Si. Quid vis? id. Ps. 4, 7, 21; so Ter. Eun. 2, 1, 11; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 152:
sed plane quid velit nescio,
what his intentions are, Cic. Att. 15, 1 a, 5; id. de Or. 2, 20, 84:
mittunt etiam ad dominos qui quaerant quid velint,
to ask for their orders, id. Tusc. 2, 17, 41:
quid? Si haec... ipsius amici judicarunt? Quid amplius vultis?
what more do you require, will you have? id. Verr. 2, 3, 65, § 152:
quid amplius vis?
Hor. Epod. 17, 30:
spectatur quid voluerit scriptor,
we find out the author's intention, Quint. 7, 10, 1.—Sometimes quid vult = quid sibi vult (v. 4. b.), to mean, signify:
capram illam suspicor jam invenisse... quid voluerit,
what it signified, Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 30:
sed tamen intellego quid velit,
Cic. Fin. 2, 31, 101:
quid autem volunt ea di immortales significantes quae sine interpretibus non possimus intellegere? etc.,
id. Div. 2, 25, 54.—Of things as subjects:
hunc ensem mittit tibi... Et jubet ex merito scire quid iste velit,
Ov. H. 11, 96.—
e.
With rel. pron.:
quod volui, ut volui, impetravi... a Philocomasio,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 5, 1:
ut quod frons velit oculi sciant,
that the eyes know what the forehead wants, id. Aul. 4, 1, 13:
illi quae volo concedere,
to yield to him my wishes, id. Cas. 2, 3, 49:
si illud quod volumus dicitur,
what we like, id. Truc. 1, 2, 95:
multa eveniunt homini quae volt, quae nevolt,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 84; id. Ep. 2, 2, 4:
quamquam (litterae tuae) semper aliquid adferunt quod velim,
Cic. Att. 11, 11, 1:
quae vellem quaeque sentirem dicendi,
id. Marcell. 1, 1:
uti ea quae vellent impetrarent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31:
satis animi ad id quod tam diu vellent,
to carry out what they had desired so long, Liv. 4, 54, 5:
sed quod volebant non... expediebant,
their purpose, id. 24, 23, 9. —Idiomatically: quod volo = quod demonstrare volo, what I intend to prove:
illud quod volumus expressum est, ut vaticinari furor vera soleat,
Cic. Div. 1, 31, 67:
bis sumpsit quod voluit,
he has twice begged the question, id. ib. 2, 52, 107.—With indef. relations:
cornucopia ubi inest quidquid volo,
whatever I wish for, Plaut. Ps. 2, 3, 5:
Caesar de Bruto solitus est dicere: magni refert hic quid velit, sed quidquid volt, valde volt,
whatever he wills he wills strongly, Cic. Att. 14, 1, 2.—
f.
With indef. pronn.
(α).
Si quid vis, if you want any thing: illo praesente mecum agito si quid voles, [p. 2008] Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 72: Py. Adeat si quid volt. Pa. Si quid vis, adi, mulier, id. Mil. 4, 2, 47:
eumque Alexander cum rogaret, si quid vellet, ut diceret,
id. Or. 2, 66, 266; Caes. B. G. 1, 7 fin. —
(β).
Nisi quid vis, unless you wish to give some order, to make some remark, etc.:
ego eo ad forum nisi quid vis,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 94:
nunc de ratione videamus, nisi quid vis ad haec,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42.—
(γ).
Numquid vis or ecquid vis? have you any orders to give? a formula used by inferiors before leaving their superiors; cf. Don. ad Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 39:
visunt, quid agam, ecquid velim,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 113:
numquid vis aliud?
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 111; 1, 2, 106; id. Ad. 2, 2, 39; 3, 3, 78; id. Hec. 2, 2, 30:
numquid vellem rogavit,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 6:
frequentia rogantium num quid vellet,
Liv. 6, 34, 7:
rogavit num quid in Sardiniam vellet. Te puto saepe habere qui num quid Romam velis quaerant,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 1.—
2.
With acc. of the person: aliquem velle.
(α).
To want somebody, i. e. in order to see him, to speak with him (ante-class. and colloq.):
Demenaetum volebam,
I wanted, wished to see, Demenoetus, Plaut. As. 2, 3, 12:
bona femina et malus masculus volunt te,
id. Cist. 4, 2, 40:
solus te solum volo,
id. Capt. 3, 4, 70:
quia non est intus quem ego volo,
id. Mil. 4, 6, 40:
hae oves volunt vos,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 24:
quis me volt? Perii, pater est,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 1:
centuriones trium cohortium me velle postridie,
Cic. Att. 10, 16, 4.—With paucis verbis or paucis, for a few words ( moments):
volo te verbis pauculis,
Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 28:
sed paucis verbis te volo, Palaestrio,
id. Mil. 2, 4, 22:
Sosia, Adesdum, paucis te volo,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 2.—
(β).
To love, like somebody, to be fond of somebody (anteclass. and poet.):
hanc volo (= amo),
Plaut. As. 5, 1, 18:
sine me amare unum Argyrippum... quem volo,
id. ib. 3, 2, 38:
quom quae te volt, eamdem tu vis,
id. Mil. 4, 2, 80:
aut quae (vitia) corpori' sunt ejus siquam petis ac vis,
Lucr. 4, 1152:
quam volui nota fit arte mea,
Ov. Am. 1, 10, 60: nolo virum, facili redimit qui sanguine famam: hunc volo, laudari qui sine morte potest, I like the one who, etc., Mart. 1, 8, 6.—
(γ).
To wish to have:
roga, velitne an non uxorem,
whether he wishes to have his wife or not, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 43:
ut sapiens velit gerere rem publicam, atque... uxorem adjungere, et velle ex ea liberos (anacoluth.),
Cic. Fin. 3, 20, 68.—
With two accusatives: (narrato) illam te amare et velle uxorem,
that you wish to have her as your wife, Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 25; cf. id. Phorm. 1, 2, 65.—
3.
With two accusatives, of the person and the thing: aliquem aliquid velle, to want something of somebody (cf.: aliquem aliquid rogare; mostly ante-class.;
not in Cic.): numquid me vis?
Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 120:
face certiorem me quid meus vir me velit,
id. Cas. 2, 6, 1:
num quidpiam me vis aliud?
id. Truc. 2, 4, 81:
nunc verba in pauca conferam quid te velim,
id. As. 1, 1, 74:
narrabit ultro quid sese velis,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 60:
quid me voluisti?
id. Mil. 4, 2, 35:
numquid aliud me vis?
Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 101:
quin tu uno verbo dic quid est quod me velis,
id. And. 1, 1, 18; Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 85; id. Cist. 2, 3, 49; id. As. 2, 3, 12; id. Merc. 5, 2, 27; id. Pers. 4, 6, 11; Ter. Heaut. 4, 8, 31; id. Phorm. 2, 4, 18; id. Eun. 2, 3, 47; id. Hec. 3, 4, 15:
si quid ille se velit, illum ad se venire oportere,
Caes. B. G. 1, 34:
cum mirabundus quidnam (Taurea) sese vellet, resedisset Flaccus, Me quoque, inquit, etc.,
Liv. 26, 15, 11; also, I want to speak with somebody (v. 2. a. a):
paucis, Euclio, est quod te volo,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 22:
est quod te volo secreto,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 33.—
4.
With acc. of thing and dat. of the person: aliquid alicui velle, to wish something to somebody (= cupio aliquid alicui; v. cupio;
rare): quamquam vobis volo quae voltis, mulieres,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 1:
si ex me illa liberos vellet sibi,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 33:
praesidium velle se senectuti suae,
id. ib. 1, 2, 44:
nihil est mali quod illa non initio filio voluerit, optaverit,
Cic. Clu. 66, 188:
rem Romanam huc provectam ut externis quoque gentibus quietem velit,
Tac. A. 12, 11:
cui ego omnia meritissimo volo et debeo,
to whom I give and owe my best wishes, Quint. 9, 2, 35.—Esp., in the phrase quid vis (vult) with reflex. dat. of interest, lit. what do you want for yourself?
a.
Quid tibi vis = quid vis, the dat. being redundant (rare):
quid aliud tibi vis?
what else do you want? Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 90.—With quisque:
haud ita vitam agerent ut nunc plerumque videmus Quid sibi quisque velit nescire,
be ignorant as to their own aims and purposes, Lucr. 3, 1058.—
b.
What do you mean? what do you drive at? what is your scope, object, drift (rare in post-Aug. writers; Don. ad Ter. Eun. prol. 45, declares it an archaism).
(α).
In 1 st pers. (rare):
nunc quid processerim huc, et quid mihi voluerim dicam,
and what I meant thereby, what was the purpose of my coming, Plaut. As. prol. 6:
quid mihi volui? quid mihi nunc prodest bona voluntas?
Sen. Ben. 4, 21, 6.—
(β).
In 2 d pers.:
quid nunc tibi vis, mulier, memora,
what is the drift of your talk? Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60: sed quid nunc tibi vis? what do you want to come at (i.e. by your preamble)? id. Poen. 1, 1, 24: quid tu tibi vis? Ego non tangam meam? what do you mean? i. e. what is your purpose? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 28:
quid tibi vis? quid cum illa rei tibi est?
id. ib. 4, 7, 34:
quid est quod sic gestis? quid sibi hic vestitus quaerit? Quid est quod laetus sis? quid tibi vis?
what do you mean by all this? id. ib. 3, 5, 11:
quid est, inepta? quid vis tibi? quid rides?
id. ib. 5, 6, 6:
quid vis tibi? Quid quaeris?
id. Heaut. 1, 1, 9: Ph. Fabulae! Ch. Quid vis tibi? id. Phorm. 5, 8, 53:
roganti ut se in Asiam praefectum duceret, Quid tibi vis, inquit, insane,
Cic. Or. 2, 67, 269; so in 2 d pers. plur.:
pro deum fidem, quid vobis vultis?
Liv. 3, 67, 7.—
(γ).
In 3 d pers.:
quid igitur sibi volt pater? cur simulat?
Ter. And. 2, 3, 1:
quid hic volt veterator sibi?
id. ib. 2, 6, 26:
proinde desinant aliquando me isdem inflare verbis: quid sibi iste vult?... Cur ornat eum a quo desertus est?
Cic. Dom. 11, 29:
quid sibi vellet (Caesar)? cur in suas possessiones veniret?
Caes. B. G. 1, 44 med.:
conicere in eum oculos, mirantes quid sibi vellet (i. e. by courting the plebeians),
Liv. 3, 35, 5:
qui quaererent quid sibi vellent qui armati Aventinum obsedissent,
id. 3, 50, 15:
quid sibi voluit providentia quae Aridaeum regno imposuit?
Sen. Ben. 4, 31, 1: volt, non volt dare Galla mihi, nec dicere possum quod volt et non volt, quid sibi Galla velit, Mart: 3, 90, 2.—
(δ).
Transf. of things as subjects, what means, what signifies? quid volt sibi, Syre, haec oratio? Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 2:
ut pernoscatis quid sibi Eunuchus velit,
id. Eun. prol. 45:
quid ergo illae sibi statuae equestres inauratae volunt?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 150:
quid haec sibi horum civium Romanorum dona voluerunt?
id. ib. 2, 3, 80, §
186: avaritia senilis quid sibi velit, non intellego,
what is the meaning of the phrase, id. Sen. 18, 66:
quid ergo illa sibi vult pars altera orationis qua Romanos a me cultos ait?
Liv. 40, 12, 14:
tacitae quid vult sibi noctis imago?
Ov. M. 9, 473.—
5.
Bene or male alicui velle, to wish one well or ill, to like or dislike one (ante-class. and poet.): Ph. Bene volt tibi. St. Nequam est illud verbum bene volt, nisi qui bene facit, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 37 sq.:
jam diu ego huic bene et hic mihi volumus,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 4:
ut tibi, dum vivam, bene velim plus quam mihi,
id. Cas. 2, 8, 30:
egone illi ut non bene vellem?
id. Truc. 2, 4, 90; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 95; id. Merc. 2, 1, 21; id. Ps. 4, 3, 7; id. Poen. 3, 3, 9:
nisi quod tibi bene ex animo volo,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 6:
quo tibi male volt maleque faciet,
Plaut. Pers. 5, 2, 44:
atque isti etiam parum male volo,
id. Truc. 5, 7; cf. id. As. 5, 1, 13:
utinam sic sient qui mihi male volunt,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 13:
non sibi male vult,
he does not dislike himself, Petr. 38; so, melius or optime alicui velle, to like one better or best:
nec est quisquam mihi aeque melius quoi vellem,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 42; id. Merc. 5, 2, 57:
illi ego ex omnibus optime volo,
id. Most. 1, 4, 24.—And bene velle = velle: bene volueris in precatione augurali Messalla augur ait, significare volueris, Fest. s. v. bene sponsis, p. 351.—
6.
With abl.: alicujus causa velle, to like one for his own sake, i. e. personally, a Ciceronian phrase, probably inst. of omnia alicujus causa velle; lit. to wish every thing (i.e. good) in somebody's behalf.
(α).
With omnia expressed: etsi mihi videor intellexisse cum tecum de re M. Annaeii locutus sum, te ipsius causa vehementer omnia velle, tamen, etc.... ut non dubitem quin magnus cumulus accedat commenda tionis meae, Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1:
repente coepit dicere, se omnia Verris causa velle,
that he had the most friendly disposition towards Verres, id. Verr. 2, 2, 26, § 64:
accedit eo quod Varro magnopere ejus causa vult omnia,
id. Fam. 13, 22, 1.—
(β).
Without omnia:
per eos qui nostra causa volunt, valentque apud illum,
Cic. Att. 11, 8, 1:
sed et Phameae causa volebam,
id. ib. 13, 49, 1:
etsi te ipsius Attici causa velle intellexeram,
id. ib. 16, 16, A, 6:
valde enim ejus causa volo,
id. Fam. 16, 17, 2 fin.:
illud non perficis quo minus tua causa velim,
id. ib. 3, 7, 6;
12, 7, 1: si me velle tua causa putas,
id. ib. 7, 17, 2:
regis causa si qui sunt qui velint,
id. ib. 1, 1, 1:
credo tua causa velle Lentulum,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 4, 5; id. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21; cf. id. Imp. Pomp. (v. C. 1. b. supra), where the phrase has its literal meaning; cf. also: alicujus causa (omnia) cupere; v. cupio.—
7.
With acc. and subjunct. per ecthesin (ante-class.): nunc ego illum meum virum veniat velim (by mixture of constructions: meum virum velim; and:
meus vir veniat velim),
Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 29:
nunc ego Simonidem mi obviam veniat velim,
id. Ps. 4, 5, 10:
nimis hercle ego illum corvum ad me veniat velim,
id. Aul. 4, 6, 4:
saltem aliquem velim qui mihi ex his locis viam monstret,
id. Rud. 1, 3, 35:
patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi,
id. Poen. 5, 2, 106; cf. id. Merc. 2, 1, 30 (v. E. 1. d. supra).
F.
Velle used absolutely, variously rendered to will, have a will, wish, consent, assent:
quod vos, malum... me sic ludificamini? Nolo volo, volo nolo rursum,
I nill I will, I will I nill again, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 57: novi ingenium mulierum: Nolunt ubi velis, ubi nolis cupiunt ultro, they will not where you will, etc., id. Eun. 4, 7, 43:
quis est cui velle non liceat?
who is not free to wish? Cic. Att. 7, 11. 2:
in magnis et voluisse sat est,
Prop. 2, 10 (3, 1), 6:
tarde velle nolentis est,
slow ness in consenting betrays the desire to refuse, Sen. Ben. 2, 5, 4:
quae (animalia) nullam injuriam nobis faciunt, quia velle non possunt, id. Ira, 2, 26, 4: ejus est nolle qui potest velle,
the power to assent implies the power to dissent, Dig. 50, 17, 3.—So velle substantively:
sed ego hoc ipsum velle miserius duco quam in crucem tolli,
that very wishing, Cic. Att. 7, 11, 2: inest enim velle in carendo, the word carere implies the notion of a wish, id. Tusc. 1, 36, 88:
velle ac posse in aequo positum erat,
his will and power were balanced, Val. Max. 6, 9, ext. 5:
velle tuum nolo, Didyme, nolle volo,
Mart. 5, 83, 2:
velle suum cuique est,
each has his own likings, Pers. 5, 53.
II.
In partic.
A.
Redundant, when the will to do is identified with the act itself.
1.
In imperative sentences.
a.
In independent sentences introduced by noli velle, where noli has lost the idea of volition:
nolite, judices, hunc velle maturius exstingui vulnere vestro quam suo fato,
do not resolve, Cic. Cael. 32, 79:
nolite igitur id velle quod fieri non potest,
id. Phil. 7, 8, 25: qui timor bonis omnibus injectus sit... nolite a me commoneri velle, do not wish, expect, to be reminded by me, etc., id. Mur. 25, 50: nolite hunc illi acerbum nuntium velle perferri, let it not be your decision that, etc., id. Balb. 28, 64: cujus auspicia pro vobis experti nolite adversus vos velle experiri, do not desire, etc., Liv. 7, 40, 16:
noli adversum eos me velle ducere, etc.,
Nep. Att. 4, 2.—
b.
Ne velis or ne velit fecisse = ne feceris, or ne facito (v. I. A. 3. a. supra).—So ne velis with pres. inf.:
neve, revertendi liber, abesse velis (= neve abfueris),
Ov. H. 1, 80.—
c.
In affirmative imperative sentences (velim esse = esto;
rare): tu tantum fida sorori Esse velis (= fida esto or sis),
Ov. M. 2, 745; and in 3 d pers.:
di procul a cunctis... Hujus notitiam gentis habere velint (= habeant),
id. P. 1, 7, 8:
credere modo qui discet velit (= credat qui discet),
Quint. 8, prooem. 12. —
d.
In clauses dependent on verbs of commanding and wishing:
aut quia significant divam praedicere ut armis Ac virtute velint patriam defendere terram (= ut defendant),
Lucr. 2, 641: precor quaesoque ne ante oculos patris facere et pati omnia infanda velis (= facias et patiaris). Liv. 23, 9, 2:
monentes ne experiri vellet imperium cujus vis, etc.,
id. 2, 59, 4; 39, 13, 2:
et mea... opto Vulnera qui fecit facta levare velit,
Ov. Tr. 5, 2, 18: nos contra (oravimus) [p. 2009]... ne vertere secum Cuncta pater fatoque urguenti incumbere vellet, Verg. A. 2, 653. —With pass. perf. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b):
legati Sullam orant ut filii innocentis fortunas conservatas velit (virtually = fortunas conservet),
Cic. Rosc. Am. 9, 25:
a te peto ut utilitatem sociorum per te quam maxime defensam et auctam velis (= defendas et augeas),
id. Fam. 13, 9, 3.—So after utinam or ut:
utinam illi qui prius eum viderint me apud eum velint adjutum tantum quantum ego vellem si quid possem (= utinam illi me adjuvent quantum ego adjuvarem, etc.),
id. Att. 11, 7, 7:
cautius ut saevo velles te credere Marti (= utinam te credidisses),
Verg. A. 11, 153:
edictum praemittit ad quam diem magistratus... sibi esse praesto Cordubae vellet (= sibi praesto essent),
Caes. B. C. 1, 19 (cf. also I. B. 9. b. b, and I. B. 2. fin. supra).—
2.
In conditional clauses, si facere velim = si faciam, often rendered by the potential or future auxiliaries would or will:
non tu scis, Bacchae bacchanti si velis advorsarier, ex insana insaniorem facies? (= si advorseris),
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 80:
si meum Imperium exsequi voluisset, interemptam oportuit (= si executus esset),
Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 22:
si id confiteri velim, tamen istum condemnetis necesse est (= si id confitear),
if I would acknowledge, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 18, § 45:
si quis velit ita dicere... nihil dicat (= si quis dicat),
id. Fat. 14, 32:
dies deficiat si velim numerare, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 32, 81;
so,
id. Tusc. 5, 35, 102; id. Verr. 2, 2, 21, § 52:
qua in sententia si constare voluissent, suam auctoritatem... recuperassent,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 14; id. Verr. 2, 1, 11, § 31; id. Lael. 20, 75:
conicere potestis, si recordari volueritis quanta, etc.,
if you will remember, id. Verr. 2, 4, 58, § 129; so id. Or. 1, 44, 197; id. Brut. 1, 2, 5:
quod si audire voletis externa, maximas res publicas ab adulescentibus labefactatas reperietis,
id. Sen. 6, 20; so id. Or. 1, 60, 256; 2, 23, 95:
ejus me compotem voti vos facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, non vos in Samnio, etc.,
Liv. 7, 40, 5; 23, 13, 6; 23, 15, 4: cum olera Diogeni lavanti Aristippus dixisset: si Dionysium adulare velles, ista non esses;
Imo, inquit, si tu ista esse velles, non adulares Dionysium,
Val. Max. 4, 3, ext. 4:
ut si his (legibus) perpetuo uti voluissent, sempiternum habituri fuerint imperium,
id. 5, 3, ext. 3:
quid enim si mirari velit, non in silvestribus dumis poma pendere,
Sen. Ira, 2, 10, 6; cf. Curt. 5, 1, 1; 3, 5, 6; Ov. H. 17 (18), 43.—With perf. inf. pass.:
nisi ea (opera) certi auctores monumentis suis testata esse voluissent,
Val. Max. 3, 2, 24.—
3.
In declarative sentences.
a.
Volo in 1 st pers. with perf. pass. inf. or part. (volo oratum esse or oratum = oro; v. I. B. 9. b. a and b):
vos omnes opere magno esse oratos volo benigne ut operam detis, etc.,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 21:
justam rem et facilem esse oratam a vobis volo,
id. Am. prol. 33:
illud tamen te esse admonitum volo, etc.,
Cic. Cael. 3, 8:
sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 53:
illud te, Tulli, monitum velim etc.,
Liv. 1, 23, 8:
quamobrem omnes eos oratos volo Ne, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. prol. 26; so, factum volo = faciam: serva tibi sodalem, et mihi filium. Mne. Factum volo, I will, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 91: pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac, etc. Nau. Factum volo, Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 4; so Plaut. Pers. 2, 5, 10.—In 3 d pers.:
esse salutatum vult te mea littera primum,
Ov. P. 2, 7, 1.—
b.
With pres. inf.:
propterea te vocari ad cenam volo (= voco te),
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 72:
sed nunc rogare hoc ego vicissim te volo: quid fuit, etc. (= nunc te rogo),
id. Trin. 1, 2, 136.—
c.
With perf. act. inf.:
pace tua dixisse velim (= pace tua dixerim),
Ov. P. 3, 1, 9.—
d.
In other connections, when the will or purpose is made more prominent than the action:
eorum alter, qui Antiochus vocatur, iter per Siciliam facere voluit (= fecit),
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 27, § 61:
si suscipere eam (religionem) nolletis, tamen in eo qui violasset sancire vos velle oporteret (= sancire vos oporteret),
id. ib. 2, 4, 51, §
114: ut insequentibus diebus nemo eorum forum aut publicum adspicere vellet (= adspiceret),
Liv. 9, 7, 11:
talentis mille percussorem in me emere voluisti (= emisti),
Curt. 3, 5, 6: quin etiam senatus gratias ei agentem quod redire voluisset ante portas eduxit (= quod redisset), Val. Max. 3, 4, 4:
utri prius gratulemur, qui hoc dicere voluit, an cui audire contigit? (= qui hoc dixit),
id. 4, 7, ext. 2:
sic tua non paucae carpere facta volent (= carpent),
Ov. P. 3, 1, 64.
B.
Velim, as potential subjunctive (mostly in 1 st pers. sing., as subjunctive of modest statement), = volo, I wish, I should like.
1.
With verb in the second person.
a.
With pres. subj., so most frequently in Cic.
(α).
As a modest imperative of the dependent verb: velim facias = fac, I wish you would do it, please do it:
ego quae in rem tuam sint, ea velim facias,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 9:
eas (litteras) in eundem fasciculum velim addas,
Cic. Att. 12, 53:
eum salvere jubeas velim,
id. ib. 7, 7, 7:
velim me facias certiorem, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 19, 9:
tu velim saepe ad nos scribas,
id. ib. 1, 12, 4:
velim mihi ignoscas,
id. Fam. 13, 75, 1:
tu velim animum a me parumper avertas,
id. Lael. 1, 5; cf. id. Att. 1, 11, 3; 7, 3, 11; 8, 12, 5; id. Fam. 15, 3, 2 et saep.:
haec pro causa mea dicta accipiatis velim,
Liv. 42, 34, 13: velim, inquit, hoc mihi probes, Aug. ap. Suet. Aug. 51:
Musa velim memores, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 53.—
(β).
Expressing a wish without a command (v. vellem):
vera dicas velim,
I wish you told the truth, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 18:
quam velim Bruto persuadeas ut Asturae sit,
Cic. Att. 14, 15, 4:
ipse velim poenas experiare meas,
Ov. Tr. 3, 11, 74;
so in asseverations: ita velim me promerentem ames, dum vivas, mi pater, ut... id mihi vehementer dolet,
Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 47.—
b.
With infinitive clause.
(α).
With the force of a modest imperative:
sed qui istuc credam ita esse, mihi dici velim (i. e. a te),
Ter. Phorm. 5, 6, 15:
extremum illud est quod mihi abs te responderi velim,
Cic. Vat. 17, 41 (may be a dependent subjunctive):
itaque vos ego, milites, non eo solum animo.... pugnare velim, etc.,
Liv. 21, 41, 10.—
(β).
As a mere wish:
velim te arbitrari, frater, etc.,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 1:
primum te arbitrari id quod res est velim,
Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 9.—With perf. act.:
hanc te quoque ad ceteras tuas eximias virtutes, Masinissa, adjecisse velim,
Liv. 30, 14, 6.—With perf. pass., Liv. 1, 23, 8 (v. II. A. 3. a. supra).—
c.
With ut (rare):
de tuis velim ut eo sis animo, quo debes esse,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 4. —
d.
With ne (rare), Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—
2.
With dependent verb in the third person, expressing a wish.
a.
With pres. subj.:
ita se defatigent velim Ut, etc.,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 3:
de Cicerone quae mihi scribis, jucunda mihi sunt: velim sint prospera,
Cic. Att. 14, 11, 2:
velim seu Himilco, seu Mago respondeat,
Liv. 23, 12, 15:
sint haec vera velim,
Verg. Cir. 306:
nulla me velim syllaba effugiat,
Quint. 11, 2, 45.—With final clause:
tu velim mihi ad urbem praesto sis, ut tuis consiliis utar,
Cic. Att. 9, 16, 3; cf. id. ib. 11, 11, 2 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—With ellips. of pres. subj.:
velim mehercule Asturae Brutus (i. e. sit),
Cic. Att. 14, 11, 1.—
b.
With perf. subj. (a wish referring to the past):
nimis velim improbissumo homini malas edentaverint,
Plaut. Rud. 3, 2, 48.—
c.
With inf.-clause:
ne ego nunc mihi modium mille esse argenti velim!
Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 9: di me perdant! Me. Quodcunque optes, velim tibi contingere, id. Cist. 2, 1, 30:
velim eum tibi placere quam maxime,
Cic. Brut. 71, 249: idque primum ita esse velim;
deinde etiam, si non sit, mihi persuaderi tamen velim,
id. Tusc. 1, 11, 24:
quod faxitis, deos velim fortunare,
Liv. 6, 41, 12.—With perf. pass. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):
edepol te hodie lapide percussum velim,
Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33:
moribus praefectum mulierum hunc factum velim,
id. Aul. 3, 5, 30.—With inf.-clause understood:
nimium plus quam velim nostrorum ingenia sunt mobilia,
Liv. 2, 37, 4.—
3.
With verb in the first person.
a.
With inf. pres. (so most freq.):
atque hoc velim probare omnibus, etc.,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47:
velim scire ecquid de te recordere,
id. Tusc. 1, 6, 13:
quare te, ut polliceris, videre plane velim,
id. Att. 11, 9, 3:
nec vero velim... a calce ad carceres revocari,
id. Sen. 23, 83:
sed multitudo ea quid animorum... habeat scire velim,
Liv. 23, 12, 7:
interrogare tamen velim, an Isocrates Attice dixerit,
Quint. 12, 10, 22.—With perf. inf. act., Ov. P. 3, 1, 9 (v. II. A. 3. c.).—
b.
With acc. and inf.:
quod velis, modo id velim me scire,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 4, 8.—So with perf. pass. inf.:
ego praeterquam quod nihil haustum ex vano velim, Fabium... potissimum auctorem habui,
Liv. 22, 7, 4.—
c.
With subj. pres.:
eo velim tam facili uti possim et tam bono in me quam Curione,
Cic. Att. 10, 8, 10 B. and K. ex conj. Mull. (Lachm., Hoffm. posse; al. possem).—
4.
Velim in the principal sentence of conditional clauses, I would, I should be willing:
aetatem velim servire, Libanum ut (= si) conveniam modo,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 8:
velim, si fieri possit,
id. Truc. 2, 4, 12:
si quid tibi compendi facere possim, factum edepol velim (redundant),
id. ib. 2, 4, 26:
si possim, velim,
id. Stich. 4, 2, 9:
nec velim (imitari orationes Thucydidis) si possim,
Cic. Brut. 83, 287:
si liceat, nulli cognitus esse velim,
Ov. Tr. 5, 12, 42.—
5.
The other persons of velim in potential use (rare).
a.
Velis.
(α).
Imperatively = cupito:
quoniam non potest fieri quod vis, Id velis quod possit,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 6:
atque aliquos tamen esse velis tibi, alumna, penates,
Verg. Cir. 331.—
(β).
Declaratively with indef. subj.: quom inopia'st, cupias; quando ejus copia'st, tum non velis, then you (i.e. people, they) do not want it, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 45.—
(γ).
Redundant, as a form of the imperative of the dependent verb, Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38 (v. I. A. 3. a. b); id. H. 1, 80 (v. II. A. 1. b.); id. M. 2, 746 (v. II. A. 1. c.).—
b.
Velit.
(α).
Modestly for vult:
te super aetherias licentius auras Haud pater ille velit, etc.,
Verg. A. 7, 558: nemo enim minui velit id in quo maximus fuit, would like that to be diminished in which, etc., Quint. 12, 11, 6; cf. Verg. A. 2, 104, and Ov. H. 9, 7 (v. I. E. 1. c. supra).— So, poet., instead of vellet with perf. inf.:
ut fiat, quid non illa dedisse velit?
Ov. Am. 2, 17, 30.—
(β).
= imperative of third person:
arma velit, poscatque simul rapiatque juventus,
Verg. A. 7, 340.—Redundantly, giving to the dependent verb the force of an imperative, Quint. 8, prooem. 12 (v. II. A. 1. c. supra; v. also I. A. 3. a. supra).—
c.
Velimus.
(α).
In the optative sense of velim:
sed scire velimus quod tibi nomen siet,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 6, 18.—
(β).
With imperative sense (= let us, we should, etc.), Quint. 6, 3, 28 (v. I. A. 2. d. supra).—
d.
Velitis = velim velitis (i. e. jubeatis, jubete):
novos consules ita cum Samnite gerere bellum velitis ut omnia ante nos bella gesta sunt,
Liv. 9, 8, 10.—So especially in velitis jubeatis, a formula in submitting a law to the votes of the people in the comitia centuriata or tributa, let it be resolved and ordered by you:
rogatus in haec verba populus: velitis jubeatisne haec sic fieri, si respublica populi Romani Quiritium, etc.,
Liv. 22, 10, 2:
velitis jubeatis, Quirites... uti de ea re Ser. Sulpicius praetor urbanus ad senatum referat, etc.,
id. 38, 54, 3.—And parodied by Cic.:
velitis jubeatis ut quod Cicero versum fecerit,
Cic. Pis. 29, 72.—So in oblique discourse, vellent juberent:
rogationem promulgavit, vellent juberent Philippo... bellum indici,
Liv. 31, 6, 1:
vellent juberentne se regnare,
id. 1, 46, 1; cf.
in the resolution of the people: plebis sic jussit: quod senatus... censeat, id volumus jubemusque,
id. 26, 33, 14.—
e.
Velint, optative and redundant, Cic. Att. 11, 7, 7 (v. II. A. 1. d.); Ov. P. 1, 7, 8 (v. II. A. 1. c.).
C.
Vellem, as potential subjunctive, I wish, should like, should have liked, representing the wish as contrary to fact, while velim refers to a wish which may be realized:
de Menedemo vellem verum fuisset, de regina velim verum sit,
Cic. Att. 15, 4, 4. It is not used with imperative force; cf.:
quod scribis, putare te... vellem scriberes, cur ita putares... tu tamen velim scribas,
Cic. Att. 11, 24, 5.—Often quam vellem, how I wish, i. e. I wish very much; and in the same sense: nimium vellem, v. infra.
1.
With verb in first person.
a.
With inf. pres., I wish, would like, referring to present or future actions:
videre equidem vos vellem, cum huic aurum darem,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 68:
vellem equidem idem posse gloriari quod Cyrus,
Cic. Sen. 10, 32:
vellem equidem vobis placere, Quirites, sed, etc.,
Liv. 3, 68, 9:
quam fieri vellem meus libellus!
Mart. 8, 72, 9.—With cuperem and optarem:
nunc ego Triptolemi cuperem conscendere currus... Nunc ego Medeae vellem frenare dracones... Nunc ego jactandas optarem sumere pennas, etc.,
Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 1 sqq.— [p. 2010] Rarely, I should have liked:
tum equidem istuc os tuum inpudens videre nimium vellem!
Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 49.—And in conditional sense:
maerorem minui: dolorem nec potui, nec, si possem, vellem (i. e. minuere),
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:
certe ego, si sineres, titulum tibi reddere vellem,
Ov. Tr. 4, 5, 13:
sic nec amari quidem vellem (i. e. if I were in his place),
Sen. Ira, 1, 20, 4.—
b.
With perf. inf., I wish I had:
abiit, vah! Rogasse vellem,
I wish I had asked him, Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 25:
maxime vellem semper tecum fuisse,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5:
quam vellem petisse ab eo quod audio Philippum impetrasse,
id. ib. 10, 4, 10:
non equidem vellem, quoniam nocitura fuerunt, Pieridum sacris imposuisse manum,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 27:
ante equidem summa de re statuisse, Latini, Et vellem, et fuerat melius,
Verg. A. 11, 303. —
c.
With inf.-clause, the predicate being a perf. part. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):
virum me natam vellem,
would I had been born a man! Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 9.—
d.
With subj. imperf. (rare):
quam vellem, Panaetium nostrum nobiscum haberemus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15.—
2.
The subject of the dependent verb in the second person.
a.
With subj. imperf. (the regular construction):
hodie igitur me videbit, ac vellem tum tu adesses,
I wish you could be present, Cic. Att. 13, 7, 2:
quam vellem de his etiam oratoribus tibi dicere luberet,
I wish you would please, id. Brut. 71, 248.—
b.
With subj. pluperf., I wish you had:
vellem Idibus Martiis me ad cenam invitasses,
Cic. Fam. 12, 4, 1:
quam vellem te ad Stoicos inclinavisses,
id. Fin. 3, 3, 10:
vellem suscepisses juvenem regendum,
id. Att. 10, 6, 2:
quam vellem Bruto studium tuum navare potuisses,
id. ib. 15, 4, 5.—
c.
With ne and pluperf. subj.:
tu vellem ne veritus esses ne parum libenter legerem tuas litteras,
Cic. Fam. 7, 33, 2.—
d.
With ellipsis of verb: vera cantas, vana vellem (i. e. cantares). Plaut. Most. 3, 4, 41.—
3.
With verb in third person.
a.
With imperf. subj. (the regular construction):
patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi (per ecthesin, v. I. E. b.),
Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 106:
vellem adesset Antonius, modo sine advocatis,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7, 16:
vellem nobis hoc idem vere dicere liceret,
id. Off. 3, 1, 1:
vellem adesse posset Panaetius,
id. Tusc. 1, 33, 81:
vellem hoc esset laborare,
id. Or. 2, 71, 287.—
b.
With pluperf. subj.:
vellem aliqui ex vobis robustioribus hunc male dicendi locum suscepissent,
Cic. Cael. 3, 7:
vellem dictum esset ab eodem etiam de Dione,
id. ib. 10, 23; so id. ib. 31, 74; id. Brut. 44, 163:
quam vellem Dareus aliquid ex hac indole hausisset!
Curt. 3, 32 (12), 26.—
c.
With inf.-clause.
(α).
With inf. pres., I wish he were:
quam non abesse ab hujus judicio L. Vulsionem vellem!
Cic. Clu. 70, 198:
nunc mihi... Vellem, Maeonide, pectus inesse tuum,
Ov. F. 2, 120.—
(β).
With perf. inf. or part., I wish he had, had been:
quam vellem Menedemum invitatum!
Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 11:
epistulas, quas quidem vellem mihi numquam redditas,
Cic. Att. 11, 22, 1.—
With ellipsis of predicate: illud quoque vellem antea (i. e. factum, or factum esse),
Cic. Att. 11, 23, 3.—
d.
With ut, Cic. Sull. 1, 1; id. Fam. 7, 33, 2 (v. I. C. 1. a. supra).—
4.
With acc. of a neuter pronoun or of a noun:
aliquando sentiam us nihil nobis nisi, id quod minime vellem, spiritum reliquum esse,
Cic. Att. 9, 19, 2: tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem: apti essent ad id quod cogito, I would like to have (cf. I. E. 1. a.), id. ib. 13, 22, 2.—
5.
In the other persons of vellem (mostly poet.).
a.
Velles.
(α).
In optative sentences redundant, Verg. A. 11, 153 (v. II. A. 1. d.).—
(β).
Of an indefinite subject:
velles eum (Senecam) suo ingenio dixisse, alieno judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 130.—
b.
Vellet.
(α).
In the potential sense of vellem: vellet abesse quidem;
sed adest. Velletque videre, Non etiam sentire canum fera facta suorum,
Ov. M. 3, 247.—
(β).
Conditionally:
quis vellet tanti nuntius esse mali (i. e. if in this situation)?
Ov. H. 12, 146.—
c.
Vellent.
(α).
In the potential sense of vellem:
quam vellent aethere in alto Nunc of pauperiem et duros perferre labores!
Verg. A. 6, 436.—
(β).
Conditionally: nec superi vellent hoc licuisse sibi, would wish, i. e. if in this situation, Mart. 4, 44, 8.
D.
Volam and voluero.
1.
In gen.: respiciendus erit sermo stipulationis, utrumne talis sit: quem voluero, an quem volam. Nam si talis fuerit quem voluero, cum semel elegerit, mutare voluntatem non poterit;
si vero... quem volam, donec judicium dictet, mutandi potestatem habebit,
Dig. 45, 1, 112.—
2.
Volam in principal sentences.
(α).
= Engl. future, I shall wish, etc.:
et commeminisse hoc ego volam te,
I shall require you to recollect this, Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 7: cum omnia habueris, tunc habere et sapientiam voles? will you also wish to have wisdom when? etc., Sen. Ep. 17, 8.—
(β).
Denoting present probability: et scilicet jam me hoc voles patrem exorare, ut, etc., you doubtless wish me, etc., Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 27.—
3.
In clauses dependent on predicates implying a future, generally rendered by an English present:
quid si sors aliter quam voles evenerit?
otherwise than as you wish, Plaut. Cas. 2, 5, 35:
tum te, si voles, cum patriae quod debes solveris, satis diu vixisse dicito,
then if you choose, if you will, Cic. Marcell. 9, 27:
decedes cum voles,
id. Att. 6, 3, 2:
qui magis effugies eos qui volent fingere?
those who are bent upon inventing, who will invent, falsehoods, id. ib. 8, 2, 2; cf. id. ib. 1, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 55; id. Prov. Cons. 9, 24:
quod voles gratum esse, rarum effice,
Sen. Ben. 1, 14, 1; cf. id. Brev. Vit. 7, 9: si di volent, the gods permitting, August. ap. Suet. Calig. 8:
invenies, vere si reperire voles,
Ov. P. 3, 1, 34; cf. Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 78; Tib. 1, 4, 45.—So, voluero:
quem (locum) si qui vitare voluerit, sex milium circuitu in oppidum pervenit,
who wishes to avoid this spot, Caes. B. C. 2, 24.
E.
Si vis, parenthetically.
1.
If you please (cf. sis, supra init.):
paulum opperirier, Si vis,
Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 52:
audi, si vis, nunc jam,
id. Ad. 2, 1, 30:
dic, si vis, de quo disputari velis,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 5, 13.—
2.
If you wish, choose, insist upon it:
hanc quoque jucunditatem, si vis, transfer in animum,
Cic. Fin. 2, 4, 14:
addam, si vis, animi, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 27, 89:
concedam hoc ipsum, si vis, etc.,
id. Div. 2, 15, 34.
F.
Quam, with any person of the pres. indic. or subj., or imperf. subj. or future, = quamvis, in a concessive sense, virtually, however, however much.
1.
3 d pers. sing.:
quod illa, quam velit sit potens, numquam impetravisset (= quamvis sit potens),
however powerful she may be, Cic. Cael. 26, 63:
C. Gracchus dixit, sibi in somnis Ti. fratrem visum esse dicere, quam vellet cunctaretur, tamen eodem sibi leto... esse pereundum,
id. Div. 1, 26, 56:
quam volet jocetur,
id. N. D. 2, 17, 46.—
2.
1 st pers. plur.:
quam volumus licet ipsi nos amemus, tamen, etc.,
Cic. Har. Resp. 9, 19.—
3.
2 d pers. plur.: exspectate facinus quam vultis improbum, vincam tamen, etc., expect a crime, however wicked ( ever so wicked), etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 5, § 11;
but: hac actione quam voletis multi dicent,
as many as you choose, id. ib. 2, 2, 42, § 102.—
4.
3 d pers. plur.:
quam volent illi cedant, tamen a re publica revocabuntur,
Cic. Phil. 2, 44, 113:
quam volent in conviviis faceti, dicaces, etc., sint, alia fori vis est, alia triclinii,
id. Cael. 28, 67;
but: et ceteri quam volent magnas pecunias capere possint,
as much money as they choose, id. Verr. 2, 2, 58, § 142.
G.
Volo = malo, to prefer, with a comparative clause (rare):
quodsi in ceteris quoque studiis a multis eligere homines commodissimum quodque, quam sese uni alicui certo vellent addicere, = si se eligere mallent quam se uni addicere,
Cic. Inv. 2, 2, 5:
malae rei quam nullius duces esse volunt,
Liv. 3, 68, 11:
famaene credi velis quanta urbs a te capta sit, quam posteris quoque eam spectando esse?
id. 25, 29, 6.
H.
With magis and maxime.
1.
Magis velle: ut tu illam salvam magis velles quam ego, you wish more than I, etc., Ter. Hec. 2, 2, 17.—
2.
With maxime, to wish above all, more than any thing or any one else, to be most agreeable to one, to like best, to prefer (among more than two alternatives):
quia id maxime volo ut illi istoc confugiant,
wish above all, Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 49; so id. Trin. 3, 2, 38:
maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla, etc.,
Cic. Sull. 1, 1:
caritate nos capiunt reges, consilio optimates, libertate populi, ut in comparando difficile ad eligendum sit, quid maxime velis,
which you prefer, like best, id. Rep. 1, 35, 55; so, quemadmodum ego maxime vellem, id. Att. 13, 1, 1:
tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem,
above all others, id. ib. 13, 32, 2:
alia excusanti juveni, alia recipienti futura, ita ut maxime vellet senatus responderi placuit,
as it was most agreeable to him, Liv. 39, 47:
si di tibi permisissent quo modo maxime velles experiri animum meum,
in the manner most convenient to yourself, Curt. 3, 6, 12.
K.
In disjunctive co - ordination.
1.
With sive... sive:
tu nunc, sive ego volo, seu nolo, sola me ut vivam facis,
whether I choose or not, Plaut. Cist. 3, 14:
itaque Campanos sive velint, sive nolint, quieturos,
Liv. 8, 2, 13.—
2.
Without connectives.
a.
Vis tu... vis:
congredi cum hoste liceat... vis tu mari, vis terra, vis acie, vis urbibus expugnandis experiri virtutem?
Liv. 25, 6, 22.—
b.
Velim nolim.
(α).
Interrogatively, = utrum velim nec ne:
velit nolit scire, difficile est,
it is difficult to know whether he intends it or not, Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 4.—
(β).
= seu velim seu nolim:
ut mihi, velim nolim, sit certa quaedam tuenda sententia,
whether I will or not, Cic. N. D. 1, 7, 17:
velim nolim, in cognomine Scipionum haeream necesse est,
Val. Max. 3, 7, 3:
mors interim adest, cui velis nolis vacandum est,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 8, 5:
hunc ita fundatum necesse est, velit nolit, sequatur hilaritas continua,
id. Vit. Beat. 4, 4:
velint nolint, respondendum est... beate vivere bonum non esse,
id. Ep. 117, 4:
praeterea futuri principes, velint nolint, sciant, etc.,
Plin. Pan. 20 fin. Part. and P. a.: vŏlens, entis.
A.
As a part. proper, retaining the meaning and construction of velle, with the force of a relative or adverbial clause.
1.
Agreeing with some member of the sentence ( poet. and in post-class. prose;
rare): neque illum... multa volentem Dicere praeterea vidit (= qui multa voluit dicere),
Verg. G. 4, 501; id. A. 2, 790:
nec me vis ulla volentem Avertet (i. e. si adhaerere foederi volo),
id. ib. 12, 203: decemviri, minuere volentes hujuscemodi violentiam... putaverunt, etc., intending ( who intended) to diminish such a violence, etc., Gell. 20, 1, 34:
Milo, experiri etiamtunc volens, an ullae sibi reliquae vires adessent... rescindere quercum conatus est,
id. 15, 16, 3:
scio quosdam testatores, efficere volentes ne servi sui umquam ad libertatem venirent, etc., hactenus scribere solitos,
Dig. 40, 4, 61:
si te volentem ad prohibendum venire, deterruerit aliquis, etc.,
ib. 43, 24, 1, § 10.—
2.
Abl. absol. (not ante-Aug.):
ne cujus militis scripti nomen nisi ipso volente deleretur,
except with his consent, Liv. 7, 41, 4; so,
Teum ex medio cursu classem repente avertit, aut volentibus iis usurus commeatu parato hostibus, aut ipsos pro hostibus habiturus,
with their consent, id. 37, 27, 3:
ponuntque ferocia Poeni Corda, volente deo,
since the god willed it, Verg. A. 1, 303: Thrasippo supplicium a se voluntaria morte exigere volente, while he was about to inflict punishment on himself, etc., Val. Max. 5, 1, ext. 2: scire volentibus immortalibus dis an Romana virtus imperium orbis mereretur, it being the will of the gods to know, etc., Flor. 1, 13, 3 (1, 7, 3): qui sciente aut volente eo ad quem res pertinet, possessionem nanciscitur, with the knowledge and consent of the person who, etc., Dig. 41, 2, 6. —
B.
As adj., willing, voluntary, and hence, favorably disposed (opp. invitus).
1.
Attributively.
a.
In the phrase cum dis volentibus, lit. with the willing or favoring gods, i. e. with the will, permission, or favor of the gods: dono ducite doque volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 208 Vahl.):
sequere hac, mea gnata, me cum dis volentibus,
Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 4:
cum dis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi Mani uti illaec suovetaurilia, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141 (142).— And without cum, abl. absol.:
virtute ac dis volentibus magni estis et opulenti,
Sall. J. 14, 19.—
b.
Volenti animo.
(α).
= cupide, eagerly:
Romae plebes litteris quae de Metello ac Mario missae erant, volenti animo de ambobus acceperant,
Sall. J. 73, 3. —
(β).
On purpose, intentionally:
consilio hanc omnes animisque volentibus urbem Adferimur,
Verg. A. 7, 216.—
2.
Predicatively.
a.
Agreeing with the subject-nom. or subject - acc.
(α).
Voluntarily, willingly, [p. 2011] gladly (class.):
(hi) divini generis appellentur... vobisque jure et lege volentes pareant,
Cic. Univ. 11 fin.:
quas victi ab hostibus poenas metuerant, eas ipsi volentes pendere,
Sall. J. 76, 6:
quia volentes in amicitiam non veniebant,
Liv. 21, 39, 4:
si volentes ac non coacti mansissent in amicitia,
id. 24, 37, 7:
quocunque loco seu volens seu invitus constitisti,
id. 7, 40, 13:
itaque se numquam volentem parte qua posset rerum consilio gerendarum cessurum,
id. 22, 27, 9:
(virtus), quidquid evenerit, feret, non patiens tantum, sed etiam volens,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 15, 5:
non est referre gratiam quod volens acceperis nolenti reddere,
id. Ben. 4, 40, 4:
volens vos Turnus adoro,
Verg. A. 10, 677; 3, 457; 6, 146;
12, 833: date vina volentes,
id. ib. 8, 275: ipsa autem macie tenuant armenta volentes ( on purpose), id. G. 3, 129.—And referring to subjects denoting things: quos rami fructus, quos ipsa volentia rura Sponte tulere sua, carpsit ( spontaneously and willingly), Verg. G. 2, 500.—
(β).
Favorably; with propitius, favorably and kindly, referring to the gods:
precantes Jovem ut volens propitius praebeat sacra arma pro patria,
Liv. 24, 21, 10:
precantibus ut volens propitiaque urbem Romanam iniret,
id. 29, 14, 13:
in ea arce (Victoriam) sacratam, volentem propitiamque, firmam ac stabilem fore populo Romano,
id. 22, 37, 12; 1, 16, 3; 7, 26, 3; 24, 38, 8; Inscr. Orell. 2489 sq.—Parodied by Plautus:
agite, bibite, festivae fores! fite mihi volentes propitiae,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 89.— Abl. absol.:
omnia diis propitiis volentibusque ea faciemus,
with the favor and help of the gods, Liv. 39, 16, 11 Weissenb. ad loc.:
si (Jovem) invocem ut dexter ac volens assit,
Quint. 4, prooem. 5.—
b.
Agreeing with other terms of the sentence (rare): volenti consuli causa in Pamphyliam devertendi oblata est, a welcome cause was offered to the consul, etc., Liv. 38, 15, 3:
quod nobis volentibus facile continget,
if we wish, Quint. 6, 2, 30:
is Ariobarzanem volentibus Armeniis praefecit,
to their satisfaction, Tac. A. 2, 4:
gemis... hominem, Urse, tuum, cui dulce volenti servitium... erat,
to whom his servitude was sweet, since he liked it, Stat. S. 2, 6, 15:
me mea virtus, etc., fatis egere volentem,
Verg. A. 8, 133:
saepe ille volentem castigabat erum,
administered kindly received rebukes, Stat. S. 2, 6, 50.—
c.
In the phrase aliquid mihi volenti est or putatur, etc., something is welcome, acceptable to me, pleases me (= volens habeo or accipio aliquid; cf. the Gr. Humin tauta boulomenois estin, and, mihi aliquid cupienti est; v. cupio;
rare but class.): uti militibus exaequatus cum imperatore labos volentibus esset,
that the equalization of labor was acceptable to the soldier, Sall. J. 100, 4:
quia neque plebei militia volenti putabatur,
id. ib. 84, 3 Dietsch:
grande periculum maritumis civitatibus esse, et quibusdam volentibus novas res fore,
that to some a change of the government would be welcome, Liv. 21, 50, 10:
quibus bellum volentibus erat, probare exemplum,
Tac. Agr. 18.— Impers. with subject - inf.: ceterisque remanere et in verba Vespasiani adigi volentibus fuit, to the rest it was acceptable to remain, etc., Tac. H. 3, 43.—With subject-inf. understood:
si volentibus vobis erit, in medium profero quae... legisse memini,
Macr. S. 7, 13, 11:
si volentibus vobis erit, diem fabulis et epulis exigamus,
id. ib. 1, 7; 2, 3 fin.; 6, 6 init. —
3.
As subst. (mostly post-Aug.).
a.
vŏlens, entis, m., = is qui vult, in the different meanings, and often with the construction of the verb.
(α).
One who wishes:
nunc cis Hiberum castra Romana esse, arcem tutam perfugiumque novas volentibus res,
Liv. 22, 22, 11:
consulere se volentibus vacuas aures accommodavit,
Val. Max. 5, 8, 3:
quid opus libertate si volentibus luxu perire non licet,
id. 2, 9, 5:
discere meliora volentibus promptum est,
i. e. it depends on our own will to learn better things, Quint. 11, 11, 12:
nec sum in hoc sollicitus, dum res ipsa volentibus discere appareat,
to the students, id. 8, 4, 15:
mori volentibus vis adhibita vivendi,
Suet. Tib. 61.—
(β).
One who intends, is about:
juris ignorantia non prodest acquirere volentibus,
i. e. in the acquisition of property, Dig. 22, 6, 7:
si quis volentem incipere uti frui prohibuit,
one who is about to enter upon a usufruct, ib. 43, 16, 3, § 14. —
(γ).
One who is willing:
non refert quid sit quod datur, nisi a volente volenti datur,
unless it is both willingly given and received, Sen. Ben. 2, 18, 8:
ducunt volentem fata, nolentem trahunt,
those willing to follow, id. Ep. 107, 11.—
(δ).
One who consents:
tutiusque rati volentibus quam coactis imperitare,
to rule men with their consent, Sall. J. 102, 6:
quippe rempublicam si a volentibus nequeat ab invitis jus expetituram,
peaceably if they could, forcibly if they must, Liv. 3, 40, 4:
si quis aliam rem pro alia volenti solverit,
if one pays with the consent of the receiver, Dig. 46, 3, 46:
nulla injuria est quae in volentem fiat,
ib. 47, 10, 1, § 5.—
(ε).
One who does a thing voluntarily:
pecuniam etiam a volentibus acceperant,
the contributions of money were voluntary, Vell. 2, 62, 3:
parce, puer, stimulis... (solis equi) Sponte sua properant. Labor est inhibere volentis (i. e. properare),
Ov. M. 2, 128.—
(ζ).
Volens = bene volens: munificus nemo habebatur nisi pariter volens, unless he was just as kindly disposed, sc. as he was liberal, Sall. J. 103, 6.—Often referring to a previously mentioned noun:
hunc cape consiliis socium et conjunge volentem,
and unite with him, since he wishes it, Verg. A. 5, 712; so may be taken Ov. M. 2, 128 (v. e).—
b.
In the neutr. plur. (volentia) rare, always with dat., things pleasing, acceptable:
Pompeius multis suspitionibus volentia plebi facturus habebatur,
that he would do what pleased the common people, Sall. H. 4, 31 Dietsch:
haec atque talia plebi volentia fuere,
Tac. A. 15, 36 Draeg. ad loc. al.:
iique Muciano volentia rescripsere,
id. H. 3, 52.—Hence, adv.: vŏlenter, willingly, App. M. 6, p. 178, 4.
2.
vŏlo, āvi, ātum ( part. gen. plur. volantūm, Verg. A. 6, 728; Lucr. 2, 1083), 1, v. n. [Sanscr. val-, to turn one's self, etc.; cf.: vŏlucer, vēlox, and vol- in velivolus], to fly.
I.
Lit.: ex alto... laeva volavit avis, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 95 Vahl.):
aves,
Lucr. 6, 742:
accipitres,
id. 4, 1010:
corvi,
id. 2, 822:
altam supra volat ardea nubem,
Verg. G. 1, 364:
volat ille per aëra magnum Remigio alarum,
id. A. 1, 300:
columbae venere volantes,
id. ib. 6, 191; Prop. 2, 30 (3, 28), 30; Juv. 8, 251:
apes,
Ov. A. A. 1, 96; cf. Plin. 10, 38, 54, § 112:
volasse eum (Antonium), non iter fecisse diceres,
Cic. Phil. 10, 5, 11.—Prov.:
sine pennis volare haud facile est,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 49.—
2.
P. a. as subst.: vŏlantes, ĭum, comm., the birds ( poet.), Lucr. 2, 1083; Verg. A. 6, 239; 6, 728.—
II.
Transf., to fly, i. e. to move swiftly like one flying, to fleet, speed, hasten along:
i sane... vola curriculo,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 17; cf.:
per summa levis volat aequora curru,
Verg. A. 5, 819:
medios volat ecce per hostes Vectus equo spumante Saces,
id. ib. 12, 650:
illa (Argo) volat,
Ov. H. 6, 66:
currus,
Verg. G. 3, 181:
axis,
id. ib. 3, 107:
nubes,
Lucr. 5, 254:
fulmina,
id. 2, 213:
tempestates,
id. 6, 612:
telum,
id. 1, 971; cf. Sall. J. 60, 2; Verg. A. 9, 698; Liv. 26, 44, 7 al.:
litterae Capuam ad Pompeium volare dicebantur,
Cic. Att. 2, 19, 3:
volat aetas,
id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:
hora,
Sen. Hippol. 1141:
fama,
Verg. A. 3, 121:
et semel emissum volat irrevocabile verbum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 71.— Poet., with inf.:
ast Erebi virgo ditem volat aethere Memphim Praecipere et Phariā venientem pellere terrā,
Val. Fl. 4, 407.
3.
vŏlo, ōnis, m. [1. volo], a volunteer, first applied to the slaves who, after the battle at Cannæ, were enrolled upon their own expressed desire to serve (cf. Liv. 22, 57, 11; Val. Max. 7, 6, 1):
volones dicti sunt milites, qui post Cannensem cladem usque ad octo milia, cum essent servi, voluntarie se ad militiam obtulere,
Paul. Diac. p. 370:
volones, quia sponte hoc voluerunt, appellati,
Macr. S. 1, 11, 30:
vetus miles tironi, liber voloni sese exaequari sineret,
Liv. 23, 35, 6; 23, 32, 1; Capitol. Anton. Phil. 21, 6; Macr. S. 1, 11, 30.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > volo
109 ad

ad, prep. with acc. (from the fourth century after Christ written also at; Etrusc. suf. -a; Osc. az; Umbr. and Old Lat. ar, as [p. 27] in Eug. Tab., in S. C. de Bacch., as arveho for adveho; arfuerunt, arfuisse, for adfuerunt, etc.; arbiter for adbiter; so, ar me advenias, Plant. Truc. 2, 2, 17; cf. Prisc. 559 P.; Vel. Long. 2232 P.; Fabretti, Glos. Ital. col. 5) [cf. Sanscr. adhi; Goth. and Eng. at; Celt. pref. ar, as armor, i.e. ad mare; Rom. a].
I.
As antith. to ab (as in to ex), in a progressive order of relation, ad denotes, first, the direction toward an object; then the reaching of or attaining to it; and finally, the being at or near it.
A.
In space.
1.
Direction toward, to, toward, and first,
a.
Horizontally:
fugere ad puppim colles campique videntur,
the hills and fields appear to fly toward the ship, Lucr. 4, 390: meridie umbrae cadunt ad septentrionem, ortu vero ad occasum, to or toward the north and west, Plin. 2, 13, and so often of the geog. position of a place in reference to the points of compass, with the verbs jacere, vergere, spectare, etc.:
Asia jacet ad meridiem et austrum, Europa ad septentriones et aquiionem,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 31 Mull.;
and in Plin. very freq.: Creta ad austrum... ad septentrionem versa, 4, 20: ad Atticam vergente, 4, 21 al.—Also trop.: animus alius ad alia vitia propensior,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 37, 81.—
b.
In a direction upwards (esp. in the poets, very freq.): manusque sursum ad caelum sustulit, Naev. ap. Non. 116, 30 (B. Pun. p. 13, ed. Vahl.): manus ad caeli templa tendebam lacrimans, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 20, 40 (Ann. v. 50 ed. Vahl.); cf.:
duplices tendens ad sidera palmas,
Verg. A. 1, 93: molem ex profundo saxeam ad caelum vomit, Att. ap. Prisc. 1325 P.: clamor ad caelum volvendus, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 104 Mull. (Ann. v. 520 ed. Vahl.) (cf. with this: tollitur in caelum clamor, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, or Ann. v. 422):
ad caelumque ferat flammai fulgura rursum, of Aetna,
Lucr. 1, 725; cf. id. 2, 191; 2, 325: sidera sola micant;
ad quae sua bracchia tendens, etc.,
Ov. M. 7, 188:
altitudo pertingit ad caelum,
Vulg. Dan. 4, 17.—
c.
Also in the direction downwards (for the usu. in):
tardiore semper ad terras omnium quae geruntur in caelo effectu cadente quam visu,
Plin. 2, 97, 99, § 216.
2.
The point or goal at which any thing arrives.
a.
Without reference to the space traversed in passing, to, toward (the most common use of this prep.): cum stupro redire ad suos popularis, Naev. ap. Fest. p. 317 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 14 ed. Vahl.):
ut ex tam alto dignitatis gradu ad superos videatur potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,
Cic. Lael. 3, 12: ad terras decidat aether, Lucan. 2, 58. —Hence,
(α).
With verbs which designate going, coming, moving, bearing, bringing near, adapting, taking, receiving, calling, exciting, admonishing, etc., when the verb is compounded with ad the prep. is not always repeated, but the constr. with the dat. or acc. employed; cf. Rudd. II. pp. 154, 175 n. (In the ante-class. per., and even in Cic., ad is generally repeated with most verbs, as, ad eos accedit, Cic. Sex. Rosc. 8:
ad Sullam adire,
id. ib. 25:
ad se adferre,
id. Verr. 4, 50:
reticulum ad naris sibi admovebat,
id. ib. 5, 27:
ad laborem adhortantur,
id. de Sen. 14:
T. Vectium ad se arcessit,
id. Verr. 5, 114; but the poets of the Aug. per., and the historians, esp. Tac., prefer the dative; also, when the compound verb contains merely the idea of approach, the constr. with ad and the acc. is employed; but when it designates increase, that with the dat. is more usual: accedit ad urbem, he approaches the city; but, accedit provinciae, it is added to the province.)—
(β).
Ad me, te, se, for domum meam, tuam, suam (in Plaut. and Ter. very freq.):
oratus sum venire ad te huc,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 1, 12: spectatores plaudite atque ite ad vos comissatum, id. Stich. fin.:
eamus ad me,
Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 64:
ancillas traduce huc ad vos,
id. Heaut. 4, 4, 22:
transeundumst tibi ad Menedemum,
id. 4, 4, 17: intro nos vocat ad sese, tenet intus apud se, Lucil. ap. Charis. p. 86 P.:
te oro, ut ad me Vibonem statim venias,
Cic. Att. 3, 3; 16, 10 al.—
(γ).
Ad, with the name of a deity in the gen., is elliptical for ad templum or aedem (cf.:
Thespiadas, quae ad aedem Felicitatis sunt,
Cic. Verr. 4, 4; id. Phil. 2, 35:
in aedem Veneris,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 120;
in aedem Concordiae,
Cic. Cat. 3, 9, 21;
2, 6, 12): ad Dianae,
to the temple of, Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 43:
ad Opis,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 14:
ad Castoris,
id. Quint. 17:
ad Juturnae,
id. Clu. 101:
ad Vestae,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 35 al.: cf. Rudd. II. p. 41, n. 4, and p. 334.—
(δ).
With verbs which denote a giving, sending, informing, submitting, etc., it is used for the simple dat. (Rudd. II. p. 175): litteras dare ad aliquem, to send or write one a letter; and: litteras dare alicui, to give a letter to one; hence Cic. never says, like Caesar and Sall., alicui scribere, which strictly means, to write for one (as a receipt, etc.), but always mittere, scribere, perscribere ad aliquem:
postea ad pistores dabo,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 119:
praecipe quae ad patrem vis nuntiari,
id. Capt. 2, 2, 109:
in servitutem pauperem ad divitem dare,
Ter. Ph. 4, 3, 48:
nam ad me Publ. Valerius scripsit,
Cic. Fam. 14, 2 med.:
de meis rebus ad Lollium perscripsi,
id. ib. 5, 3:
velim domum ad te scribas, ut mihi tui libri pateant,
id. Att. 4, 14; cf. id. ib. 4, 16:
ad primam (sc. epistulam) tibi hoc scribo,
in answer to your first, id. ib. 3, 15, 2:
ad Q. Fulvium Cons. Hirpini et Lucani dediderunt sese,
Liv. 27, 15, 1; cf. id. 28, 22, 5.—Hence the phrase: mittere or scribere librum ad aliquem, to dedicate a book to one (Greek, prosphônein):
has res ad te scriptas, Luci, misimus, Aeli,
Lucil. Sat. 1, ap. Auct. Her. 4, 12:
quae institueram, ad te mittam,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 5: ego interea admonitu tuo perfeci sane argutulos libros ad Varronem;
and soon after: mihi explices velim, maneasne in sententia, ut mittam ad eum quae scripsi,
Cic. Att. 13, 18; cf. ib. 16; Plin. 1, 19.—So in titles of books: M. Tullii Ciceronis ad Marcum Brutum Orator; M. T. Cic. ad Q. Fratrem Dialogi tres de Oratore, etc.—In the titles of odes and epigrams ad aliquem signifies to, addressed to. —
(ε).
With names of towns after verbs of motion, ad is used in answer to the question Whither? instead of the simple acc.; but commonly with this difference, that ad denotes to the vicinity of, the neighborhood of:
miles ad Capuam profectus sum, quintoque anno post ad Tarentum,
Cic. de Sen. 4, 10; id. Fam. 3, 81:
ad Veios,
Liv. 5, 19; 14, 18; cf. Caes. B. G. 1, 7; id. B. C. 3, 40 al.—Ad is regularly used when the proper name has an appellative in apposition to it:
ad Cirtam oppidum iter constituunt,
Sall. J. 81, 2; so Curt. 3, 1, 22; 4, 9, 9;
or when it is joined with usque,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 34, § 87; id. Deiot, 7, 19.— (When an adjective is added, the simple acc. is used poet., as well as with ad:
magnum iter ad doctas proficisci cogor Athenas,
Prop. 3, 21, 1; the simple acc., Ov. H. 2, 83: doctas jam nunc eat, inquit, Athenas).—
(ζ).
With verbs which imply a hostile movement toward, or protection in respect to any thing, against = adversus:
nonne ad senem aliquam fabricam fingit?
Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 34:
Lernaeas pugnet ad hydras,
Prop. 3, 19, 9: neque quo pacto fallam, nec quem dolum ad eum aut machinam commoliar, old poet in Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 73:
Belgarum copias ad se venire vidit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 5; 7, 70:
ipse ad hostem vehitur,
Nep. Dat. 4, 5; id. Dion. 5, 4: Romulus ad regem impetus facit (a phrase in which in is commonly found), Liv. 1, 5, 7, and 44, 3, 10:
aliquem ad hostem ducere,
Tac. A. 2, 52:
clipeos ad tela protecti obiciunt,
Verg. A. 2, 443:
munio me ad haec tempora,
Cic. Fam. 9, 18:
ad hos omnes casus provisa erant praesidia,
Caes. B. G. 7, 65; 7, 41;
so with nouns: medicamentum ad aquam intercutem,
Cic. Off. 3, 24:
remedium ad tertianam,
Petr. Sat. 18:
munimen ad imbris,
Verg. G. 2, 352:
farina cum melle ad tussim siccam efficasissima est,
Plin. 20, 22, 89, § 243:
ad muliebre ingenium efficaces preces,
Liv. 1, 9; 1, 19 (in these two passages ad may have the force of apud, Hand).—
(η).
The repetition of ad to denote the direction to a place and to a person present in it is rare:
nunc tu abi ad forum ad herum,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 100; cf.:
vocatis classico ad concilium militibus ad tribunos,
Liv. 5 47.—(The distinction between ad and in is given by Diom. 409 P., thus: in forum ire est in ipsum forum intrare; ad forum autem ire, in locum foro proximum; ut in tribunal et ad tribunal venire non unum est; quia ad tribunal venit litigator, in tribunal vero praetor aut judex; cf. also Sen. Ep. 73, 14, deus ad homines venit, immo, quod propius est, in homines venit.)—
b.
The terminus, with ref. to the space traversed, to, even to, with or without usque, Quint. 10, 7, 16: ingurgitavit usque ad imum gutturem, Naev. ap. Non. 207, 20 (Rib. Com. Rel. p. 30): dictator pervehitur usque ad oppidum, Naev. ap. Varr. L. L. 5, § 153 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 16 ed. Vahl.):
via pejor ad usque Baii moenia,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 96; 1, 1, 97:
rigidum permanat frigus ad ossa,
Lucr. 1, 355; 1, 969:
cum sudor ad imos Manaret talos,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 10:
ut quantum posset, agmen ad mare extenderet,
Curt. 3, 9, 10:
laeva pars ad pectus est nuda,
id. 6, 5, 27 al. —Hence the Plinian expression, petere aliquid (usque) ad aliquem, to seek something everywhere, even with one:
ut ad Aethiopas usque peteretur,
Plin. 36, 6, 9, § 51 (where Jan now reads ab Aethiopia); so,
vestis ad Seras peti,
id. 12, 1, 1.— Trop.:
si quid poscam, usque ad ravim poscam,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 5, 10:
deverberasse usque ad necem,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 13;
without usque: hic ad incitas redactus,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 136; 4, 2, 52; id. Poen. 4, 2, 85; illud ad incitas cum redit atque internecionem, Lucil. ap. Non. 123, 20:
virgis ad necem caedi,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; so Hor. S. 1, 2, 42; Liv. 24, 38, 9; Tac. A. 11, 37; Suet. Ner. 26; id. Dom. 8 al.
3.
Nearness or proximity in gen. = apud, near to, by, at, close by (in anteclass. per. very freq.; not rare later, esp. in the historians): pendent peniculamenta unum ad quemque pedum, trains are suspended at each foot, Enn. ap. Non. 149, 33 (Ann. v. 363 ed. Vahl.):
ut in servitute hic ad suum maneat patrem,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 49; cf. id. ib. 2, 3, 98;
3, 5, 41: sol quasi flagitator astat usque ad ostium,
stands like a creditor continually at the door, id. Most. 3, 2, 81 (cf. with same force, Att. ap. Non. 522, 25;
apud ipsum astas): ad foris adsistere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 66; id. Arch. 24:
astiterunt ad januam,
Vulg. Act. 10, 17:
non adest ad exercitum,
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 6; cf. ib. prol. 133:
aderant ad spectaculum istud,
Vulg. Luc. 23, 48: has (testas) e fenestris in caput Deiciunt, qui prope ad ostium adspiraverunt, Lucil. ap. Non. 288, 31:
et nec opinanti Mors ad caput adstitit,
Lucr. 3, 959:
quod Romanis ad manum domi supplementum esset,
at hand, Liv. 9, 19, 6:
haec arma habere ad manum,
Quint. 12, 5, 1:
dominum esse ad villam,
Cic. Sull. 20; so id. Verr. 2, 21:
errantem ad flumina,
Verg. E. 6, 64; Tib. 1, 10, 38; Plin. 7, 2, § 12; Vitr. 7, 14; 7, 12; and ellipt. (cf. supra, 2. g):
pecunia utinam ad Opis maneret!
Cic. Phil. 1, 17.—Even of persons:
qui primum pilum ad Caesarem duxerat (for apud),
Caes. B. G. 6, 38; so id. ib. 1, 31; 3, 9; 5, 53; 7, 5; id. B. C. 3, 60:
ad inferos poenas parricidii luent,
among, Cic. Phil. 14, 13:
neque segnius ad hostes bellum apparatur,
Liv. 7, 7, 4: pugna ad Trebiam, ad Trasimenum, ad Cannas, etc., for which Liv. also uses the gen.:
si Trasimeni quam Trebiae, si Cannarum quam Trasimeni pugna nobilior esset, 23, 43, 4.—Sometimes used to form the name of a place, although written separately, e. g. ad Murcim,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 154:
villa ad Gallinas, a villa on the Flaminian Way,
Plin. 15, 30, 40, § 37: ad urbem esse (of generals), to remain outside the city (Rome) until permission was given for a triumph:
“Esse ad urbem dicebantur, qui cum potestate provinciali aut nuper e provincia revertissent, aut nondum in provinciam profecti essent... solebant autem, qui ob res in provincia gestas triumphum peterent, extra urbem exspectare, donec, lege lata, triumphantes urbem introire possent,”
Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 3, 8.—So sometimes with names of towns and verbs of rest:
pons, qui erat ad Genavam,
Caes. B. G. 1, 7:
ad Tibur mortem patri minatus est,
Cic. Phil. 6, 4, 10:
conchas ad Caietam legunt,
id. Or. 2, 6:
ad forum esse,
to be at the market, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 136; id. Most. 3, 2, 158; cf. Ter. Ph. 4, 2, 8; id. And. 1, 5, 19.—Hence, adverb., ad dextram (sc. manum, partem), ad laevam, ad sinistram, to the right, to the left, or on the right, on the left:
ad dextram,
Att. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 225; Plaut. Poen. 3, 4, 1; Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 44; Cic. Univ. 13; Caes. B. C. 1, 69:
ad laevam,
Enn. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 51; Att. ib. p. 217: ad sinistram, Ter. [p. 28] Ad. 4, 2, 43 al.:
ad dextram... ad laevam,
Liv. 40, 6;
and with an ordinal number: cum plebes ad tertium milliarium consedisset,
at the third milestone, Cic. Brut. 14, 54, esp. freq. with lapis:
sepultus ad quintum lapidem,
Nep. Att. 22, 4; so Liv. 3, 69 al.; Tac. H. 3, 18; 4, 60 (with apud, Ann. 1, 45; 3, 45; 15, 60) al.; cf. Rudd. II. p. 287.
B.
In time, analogous to the relations given in A.
1.
Direction toward, i. e. approach to a definite point of time, about, toward:
domum reductus ad vesperum,
toward evening, Cic. Lael. 3, 12:
cum ad hiemem me ex Cilicia recepissem,
toward winter, id. Fam. 3, 7.—
2.
The limit or boundary to which a space of time extends, with and without usque, till, until, to, even to, up to:
ego ad illud frugi usque et probus fui,
Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 53:
philosophia jacuit usque ad hanc aetatem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 3, 5; id. de Sen. 14:
quid si hic manebo potius ad meridiem,
Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 55; so id. Men. 5, 7, 33; id. Ps. 1, 5, 116; id. As. 2, 1, 5:
ad multam noctem,
Cic. de Sen. 14:
Sophocles ad summam senectutem tragoedias fecit,
id. ib. 2; cf. id. Rep. 1, 1:
Alexandream se proficisci velle dixit (Aratus) remque integram ad reditum suum jussit esse,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82:
bestiae ex se natos amant ad quoddam tempus,
id. Lael. 8; so id. de Sen. 6; id. Somn. Sc. 1 al. —And with ab or ab-usque, to desig. the whole period of time passed away:
ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,
Cic. Att. 7, 8:
usque ab aurora ad hoc diei,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 8.—
3.
Coincidence with a point of time, at, on, in, by:
praesto fuit ad horam destinatam,
at the appointed hour, Cic. Tusc. 5, 22:
admonuit ut pecuniam ad diem solverent,
on the day of payment, id. Att. 16, 16 A:
nostra ad diem dictam fient,
id. Fam. 16, 10, 4; cf. id. Verr. 2, 2, 5: ad lucem denique arte et graviter dormitare coepisse, at (not toward) daybreak, id. Div. 1, 28, 59; so id. Att. 1, 3, 2; 1, 4, 3; id. Fin. 2, 31, 103; id. Brut. 97, 313:
ad id tempus,
Caes. B. C. 1, 24; Sall. J. 70, 5; Tac. A. 15, 60; Suet. Aug. 87; Domit. 17, 21 al.
C.
The relations of number.
1.
An approximation to a sum designated, near, near to, almost, about, toward (cf. Gr. epi, pros with acc. and the Fr. pres de, a peu pres, presque) = circiter (Hand, Turs. I. p. 102):
ad quadraginta eam posse emi minas,
Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 111:
nummorum Philippum ad tria milia,
id. Trin. 1, 2, 115; sometimes with quasi added:
quasi ad quadraginta minas,
as it were about, id. Most. 3, 1, 95; so Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 93:
sane frequentes fuimus omnino ad ducentos,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1:
cum annos ad quadraginta natus esset,
id. Clu. 40, 110:
ad hominum milia decem,
Caes. B. G. 1, 4:
oppida numero ad duodecim, vicos ad quadringentos,
id. ib. 1, 5.—In the histt. and post-Aug. authors ad is added adverbially in this sense (contrary to Gr. usage, by which amphi, peri, and eis with numerals retain their power as prepositions): ad binum milium numero utrinque sauciis factis, Sisenn. ap. Non. 80, 4:
occisis ad hominum milibus quattuor,
Caes. B. G. 2, 33:
ad duorum milium numero ceciderunt,
id. B. C. 3, 53:
ad duo milia et trecenti occisi,
Liv. 10, 17, 8; so id. 27, 12, 16; Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Rudd. II. p. 334.—
2.
The terminus, the limit, to, unto, even to, a designated number (rare):
ranam luridam conicere in aquam usque quo ad tertiam partem decoxeris,
Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 26; cf. App. Herb. 41:
aedem Junonis ad partem dimidiam detegit,
even to the half, Liv. 42, 3, 2:
miles (viaticum) ad assem perdiderat,
to a farthing, to the last farthing, Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 27; Plin. Ep. 1, 15:
quid ad denarium solveretur,
Cic. Quint. 4.—The phrase omnes ad unum or ad unum omnes, or simply ad unum, means lit. all to one, i. e. all together, all without exception; Gr. hoi kath hena pantes (therefore the gender of unum is changed according to that of omnes): praetor omnes extra castra, ut stercus, foras ejecit ad unum, Lucil. ap. Non. 394, 22:
de amicitia omnes ad unum idem sentiunt,
Cic. Lael. 23:
ad unum omnes cum ipso duce occisi sunt,
Curt. 4, 1, 22 al.:
naves Rhodias afflixit ita, ut ad unam omnes constratae eliderentur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 27; onerariae omnes ad unam a nobis sunt exceptae, Cic. Fam. 12, 14 (cf. in Gr. hoi kath hena; in Hebr., Exod. 14, 28).— Ad unum without omnes:
ego eam sententiam dixi, cui sunt assensi ad unum,
Cic. Fam. 10, 16:
Juppiter omnipotens si nondum exosus ad unum Trojanos,
Verg. A. 5, 687.
D.
In the manifold relations of one object to another.
1.
That in respect of or in regard to which a thing avails, happens, or is true or important, with regard to, in respect of, in relation to, as to, to, in.
a.
With verbs:
ad omnia alia aetate sapimus rectius,
in respect to all other things we grow wiser by age, Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 45:
numquam ita quisquam bene ad vitam fuat,
id. ib. 5, 4, 1:
nil ibi libatum de toto corpore (mortui) cernas ad speciem, nil ad pondus,
that nothing is lost in form or weight, Lucr. 3, 214; cf. id. 5, 570; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 21, § 58; id. Mur. 13, 29: illi regi Cyro subest, ad immutandi animi licentiam, crudelissimus ille Phalaris, in that Cyrus, in regard to the liberty of changing his disposition (i. e. not in reality, but inasmuch as he is at liberty to lay aside his good character, and assume that of a tyrant), there is concealed another cruel Phalaris, Cic. Rep. 1, 28:
nil est ad nos,
is nothing to us, concerns us not, Lucr. 3, 830; 3, 845:
nil ad me attinet,
Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 54:
nihil ad rem pertinet,
Cic. Caecin. 58;
and in the same sense elliptically: nihil ad Epicurum,
id. Fin. 1, 2, 5; id. Pis. 68:
Quid ad praetorem?
id. Verr. 1, 116 (this usage is not to be confounded with that under 4.).—
b.
With adjectives:
ad has res perspicax,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:
virum ad cetera egregium,
Liv. 37, 7, 15:
auxiliaribus ad pugnam non multum Crassus confidebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 25:
ejus frater aliquantum ad rem est avidior,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 51; cf. id. And. 1, 2, 21; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:
ut sit potior, qui prior ad dandum est,
id. Phorm. 3, 2, 48:
difficilis (res) ad credendum,
Lucr. 2, 1027:
ad rationem sollertiamque praestantior,
Cic. N. D. 2, 62; so id. Leg. 2, 13, 33; id. Fin. 2, 20, 63; id. Rosc. Am. 30, 85; id. Font. 15; id. Cat. 1, 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 25, 113; 1, 32, 146; 2, 49, 200; id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; Liv. 9, 16, 13; Tac. A. 12, 54 al.—
c.
With nouns:
prius quam tuum, ut sese habeat, animum ad nuptias perspexerit,
before he knew your feeling in regard to the marriage, Ter. And. 2, 3, 4 (cf. Gr. hopôs echei tis pros ti):
mentis ad omnia caecitas,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 11:
magna vis est fortunae in utramque partem vel ad secundas res vel ad adversas,
id. Off. 2, 6; so id. Par. 1:
ad cetera paene gemelli,
Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 3.—So with acc. of gerund instead of the gen. from the same vb.:
facultas ad scribendum, instead of scribendi,
Cic. Font. 6;
facultas ad agendum,
id. de Imp. Pomp. 1, 2: cf. Rudd. II. p. 245.—
d.
In gramm.: nomina ad aliquid dicta, nouns used in relation to something, i. e. which derive their significance from their relation to another object: quae non possunt intellegi sola, ut pater, mater;
jungunt enim sibi et illa propter quae intelleguntur,
Charis. 129 P.; cf. Prisc. 580 ib.—
2.
With words denoting measure, weight, manner, model, rule, etc., both prop. and fig., according to, agreeably to, after (Gr. kata, pros):
columnas ad perpendiculum exigere,
Cic. Mur. 77:
taleis ferreis ad certum pondus examinatis,
Caes. B. G. 5, 12: facta sunt ad certam formam. Lucr. 2, 379:
ad amussim non est numerus,
Varr. 2, 1, 26:
ad imaginem facere,
Vulg. Gen. 1, 26:
ad cursus lunae describit annum,
Liv. 1, 19:
omnia ad diem facta sunt,
Caes. B. G. 2, 5:
Id ad similitudinem panis efficiebant,
id. B. C. 3, 48; Vulg. Gen. 1, 26; id. Jac. 3, 9:
ad aequos flexus,
at equal angles, Lucr. 4, 323: quasi ad tornum levantur, to or by the lathe, id. 4, 361:
turres ad altitudiem valli,
Caes. B. G. 5, 42; Liv. 39, 6:
ad eandem crassitudinem structi,
id. 44, 11:
ad speciem cancellorum scenicorum,
with the appearance of, like, Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 8:
stagnum maris instar, circumseptum aedificiis ad urbium speciem,
Suet. Ner. 31:
lascivum pecus ludens ad cantum,
Liv. Andron. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 1:
canere ad tibiam,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 2: canere ad tibicinem, id. ib. 1, 2 (cf.:
in numerum ludere,
Verg. E. 6, 28; id. G. 4, 175):
quod ad Aristophanis lucernam lucubravi,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 9 Mull.: carmen castigare ad unguem, to perfection (v. unguis), Hor. A. P. 294:
ad unguem factus homo,
a perfect gentleman, id. S. 1, 5, 32 (cf. id. ib. 2, 7, 86):
ad istorum normam sapientes,
Cic. Lael. 5, 18; id. Mur. 3:
Cyrus non ad historiae fidem scriptus, sed ad effigiem justi imperii,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:
exercemur in venando ad similitudinem bellicae disciplinae,
id. N. D. 2, 64, 161: so,
ad simulacrum,
Liv. 40, 6:
ad Punica ingenia,
id. 21, 22:
ad L. Crassi eloquentiam,
Cic. Var. Fragm. 8:
omnia fient ad verum,
Juv. 6, 324:
quid aut ad naturam aut contra sit,
Cic. Fin. 1, 9, 30:
ad hunc modum institutus est,
id. Tusc. 2, 3; Caes. B. G. 2, 31; 3, 13:
ad eundem istunc modum,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 70:
quem ad modum, q. v.: ad istam faciem est morbus, qui me macerat,
of that kind, Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 73; id. Merc. 2, 3, 90; cf.
91: cujus ad arbitrium copia materiai cogitur,
Lucr. 2, 281:
ad eorum arbitrium et nutum totos se fingunt,
to their will and pleasure, Cic. Or. 8, 24; id. Quint. 71:
ad P. Lentuli auctoritatem Roma contendit,
id. Rab. Post. 21:
aliae sunt legati partes, aliae imperatoris: alter omnia agere ad praescriptum, alter libere ad summam rerum consulere debet,
Caes. B. C. 3, 51:
rebus ad voluntatem nostram fluentibus,
Cic. Off. 1, 26:
rem ad illorum libidinem judicarunt,
id. Font. 36:
ad vulgi opinionem,
id. Off. 3, 21.—So in later Lat. with instar:
ad instar castrorum,
Just. 36, 3, 2:
scoparum,
App. M. 9, p. 232:
speculi,
id. ib. 2, p. 118: ad hoc instar mundi, id. de Mundo, p. 72.—Sometimes, but very rarely, ad is used absol. in this sense (so also very rarely kata with acc., Xen. Hell. 2, 3; Luc. Dial. Deor. 8): convertier ad nos, as we (are turned), Lucr. 4, 317:
ad navis feratur,
like ships, id. 4, 897 Munro. —With noun:
ad specus angustiac vallium,
like caves, Caes. B. C. 3, 49.—Hence,
3.
With an object which is the cause or reason, in conformity to which, from which, or for which, any thing is or is done.
a.
The moving cause, according to, at, on, in consequence of:
cetera pars animae paret et ad numen mentis momenque movetur,
Lucr. 3, 144:
ad horum preces in Boeotiam duxit,
on their entreaty, Liv. 42, 67, 12: ad ea Caesar veniam ipsique et conjugi et fratribus tribuit, in consequence of or upon this, he, etc., Tac. Ann. 12, 37.—
b.
The final cause, or the object, end, or aim, for the attainment of which any thing,
(α).
is done,
(β).
is designed, or,
(γ).
is fitted or adapted (very freq.), to, for, in order to.
(α).
Seque ad ludos jam inde abhinc exerceant, Pac. ap. Charis. p. 175 P. (Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 80):
venimus coctum ad nuptias,
in order to cook for the wedding, Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 15:
omnis ad perniciem instructa domus,
id. Bacch. 3, 1, 6; cf. Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 41; Liv. 1, 54:
cum fingis falsas causas ad discordiam,
in order to produce dissension, Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 71:
quantam fenestram ad nequitiam patefeceris,
id. Heaut. 3, 1, 72:
utrum ille, qui postulat legatum ad tantum bellum, quem velit, idoneus non est, qui impetret, cum ceteri ad expilandos socios diripiendasque provincias, quos voluerunt, legatos eduxerint,
Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 19, 57:
ego vitam quoad putabo tua interesse, aut ad spem servandam esse, retinebo,
for hope, id. Q. Fr. 1, 4; id. Fam. 5, 17:
haec juventutem, ubi familiares opes defecerant, ad facinora incendebant,
Sall. C. 13, 4:
ad speciem atque ad usurpationem vetustatis,
Cic. Agr. 2, 12, 31; Suet. Caes. 67:
paucis ad speciem tabernaculis relictis,
for appearance, Caes. B. C. 2, 35; so id. ib. 2, 41; id. B. G. 1, 51.—
(β).
Aut equos alere aut canes ad venandum. Ter. And. 1, 1, 30:
ingenio egregie ad miseriam natus sum,
id. Heaut. 3, 1, 11;
(in the same sense: in rem,
Hor. C. 1, 27, 1, and the dat., Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 6):
ad cursum equum, ad arandum bovem, ad indagandum canem,
Cic. Fin. 2, 13, 40:
ad frena leones,
Verg. A. 10, 253:
delecto ad naves milite,
marines, Liv. 22, 19 Weissenb.:
servos ad remum,
rowers, id. 34, 6; and:
servos ad militiam emendos,
id. 22, 61, 2:
comparasti ad lecticam homines,
Cat. 10, 16:
Lygdamus ad cyathos,
Prop. 4, 8, 37; cf.:
puer ad cyathum statuetur,
Hor. C. 1, 29, 8.—
(γ).
Quae oportet Signa esse [p. 29] ad salutem, omnia huic osse video, everything indicative of prosperity I see in him, Ter. And. 3, 2, 2:
haec sunt ad virtutem omnia,
id. Heaut. 1, 2, 33:
causa ad objurgandum,
id. And. 1, 1, 123:
argumentum ad scribendum,
Cic. Att. 9, 7 (in both examples instead of the gen. of gerund., cf. Rudd. II. p. 245):
vinum murteum est ad alvum crudam,
Cato R. R. 125:
nulla res tantum ad dicendum proficit, quantum scriptio,
Cic. Brut. 24:
reliquis rebus, quae sunt ad incendia,
Caes. B. C. 3, 101 al. —So with the adjectives idoneus, utilis, aptus, instead of the dat.:
homines ad hanc rem idoneos,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 2, 6:
calcei habiles et apti ad pedem,
Cic. de Or. 1, 54, 231:
orator aptus tamen ad dicendum,
id. Tusc. 1, 3, 5:
sus est ad vescendum hominibus apta,
id. N. D. 2, 64, 160:
homo ad nullam rem utilis,
id. Off. 3, 6:
ad segetes ingeniosus ager,
Ov. F. 4, 684.—(Upon the connection of ad with the gerund. v. Zumpt, § 666; Rudd. II. p. 261.)—
4.
Comparison (since that with which a thing is compared is considered as an object to which the thing compared is brought near for the sake of comparison), to, compared to or with, in comparison with:
ad sapientiam hujus ille (Thales) nimius nugator fuit,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 25; id. Trin. 3, 2, 100:
ne comparandus hic quidem ad illum'st,
Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 14; 2, 3, 69:
terra ad universi caeli complexum,
compared with the whole extent of the heavens, Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:
homini non ad cetera Punica ingenia callido,
Liv. 22, 22, 15:
at nihil ad nostram hanc,
nothing in comparison with, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 70; so Cic. Deiot. 8, 24; and id. de Or. 2, 6, 25.
E.
Adverbial phrases with ad.
1.
Ad omnia, withal, to crown all:
ingentem vim peditum equitumque venire: ex India elephantos: ad omnia tantum advehi auri, etc.,
Liv. 35, 32, 4.—
2.
Ad hoc and ad haec (in the historians, esp. from the time of Livy, and in authors after the Aug. per.), = praeterea, insuper, moreover, besides, in addition, epi toutois:
nam quicumque impudicus, adulter, ganeo, etc.: praeterea omnes undique parricidae, etc.: ad hoc, quos manus atque lingua perjurio aut sanguine civili alebat: postremo omnes, quos, etc.,
Sall. C. 14, 2 and 3:
his opinionibus inflato animo, ad hoc vitio quoque ingenii vehemens,
Liv. 6, 11, 6; 42, 1, 1; Tac. H. 1, 6; Suet. Aug. 22 al.—
3.
Ad id quod, beside that (very rare):
ad id quod sua sponte satis conlectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,
Liv. 3, 62, 1; so 44, 37, 12.—
4.
Ad tempus.
a.
At a definite, fixed time, Cic. Att. 13, 45; Liv. 38, 25, 3.—
b.
At a fit, appropriate time, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 54, § 141; Liv. 1, 7, 13.—
c.
For some time, for a short time, Cic. Off. 1, 8, 27; id. Lael. 15, 53; Liv. 21, 25, 14.—
d.
According to circumstances, Cic. Planc. 30, 74; id. Cael. 6, 13; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 9.—
5.
Ad praesens (for the most part only in post-Aug. writers).
a.
For the moment, for a short time, Cic. Fam. 12, 8; Plin. 8, 22, 34; Tac. A. 4, 21.—
b.
At present, now, Tac. A. 16, 5; id. H. 1, 44.—So, ad praesentiam, Tac. A. 11, 8.—
6.
Ad locum, on the spot:
ut ad locum miles esset paratus,
Liv. 27, 27, 2.—
7.
Ad verbum, word for word, literally, Cic. Fin. 1, 2, 4; id. de Or. 1, 34, 157; id. Ac. 2, 44, 135 al.—
8.
Ad summam.
a.
On the whole, generally, in general, Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3; id. Att. 14, 1; Suet. Aug. 71.—
b.
In a word, in short, Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149; Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 106. —
9.
Ad extremum, ad ultimum, ad postremum.
a.
At the end, finally, at last.
(α).
Of place, at the extremity, extreme point, top, etc.:
missile telum hastili abiegno et cetera tereti, praeterquam ad extremum, unde ferrum exstabat,
Liv. 21, 8, 10.—
(β).
Of time = telos de, at last, finally:
ibi ad postremum cedit miles,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 52; so id. Poen. 4, 2, 22; Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89; id. Phil. 13, 20, 45; Caes. B. G. 7, 53; Liv. 30, 15, 4 al.— Hence,
(γ).
of order, finally, lastly, = denique: inventa componere; tum ornare oratione; post memoria sepire;
ad extremum agere cum dignitate,
Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142.—
b.
In Liv., to the last degree, quite: improbus homo, sed non ad extremum perditus, 23, 2, 3; cf.:
consilii scelerati, sed non ad ultimum dementis,
id. 28, 28, 8.—
10.
Quem ad finem? To what limit? How far? Cic. Cat. 1, 1; id. Verr. 5, 75.—
11.
Quem ad modum, v. sub h. v.
► a.
Ad (v. ab, ex, in, etc.) is not repeated like some other prepositions with interrog. and relative pronouns, after nouns or demonstrative pronouns:
traducis cogitationes meas ad voluptates. Quas? corporis credo,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37 (ubi v. Kuhner).—
b.
Ad is sometimes placed after its substantive:
quam ad,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 39:
senatus, quos ad soleret, referendum censuit,
Cic. N. D. 2, 4:
ripam ad Araxis,
Tac. Ann. 12, 51;
or between subst. and adj.: augendam ad invidiam,
id. ib. 12, 8.—
c.
The compound adque for et ad (like exque, eque, and, poet., aque) is denied by Moser, Cic. Rep. 2, 15, p. 248, and he reads instead of ad humanitatem adque mansuetudinem of the MSS., hum. atque mans. But adque, in acc. with later usage, is restored by Hand in App. M. 10, p. 247, adque haec omnia oboediebam for atque; and in Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 9, utroque vorsum rectum'st ingenium meum, ad se adque illum, is now read, ad te atque ad illum (Fleck., Brix).
II.
In composition.
A.
Form. According to the usual orthography, the d of the ad remains unchanged before vowels, and before b, d, h, m, v: adbibo, adduco, adhibeo, admoveo, advenio; it is assimilated to c, f, g, l, n, p, r, s, t: accipio, affigo, aggero, allabor, annumero, appello, arripio, assumo, attineo; before g and s it sometimes disappears: agnosco, aspicio, asto: and before qu it passes into c: acquiro, acquiesco.—But later philologists, supported by old inscriptions and good MSS., have mostly adopted the following forms: ad before j, h, b, d, f, m, n, q, v; ac before c, sometimes, but less well, before q; ag and also ad before g; a before gn, sp, sc, st; ad and also al before l; ad rather than an before n; ap and sometimes ad before p; ad and also ar before r; ad and also as before s; at and sometimes ad before t. In this work the old orthography has commonly been retained for the sake of convenient reference, but the better form in any case is indicated.—
B.
Signif. In English up often denotes approach, and in many instances will give the force of ad as a prefix both in its local and in its figurative sense.
1.
Local.
a.
To, toward: affero, accurro, accipio ( to one's self).—
b.
At, by: astare, adesse.—
c.
On, upon, against: accumbo, attero.—
d.
Up (cf. de- = down, as in deicio, decido): attollo, ascendo, adsurgo.—
2.
Fig.
a.
To: adjudico, adsentior.—
b.
At or on: admiror, adludo.—
c.
Denoting conformity to, or comparison with: affiguro, adaequo.—
d.
Denoting addition, increase (cf. ab, de, and ex as prefixes to denote privation): addoceo, adposco.—
e.
Hence, denoting intensity: adamo, adimpleo, aduro, and perhaps agnosco.—
f.
Denoting the coming to an act or state, and hence commencement: addubito, addormio, adquiesco, adlubesco, advesperascit. See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 74-134.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ad
110 lado

m.

1 side (coin).

el cine está a este lado de la calle the cinema is on this side of the street

al lado nearby (cerca)

al lado de beside (junto a)

de al lado next

la casa de al lado the house next door

al otro lado de la calle/frontera, across the street/border

en el lado de arriba/abajo on the top/bottom

a ambos lados on both sides

de lado tilted, at an angle (torcido)

mételo de lado put it in sideways

dormir de lado to sleep on one's side

viento de lado crosswind

atravesar algo de lado a lado to cross something from one side to the other

echarse o hacerse a un lado to move aside

por un lado on the one hand

por otro lado on the other hand

2 place (place).

debe de estar en otro lado it must be somewhere else

de un lado para o a otro to and fro

por todos lados everywhere, all around

iremos cada uno por nuestro lado we will go our separate ways

3 side (faction).

y tú ¿de qué lado estás? whose side are you on?

ponerse del lado de alguien to take somebody's side

4 latus, flank, regio lateralis.

* * *

lado

► nombre masculino

1 (gen) side

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

al lado de alguien next to somebody

■ me puse a su lado I sat next to her

■ a su lado no vale nada he's nothing compared to her

■ no se movió de su lado en toda la enfermedad he stood by him all through his illness

al lado de algo beside something

■ lo he dejado al lado del teléfono I've left it beside the phone

■ la casa de al lado next door

dar de lado a alguien to ignore somebody

de medio lado tilted, on the tilt

de un lado para otro about, all over the place, to and fro, backwards and forwards

dejar a alguien de lado to leave somebody out

dejar algo a un lado to leave something aside

dejar algo de lado to leave something aside

estar al lado (muy cerca) to be very near

hacerse a un lado to get out of the way

poner a un lado to set aside

poner algo de lado to put something sideways

por un lado... por otro... on the one hand... on the other hand...

* * *

noun m.

side

- al lado

* * *

SM

1) (=lateral) side

lado derecho — right side, right-hand side

lado izquierdo — left side, left-hand side

a los dos lados de la carretera — on both sides of the road

al otro lado de la calle — on the other side of the street, across the street

llevar algo al otro lado del río — to take sth across o over the river

a un lado y a otro — on all sides, all around

es primo mío por el lado de mi padre — he's a cousin on my father's side

lado a lado — side by side

• de lado — sideways

poner algo de lado — to put sth sideways

lleva el sombrero de lado — she wears her hat at an angle

duermo de lado — I sleep on my side

• echarse o hacerse a un lado — [persona] to move to one side, step aside; [vehículo] to swerve out of the way

• por su lado, se fue cada uno por su lado — they went their separate ways

salieron corriendo cada uno por su lado — they all ran off in different directions

- dar a algn de lado

a mí eso me da de lado — I couldn't care less about that

- dejar a un lado

- echar a un lado

- mirar a algn de medio lado

- poner a un lado

2) (=aspecto) side

todo tiene su lado bueno — everything has its good side

vamos a ver un lado distinto de la cuestión — we're going to look at a different aspect of the issue

ese es su lado débil — that's her weak point

• por un lado..., por otro lado... — on the one hand..., on the other hand...

por ese lado, creo que está bien — in that respect, I think it's all right

3) (=lugar)

• ponlo en cualquier lado — put it anywhere

• otro lado, tiene que estar en otro lado — it must be somewhere else

ir de un lado a otro — to go to and fro, walk up and down

estuvo de un lado para otro toda la mañana — she was up and down all morning, she was running around all morning

• por todos lados, me lo encuentro por todos lados — I bump into him everywhere I go

rodeado de agua por todos lados — surrounded by water on all sides, completely surrounded by water

ir a todos lados — to go all over

4) [indicando proximidad]

no se movió del lado de su madre — she never left her mother's side

• estar al lado — to be near

el cine está aquí al lado — the cinema is just round the corner, the cinema is very near

la mesa de al lado — the next table

la casa de al lado — the house next door

• al lado de, la silla que está al lado del armario — the chair beside the wardrobe

viven al lado de nosotros — they live next door to us

al lado de aquello, esto no es nada — compared to that, this is nothing

al lado de ella, tú pareces una belleza — compared to her, you seem really beautiful

• a mi/tu lado, Felipe se sentó a mi lado — Felipe sat beside me

estuvo a mi lado todo el tiempo — she was at my side the whole time

los buenos ratos que he pasado a su lado — the good times I've had with her

5) (=bando) (Mil) flank; (Pol) faction

yo estoy de su lado — I'm on his side, I'm with him

ponerse al lado de algn — to side with sb

6) (Mat) side

un triángulo tiene tres lados — triangles have three sides

un polígono de cinco lados — a five-sided polygon

7) (Dep) end

cambiar de lado — to change ends

8) † (=favor) favour, protection

tener buenos lados — to have good connections

* * *

masculino

1)

a) ( parte lateral) side

está en el lado derecho — it is on the right-hand side

a este/al otro lado del río — on this/on the other side of the river

¿de qué lado de la calle? — which side of the street?

hacerse a un lado — to move to one side

echarse a un lado — to swerve

ponlas a un lado — set them aside

cambiar de lado — (Dep) to change sides (AmE) o (BrE) ends

b) (de papel, moneda, tela) side

c) (Mat) ( de polígono) side

2) (aspecto, ángulo) side

ver el lado positivo de las cosas — to look on the bright side of things

todo tiene su lado bueno y su lado malo — there's a good side and a bad side to everything

3)

a) ( bando) side

¿de qué lado estás? — whose side are you on?

b) ( rama familiar) side

por el lado materno — on the maternal side

por el lado de mi padre — on my father's side (of the family)

4) (sitio, lugar)

miré en or por todos lados — I looked everywhere

ponlo en cualquier lado — put it anywhere

va a todos lados en taxi — she goes everywhere by taxi

ir de un lado para otro — to run around

5) (en locs)

al lado: viven en la casa de al lado they live next door; los vecinos de al lado the next-door neighbors; nos queda aquí al lado it's very near here o (colloq) is right on the doorstep; al lado de alguien/algo ( contiguo a) next to somebody/something, beside somebody/something; ( en comparación con) compared to somebody/something; a su lado me siento segura I feel safe when I'm with him; de mi/tu/su lado: no te muevas de mi lado don't leave my side, stay close to me; de lado <meter/colocar> sideways; <tumbarse/dormir> on one's side; ponlo de lado turn it sideways; de medio lado at an angle; por otro lado ( en cambio) on the other hand; ( además) apart from anything else; por un lado..., pero por otro lado... on the one hand..., but on the other hand...; dejar algo de lado or a un lado to leave something aside o to one side; dejar a alguien de lado: me dejan de lado en la oficina they leave me out of things at the office; sus amigos la dejaron a un lado her friends gave her the cold shoulder; estar al or del otro lado (CS, Méx fam) to be over the worst, be laughing (colloq); ir cada uno por su lado: mejor vamos cada uno por nuestro lado y allí nos encontramos it's better if we all make our own way and meet each other there; cada uno se fue por su lado they went their separate ways; por cualquier lado que se mire whichever way o however you look at it; saber de qué lado sopla el viento — to know which way the wind blows, know how the land lies

* * *

= part, quarter, side.

Ex. Parts of the abstract are written in the informative style, whilst those points which are of less significance are treated indicatively.

Ex. A reappraisal is therefore outlined here with the understanding that it is open to rebuttal and challenge from whatever quarter.

Ex. The red ON/OFF switch for the terminal is located at the left side of the screen.

----

* a ambos lados de = on either side of.

* a ambos lados del Altántico = on both sides of the ocean, on both sides of the Atlantic.

* a ambos lados de + Lugar = on both sides of + Lugar.

* adelantar por el lado incorrecto = undertake.

* al lado de = beside, at the side of, by the side of.

* al otro lado de = across.

* al otro lado de la barrera = on the other side of the fence.

* al otro lado de la ciudad = cross-town.

* al otro lado del atlántico = across the pond.

* al otro lado del charco = across the pond.

* al otro lado del mundo = half way (a)round the world.

* al otro lado del océano = across the pond.

* ambos lados del argumento = both sides of the fence.

* apartarse a un lado = pull over.

* a todos lados = far and wide.

* a uno y otro lado de = on either side of.

* aunque por otro lado = but otherwise.

* continuar al lado de = stand by.

* con una pierna a cada lado de = astride.

* dar de lado = short-circuit [shortcircuit], give + Nombre + the cold shoulder.

* dejando a un lado = apart from.

* dejar a una lado = put + Nombre + to one side.

* dejar a un lado = put + aside, move + beyond, lay + Nombre + aside, leave by + the wayside.

* dejar de lado = leave + aside, forego [forgo].

* del otro lado de la ciudad = cross-town.

* denerse en el lado del camino = pull over.

* de todos lados = from far and wide.

* de un lado de la ciudad a otro = cross-town.

* de un lado para otro = on the move, to and fro.

* echar a un lado = push aside.

* el otro lado de la barrera = the other side of the fence.

* en el lado negativo = on the negative side, on the downside.

* en el lado positivo = on the credit side, on the positive side, on the plus side, on the bright side.

* en todos lados = far and wide.

* estar al lado de = stand by + Lugar.

* extenderse por todos lados = extend + far and wide, reach + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.

* hacer a un lado = nudge + Nombre + aside, push aside.

* hacerse a un lado = make + room (for), pull over.

* juntos por el lado más ancho = side by side.

* juntos por el lado más estrecho = end to end.

* lado del camino = wayside.

* lado derecho = right-hand side.

* lado derecho, el = right side, the.

* lado exterior, el = far side, the.

* lado externo, el = far side, the.

* lado izquierdo, el = left side, the.

* lado más cercano, el = near side, the, near side, the.

* llegar a todos lados = extend + far and wide, reach + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.

* lo que se gana por un lado se pierde por otro = swings and roundabouts.

* mirar al otro lado = look + the other way.

* pararse en el lado del camino = pull over.

* pasar por el lado de = make + Posesivo + way past.

* pero por otro lado = but then again.

* poner a un lado = lay + Nombre + aside, set + aside.

* ponerse del lado de = side with.

* ponerse del lado de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* por otro lado = alternatively, however, on the other side, for another thing, on the flip side, on another topic, on another matter, on another note.

* por otro lados = on other matters.

* por todos lados = left, right and centre, far and wide.

* por una lado... por otro = at one end... at the other.

* por un lado = on the one hand, on the one side.

* por un lado entra + Nombre + y por otro sale + Nombre = in go + Nombre + at one end, and out come + Nombre + at the other.

* tiempo estar de lado de Alguien = time + be + on + Posesivo + side.

* viento de lado = crosswind.

* * *

masculino

1)

a) ( parte lateral) side

está en el lado derecho — it is on the right-hand side

a este/al otro lado del río — on this/on the other side of the river

¿de qué lado de la calle? — which side of the street?

hacerse a un lado — to move to one side

echarse a un lado — to swerve

ponlas a un lado — set them aside

cambiar de lado — (Dep) to change sides (AmE) o (BrE) ends

b) (de papel, moneda, tela) side

c) (Mat) ( de polígono) side

2) (aspecto, ángulo) side

ver el lado positivo de las cosas — to look on the bright side of things

todo tiene su lado bueno y su lado malo — there's a good side and a bad side to everything

3)

a) ( bando) side

¿de qué lado estás? — whose side are you on?

b) ( rama familiar) side

por el lado materno — on the maternal side

por el lado de mi padre — on my father's side (of the family)

4) (sitio, lugar)

miré en or por todos lados — I looked everywhere

ponlo en cualquier lado — put it anywhere

va a todos lados en taxi — she goes everywhere by taxi

ir de un lado para otro — to run around

5) (en locs)

al lado: viven en la casa de al lado they live next door; los vecinos de al lado the next-door neighbors; nos queda aquí al lado it's very near here o (colloq) is right on the doorstep; al lado de alguien/algo ( contiguo a) next to somebody/something, beside somebody/something; ( en comparación con) compared to somebody/something; a su lado me siento segura I feel safe when I'm with him; de mi/tu/su lado: no te muevas de mi lado don't leave my side, stay close to me; de lado <meter/colocar> sideways; <tumbarse/dormir> on one's side; ponlo de lado turn it sideways; de medio lado at an angle; por otro lado ( en cambio) on the other hand; ( además) apart from anything else; por un lado..., pero por otro lado... on the one hand..., but on the other hand...; dejar algo de lado or a un lado to leave something aside o to one side; dejar a alguien de lado: me dejan de lado en la oficina they leave me out of things at the office; sus amigos la dejaron a un lado her friends gave her the cold shoulder; estar al or del otro lado (CS, Méx fam) to be over the worst, be laughing (colloq); ir cada uno por su lado: mejor vamos cada uno por nuestro lado y allí nos encontramos it's better if we all make our own way and meet each other there; cada uno se fue por su lado they went their separate ways; por cualquier lado que se mire whichever way o however you look at it; saber de qué lado sopla el viento — to know which way the wind blows, know how the land lies

* * *

= part, quarter, side.

Ex: Parts of the abstract are written in the informative style, whilst those points which are of less significance are treated indicatively.

Ex: A reappraisal is therefore outlined here with the understanding that it is open to rebuttal and challenge from whatever quarter.

Ex: The red ON/OFF switch for the terminal is located at the left side of the screen.

* a ambos lados de = on either side of.

* a ambos lados del Altántico = on both sides of the ocean, on both sides of the Atlantic.

* a ambos lados de + Lugar = on both sides of + Lugar.

* adelantar por el lado incorrecto = undertake.

* al lado de = beside, at the side of, by the side of.

* al otro lado de = across.

* al otro lado de la barrera = on the other side of the fence.

* al otro lado de la ciudad = cross-town.

* al otro lado del atlántico = across the pond.

* al otro lado del charco = across the pond.

* al otro lado del mundo = half way (a)round the world.

* al otro lado del océano = across the pond.

* ambos lados del argumento = both sides of the fence.

* apartarse a un lado = pull over.

* a todos lados = far and wide.

* a uno y otro lado de = on either side of.

* aunque por otro lado = but otherwise.

* continuar al lado de = stand by.

* con una pierna a cada lado de = astride.

* dar de lado = short-circuit [shortcircuit], give + Nombre + the cold shoulder.

* dejando a un lado = apart from.

* dejar a una lado = put + Nombre + to one side.

* dejar a un lado = put + aside, move + beyond, lay + Nombre + aside, leave by + the wayside.

* dejar de lado = leave + aside, forego [forgo].

* del otro lado de la ciudad = cross-town.

* denerse en el lado del camino = pull over.

* de todos lados = from far and wide.

* de un lado de la ciudad a otro = cross-town.

* de un lado para otro = on the move, to and fro.

* echar a un lado = push aside.

* el otro lado de la barrera = the other side of the fence.

* en el lado negativo = on the negative side, on the downside.

* en el lado positivo = on the credit side, on the positive side, on the plus side, on the bright side.

* en todos lados = far and wide.

* estar al lado de = stand by + Lugar.

* extenderse por todos lados = extend + far and wide, reach + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.

* hacer a un lado = nudge + Nombre + aside, push aside.

* hacerse a un lado = make + room (for), pull over.

* juntos por el lado más ancho = side by side.

* juntos por el lado más estrecho = end to end.

* lado del camino = wayside.

* lado derecho = right-hand side.

* lado derecho, el = right side, the.

* lado exterior, el = far side, the.

* lado externo, el = far side, the.

* lado izquierdo, el = left side, the.

* lado más cercano, el = near side, the, near side, the.

* llegar a todos lados = extend + far and wide, reach + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.

* lo que se gana por un lado se pierde por otro = swings and roundabouts.

* mirar al otro lado = look + the other way.

* pararse en el lado del camino = pull over.

* pasar por el lado de = make + Posesivo + way past.

* pero por otro lado = but then again.

* poner a un lado = lay + Nombre + aside, set + aside.

* ponerse del lado de = side with.

* ponerse del lado de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* por otro lado = alternatively, however, on the other side, for another thing, on the flip side, on another topic, on another matter, on another note.

* por otro lados = on other matters.

* por todos lados = left, right and centre, far and wide.

* por una lado... por otro = at one end... at the other.

* por un lado = on the one hand, on the one side.

* por un lado entra + Nombre + y por otro sale + Nombre = in go + Nombre + at one end, and out come + Nombre + at the other.

* tiempo estar de lado de Alguien = time + be + on + Posesivo + side.

* viento de lado = crosswind.

* * *

lado

masculine

A

1 (parte lateral) side

está en el lado derecho it is on the right side o the righthand side

a este/al otro lado del río on this/on the other side of the river

¿de qué lado de la calle está su casa? which side of the street is your house on?

se hizo a un lado para dejarlo pasar she stood aside o moved to one side to let him pass

tuvo que echarse a un lado para evitar la colisión he had to swerve to avoid a collision

pon estas fichas a un lado set these pieces aside, put these counters to one side ( BrE)

cambiar de lado ( Dep) to change sides ( AmE) o ( BrE) ends

2 (de un papel, una moneda, una tela) side

escribe sólo por un lado del folio write on o use one side of the paper only

3 ( Mat) (de un polígono) side

4 ( Econ):

el lado de la demanda/de la oferta the demand/supply side

Compuesto:

lado ciego

blind side

B (aspecto, ángulo) side

hay que ver el lado positivo de las cosas you have to look on the bright side of things

todas las cosas tienen su lado bueno y su lado malo there's a good side and a bad side to everything

Luisa tiene su lado bueno Luisa has her good points

por ese lado te conviene aceptar from that point of view it's to your advantage to accept

C

1 (bando) side

¿tú de qué lado estás, del suyo o del nuestro? whose side are you on? theirs or ours?

igualar a dos goles por lado they drew/tied two goals each

2 (rama familiar) side

por el lado materno/paterno on the maternal/paternal side

por el lado de mi madre/padre on my mother's/father's side (of the family)

D

(sitio, lugar): he mirado en or por todos lados y no lo encuentro I've looked everywhere and I can't find it

ponlo por ahí en cualquier lado put it over there somewhere o ( AmE) someplace

¿por qué no vamos por otro lado? why don't we go a different way?

va a todos lados en taxi she goes everywhere by taxi

me he pasado toda la mañana de un lado para otro I've been running around all morning

vas a tener que intentarlo por otro lado you're going to have to try some other way

E ( en locs):

al lado: viven en la casa de al lado they live next door

nuestros vecinos de al lado our next-door neighbors

el colegio nos queda aquí al lado the school's very near here o ( colloq) is right on the doorstep

al lado de algn/algo (contiguo a) next to sb/sth, beside sb/sth; (en comparación con) compared to sb/sth

se sentó al lado de su padre she sat down next to o beside her father

ponte aquí a mi lado sit here next to o beside me

al lado de él or ( crit) al lado suyo hasta yo parezco inteligente compared to him even I seem intelligent

a su lado me siento segura I feel safe when I'm with him

todas las cosas que he aprendido a su lado everything I've learned from (being with) her

viven al lado de mi casa they live next door to me

me queda al lado del trabajo it's right by o very near where I work

eso no es nada al lado de lo que él tiene that's nothing compared to o with what he has

de mi/tu/su lado: no te muevas de mi lado don't leave my side, stay close to me

de lado ‹meter/colocar› sideways;

‹tumbarse/dormir› on one's side

ponlo de lado a ver si cabe turn it sideways, maybe it'll fit that way

de medio lado at an angle

llevaba el sombrero de medio lado he wore his hat at an angle

por otro lado (en cambio) on the other hand; (además) apart from anything else

por otro lado, estas cifras tampoco son muy significativas there again o however o on the other hand, these figures are not very significant

por un lado …, pero por otro lado … on the one hand …, but on the other hand …

por otro lado yo ni siquiera lo conozco apart from anything else I don't even know him

dejar algo de ladoor a un lado to leave sth aside o to one side

dejar or ( Esp) dar a algn de ladoor a un lado: últimamente lo están dejando de lado en la oficina lately they've been leaving him out of things in the office

sus amigos la están dejando a un lado her friends have been giving her the cold shoulder

estar al or del otro lado (CS, Méx fam); to be over the worst, be laughing ( colloq)

ir cada uno por su lado: mejor vamos cada uno por nuestro lado y allí nos encontramos it's better if we all make our own way and meet each other there

se pelearon y cada uno se fue por su lado they had an argument and went their separate ways

aunque viven juntos, luego cada uno va por su lado although they live together, they all lead their own separate lives o ( colloq) they all do their own thing

mirarle a algn de lado ( fam); to look down on sb

por cualquier lado que se mire whichever way o however you look at it

saber de qué lado sopla el viento to know which way the wind blows, know how the land lies

ser or patear para el otro lado (CS fam); to be gay

* * *

lado sustantivo masculino
1
a) ( en general) side;

◊ está en el lado derecho it is on the right-hand side;

a este/al otro lado del río on this/on the other side of the river;
hacerse a un lado to move to one side;
echarse a un lado [ coche] to swerve;

[ persona] to move over;
◊ ponlas a un lado set them aside;

¿de qué lado estás? whose side are you on?;
cambiar de lado (Dep) to change sides (AmE) o (BrE) ends;
ver el lado positivo de las cosas to look on the bright side of things;
por el lado de mi padre on my father's side (of the family)
b) (de papel, moneda, tela) side

2 (sitio, lugar):
◊ a/en/por todos lados everywhere;

en algún lado somewhere;
en cualquier lado anywhere;
ir de un lado para otro to run around
3 ( en locs)
◊ al lado: viven en la casa de al lado they live next door;

los vecinos de al lado the next-door neighbors;
al lado de algn/algo ( contiguo a) next to sb/sth, beside sb/sth;

( en comparación con) compared to sb/sth;
◊ de lado ‹meter/colocar› sideways;

‹tumbarse/dormir› on one's side;
◊ de lado a lado ‹extenderse/cruzar› from one side to the other;

por otro lado ( en cambio) on the other hand;

( además) apart from anything else;
◊ por un lado …, pero por otro lado … on the one hand …, but on the other hand …;

dejar algo de lado to leave sth aside o to one side;
ir cada uno por su lado: cada uno se fue por su lado they went their separate ways
lado sustantivo masculino
1 side: a este lado del río, on this side of the river
a un lado, aside
2 (lugar) place: idos a otro lado, go somewhere else
3 (camino, dirección) direction, way: nos fuimos por otro lado, we went another way
4 (aspecto) side: tiene un lado salvaje, he has a wild side
por un lado..., por otro lado..., on the one hand..., on the other (hand)...
♦ Locuciones: al lado, close by, nearby: mi casa está ahí al lado, my house is just over there
al lado de, next to, beside: al lado de ella, tú eres un genio, compared with her, you are a genius
dar de lado a alguien, to cold-shoulder sb
de (medio) lado, sideways: saludó friamente y miró de medio lado, he said hello coldly and then looked away
' lado' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- ancha
- ancho
- aparte
- banda
- chalet
- collado
- cuestión
- derecha
- derecho
- emplazar
- estar
- ir
- izquierda
- izquierdo
- justa
- justo
- ladearse
- mano
- moribunda
- moribundo
- parte
- sacudir
- siniestra
- siniestro
- apartar
- colgar
- colocar
- contramano
- contrapeso
- contrario
- cruzar
- cualquiera
- dejar
- dormir
- echar
- enfrente
- explanada
- hacer
- inclinar
- llegar
- ninguno
- ocupar
- opuesto
- orillar
- otro
- paralizar
- pasar
- robar
- través
English:
about
- across
- alongside
- arrogant
- aside
- astir
- beside
- breadth
- bright
- bring out
- brush aside
- bury
- by
- crack
- cross
- dash
- directly
- disturbing
- downside
- dwarf
- either
- embankment
- flank
- flip side
- graph paper
- graze
- hand
- lay aside
- lay down
- move along
- move over
- nearside
- next
- next door
- noplace
- off
- offside
- out
- outside
- over
- pace
- part
- past
- pull over
- push aside
- put aside
- right
- right-hand
- set aside
- side

* * *

lado nm

1. [costado, cara, parte lateral] side;

me duele el lado izquierdo my left side is hurting;

el supermercado está a este lado de la calle the supermarket is on this side of the street;

el lado más áspero de la tela the rougher side of the cloth;

un polígono con cuatro lados a four-sided o quadrilateral polygon;

este cuadro se puede colgar en el lado de la chimenea we can hang this painting on the wall behind the fireplace;

a ambos lados on both sides;

al lado [cerca] nearby;

yo vivo aquí al lado I live just round the corner from here;

al lado de [junto a] beside, next to;
[comparado con] compared to;
la zapatería está al lado de la joyería the shoe shop is next to the jeweller's;

Juan, al lado de su hermano, es muy alto Juan is very tall compared to his brother;

al otro lado de on the other side of;

la mesa de al lado the next table;

la casa de al lado the house next door;

los vecinos de al lado the next-door neighbours;

no te vayas de su lado do not leave her side;

en el lado de arriba/abajo on the top/bottom;

de lado [torcido] at an angle;

el cuadro está de lado the painting isn't straight;

mételo de lado put it in sideways;

dormir de lado to sleep on one's side;

el viento sopla de lado there's a crosswind;

atravesar algo de lado a lado to cross sth from one side to the other;

echarse o [m5] hacerse a un lado to move aside;

poner algo a un lado to put sth aside o to one side

2. [lugar] place;

por este lado no oímos nada we can't hear anything over here;

debe de estar en otro lado it must be somewhere else;

columpiarse de un lado para o [m5] a otro to swing to and fro;

estuve todo el día corriendo de un lado para otro I've been running around all day;

hacerle un lado a alguien to make room for sb;

iremos cada uno por nuestro lado y nos reuniremos en el hotel we will go our separate ways and meet up later at the hotel;

si cada cual va por su lado, nunca sacaremos este proyecto adelante if everyone does their own thing, we'll never make a success of this project;

por todos lados everywhere, all around;

por todos lados se ven anuncios de este nuevo refresco there are adverts for this new drink everywhere

3. [bando] side;

y tú ¿de qué lado estás? whose side are you on?;

estoy de su lado I'm on her side;

ponerse del lado de alguien to take sb's side

4. [línea de parentesco] side;

por el lado paterno on my/his/her/ etc father's side

5. [aspecto] side;

siempre ve el lado negativo de las cosas she always sees the negative side of things;

la entrevista se centra en el lado humano del campeón the interview focuses on the human side of the champion;

por un lado [en primer lugar] on the one hand;
[en cierto modo] in one sense;
por otro lado, Am [m5] de otro lado [en segundo lugar] on the other hand;
[además] in any case
6. Comp

dar de lado a alguien, Méx, RP [m5] dar a alguien por su lado to cold-shoulder sb;

dejar algo de lado o [m5] a un lado [prescindir] to leave sth to one side;
Méx, RP Fam
estar del otro lado to be over the worst;

mirar de lado a alguien [despreciar] to look askance at sb;
RP, Ven Fam
pasar al otro lado to kick the bucket, to snuff it;
RP, Ven Fam
pasar a alguien para el otro lado to bump sb off;
CSur Fam
ser o [m5] patear para el otro lado to be one of them, to be queer

* * *

lado

m side; ( lugar) place;

al lado nearby;

al lado de beside, next to;

al otro lado de on the other side of;

de lado sideways;

por todos lados everywhere;

ir por otro lado go another way;

mirar a otro lado look the other way;

andar de un lado para otro run around;

por un lado … por otro lado on the one hand … on the other hand;

dejar a un lado leave aside;

hacerse a un lado tb fig stand aside;

dar a alguien de lado leave s.o. out;

estar del lado de alguien be on s.o.’s side;

ponerse del lado de alguien take s.o.’s side;

cada uno va por su lado everyone goes their own way;

mirar a alguien de (medio) lado look sideways at s.o.;

por el lado de mi padre on my father’s side

* * *

lado nm

1) : side

2) parte: place

miró por todos lados: he looked everywhere

3)

al lado de : next to, beside

4)

de lado : tilted, sideways

está de lado: it's lying on its side

5)

hacerse a un lado : to step aside

6)

lado a lado : side by side

7)

por otro lado : on the other hand

* * *

lado n

1. (en general) side

al otro lado de la calle on the other side of the street

los tres lados de un triángulo the three sides of a triangle

2. (lugar) somewhere / nowhere / anywhere / everywhere

tu reloj tiene que estar en algún lado your watch must be somewhere

vámonos a otro lado let's go somewhere else

he buscado por todos lados I've looked everywhere

no fuimos a ningún lado we didn't go anywhere

al lado (cerca) near (contiguo) next door

está aquí al lado it's very near

viven al lado they live next door

al lado de next to

vivo al lado de la panadería I live next to the baker's

estar del lado de alguien to be on somebody's side

ponerse del lado de alguien to take somebody's side

por un lado... on the one hand...

por otro lado... on the other hand...

Spanish-English dictionary > lado
111 fois

fois [fwa]

feminine noun

time

• une fois once

• deux fois twice

• trois fois three times

• une fois, deux fois, trois fois, adjugé ! (aux enchères) going, going, gone!

• pour la toute première fois for the very first time

• cette fois-ci this time

• cette fois-là that time

• plusieurs fois several times

• bien des fois many times

• autant de fois que as often as

• y regarder à deux fois avant d'acheter qch to think twice before buying sth

• s'y prendre à deux fois pour faire qch to take two goes to do sth

• payer en plusieurs fois to pay in several instalments

• une fois tous les deux jours every second day

• trois fois par an three times a year

• neuf fois sur dix nine times out of ten

• quatre fois plus d'eau/de voitures four times as much water/as many cars

• quatre fois moins de voitures a quarter the number of cars

• 3 fois 5 3 times 5

• 3 fois 5 font 15 3 times 5 is 15

• il était une fois... once upon a time there was...

• pour une fois ! for once!

• en une fois in one go

• une fois pour toutes once and for all

• une fois qu'il sera parti once he has left (PROV) une fois n'est pas coutume just the once won't hurt

► des fois (inf) ( = parfois) sometimes

• non mais, des fois ! (scandalisé) do you mind!

• des fois que just in case► à la fois at the same time

• il était à la fois grand et gros he was both tall and fat

• faire deux choses à la fois to do two things at the same time

* * *
fwa
1.

nom féminin invariable time

une fois — once

deux fois — twice

trois fois — three times

deux ou trois fois — two or three times

deux fois et demie — two and a half times

quatre fois trois font douze — four times three is twelve

la plupart des fois — most of the time, more often than not

une (bonne) fois pour toutes — once and for all

il faudrait qu'il neige une bonne fois — what we need is one good fall of snow

une fois sur deux — half the time

une fois sur trois — every third time

deux fois sur cinq — two times out of five

toutes les fois que — every time (that)

ça va pour cette fois, mais ne recommencez pas! — it's all right this once but don't do it again!

comme (à) chaque fois — as usual

deux fois plus petit — half as big

deux fois plus cher — twice as expensive

deux fois moins lourd — half the weight

deux fois moins cher — half as expensive

par deux fois — twice

il vaut mieux le dire deux fois plutôt qu'une — it needs saying twice

c'est dix fois trop lourd! — it's far too heavy!

régler en trois fois — to pay in three instalments [BrE]

pour la énième fois — for the hundredth time

la première fois que je vous ai parlé — when I first talked to you

2.

à la fois locution

deux à la fois — two at a time

porter trois valises à la fois — to carry three suitcases at the same time

elle est à la fois intelligente et travailleuse — she's both clever and hardworking

pour des raisons à la fois culturelles, sociales et religieuses — for cultural, social and religious reasons

ne répondez pas tous à la fois! — lit, iron don't all answer at once! lit, iron

3.

des fois (colloq) locution ( parfois) sometimes

y a des fois où — there are times (colloq) when

tu n'as pas vu mon chien, des fois? — you wouldn't have seen my dog, by any chance?

des fois que — in case

non mais des fois! — ( indignation) well really!

••

il était or il y avait une fois — once upon a time there was

je t'ai déjà dit cent or trente-six fois de ne pas faire ça! — I've already told you a hundred ou a thousand times not to do that!

* * *
fwa nf
1) (en comptant) time

une fois — once

deux fois — twice

On peut le faire en une fois. — You can do it in one go.

Il a fallu le faire en deux fois. — It took two attempts to do it.

Il a fallu s'y reprendre à deux fois. — It took two goes to do it.

trois fois — three times

vingt fois — twenty times

Deux fois deux font quatre. — 2 times 2 is 4.

deux fois plus grand (que) — twice as big (as)

quatre fois plus grand (que) — four times as big (as)

deux fois plus de gens — twice as many people

dix fois plus de gens — ten times as many people

2) (= occasion)

la première fois — the first time

à chaque fois — every time, each time

À chaque fois que je vais à la bibliothèque, j'oublie ma carte. — Every time I go to the library, I forget my card.

une fois (dans le passé) — once, (dans le futur) sometime

il était une fois — once upon a time there was

une (bonne) fois pour toutes — once and for all

encore une fois — again, once more

une fois que... (= après que) — once...

Tu te sentiras mieux une fois que tu auras mangé. — You'll feel better once you've had something to eat.

une fois arrivé, il n'est plus reparti — once he'd got there he stayed on

des fois (= parfois) — sometimes

si des fois... — if ever...

non mais des fois! — look here!

à la fois (= ensemble) — at once

Je ne peux pas faire deux choses à la fois. — I can't do two things at once., (en corrélation avec "et") both

à la fois grand et beau — both tall and handsome

* * *

fois

A nf inv

1 ( avec numéral) une fois once; deux fois twice; trois/quatre/plusieurs fois three/four/several times; une/deux fois et demie one/two and a half times; quatre fois trois font douze four times three is twelve; une seule fois only once; je ne l'ai vue qu'une ou deux fois/que deux ou trois fois I only saw her once or twice/two or three times; une nouvelle fois, une fois de plus once again; une autre fois ( encore) once more; ( si ça se répète) next time; ( à un autre moment) another time; l'autre fois ( à la dernière occasion) last time; ( à la seconde occasion) the second time; d'autres fois at other times; bien des fois, maintes fois liter many times; la plupart des fois most of the time, more often than not; tant de fois so many times; autant de fois qu'il le faudra as many times as necessary; une (bonne) fois pour toutes once and for all; il faudrait qu'il neige une bonne fois what we need is one good fall of snow; une à deux fois par jour once or twice a day; deux fois par an twice a year; deux ou trois fois par mois two or three times a month; plus/moins de cinq fois par semaine more/less than five times a week; plus d'une fois more than once; une fois sur deux half the time, every other time; une fois sur trois every third time; deux/trois fois sur cinq two/three times out of five; neuf fois sur dix fig nine times out of ten; une fois tous les trois jours once every three days; pour une fois for once; tu l'as vexé, pour une fois qu'il était de bonne humeur you upset him when he was in a good mood for once; une fois encore once more; encore une fois, je ne suis pas d'accord once again, I don't agree; c'est la seule fois que it's the only time (that); la seule fois où je l'ai vu the only time we met; toutes les fois que every time (that); cette fois(-ci), je réussirai this time I'll succeed; cette fois(-là), ça n'a pas marché that time it didn't work; ça va pour cette fois, mais ne recommencez pas! it's all right this once but don't do it again!; chaque fois each ou every time; c'est à chaque fois la même chose! it's the same thing every time!; comme (à) chaque fois as usual; deux fois plus petit half as big, half the size; deux fois plus cher twice as expensive; deux fois moins lourd half the weight; deux fois moins cher half as expensive, half the price; par deux fois [frapper, tomber, essayer] twice; il vaut mieux le dire deux fois plutôt qu'une it needs saying twice; y regarder or réfléchir à deux fois avant de faire to think twice before doing; c'est dix fois trop lourd/cher! it's far too heavy/expensive!; c'est trois fois rien! it's nothing at all!; vous pouvez régler en trois/plusieurs fois you can pay in three/several instalments^GB;

2 ( avec ordinal) time; une deuxième fois a second time; je l'ai vue une première fois I saw her for the first time; une dernière fois one last time; (à) la première/deuxième fois the first/second time; la prochaine fois next time; c'est la dernière fois it's the last time; les deux premières/dernières fois the first/last two times; les premières fois c'est amusant the first few times it's fun; ce n'est pas la première fois que it's not the first time (that); pour la troisième fois de l'année for the third time this year; pour la énième fois for the hundredth time; la première/dernière fois que je vous ai parlé when I first/last talked to you; la dernière fois que je lui ai parlé ( jusqu'à ce jour) last time I spoke to him; ( avant sa mort) the last time I spoke to him; quand l'avez-vous vue pour la première fois? when did you first see her?, when was the first time you saw her?

B à la fois loc deux à la fois [prendre des objets, monter des marches] two at a time; porter trois valises à la fois to carry three suitcases at the same time; elle est à la fois intelligente et travailleuse she's both clever and hardworking; il veut toujours tout faire à la fois he always wants to do everything at the same time; pour des raisons à la fois culturelles, sociales et religieuses for cultural, social and religious reasons; ne répondez pas tous à la fois! lit, iron don't all answer at once! lit, iron; tout à la fois écrivain, metteur en scène et acteur (he's) a writer, director and actor all rolled into one.

C des fois○ loc ( parfois) sometimes; y a des fois où there are times○ when; tu n'as pas vu mon chien, des fois? you wouldn't have seen my dog, by any chance?; des fois que in case; je ne veux pas y aller, des fois qu'on rencontre mon patron! I don't want to go (there), in case we run into my boss!; non mais des fois! ( indignation) well really!

Idiomes

il était or il y avait une fois once upon a time there was; je t'ai déjà dit cent or trente-six fois de ne pas faire ça! I've already told you a hundred ou a thousand times not to do that!

I

: une fois nettoyé, il sera comme neuf once ou after it's been cleaned, it'll be as good as new

II

[fwa] nom féminin

1. [exprime la fréquence]

une fois once

deux fois twice

trois fois three times, thrice (littéraire)

payez en six fois pay in six instalments

une autre fois peut-être [pour refuser une invitation] some other ou another time maybe

neuf fois sur dix, quatre-vingt-dix-neuf fois sur cent nine times out of ten, ninety-nine times out of a hundred

par deux fois (littéraire) twice

pour la énième fois for the umpteenth time

pour une fois for once

une (bonne) fois pour toutes once and for all

cette fois, je gagnerai this time, I'll win

ça ira pour cette fois, mais ne recommencez pas it's alright this once, but don't do it again

(à) chaque fois que, toutes les fois que every ou each time

cent euros une fois, deux fois, trois fois, adjugé, vendu! a hundred euros, going, going, gone!

une fois n'est pas coutume just the once won't hurt

il était une fois un roi once upon a time there was a king

2. [dans les comparaisons] time

c'est trois fois plus grand it's three times as big

il y a dix fois moins de spectateurs que l'année dernière there are ten times fewer spectators than last year

3. (comme distributif)

deux fois par mois twice a month

une fois par semaine once a week

trois fois par an, trois fois l'an three times a year

4. MATHÉMATIQUES times

15 fois 34 15 times 34

deux ou trois fois rien virtually nothing, hardly anything

ma maladie? trois fois rien my illness? it was nothing really

5. (locution)

une fois (suivi d'un participe passé) : une fois nettoyé, il sera comme neuf once ou after it's been cleaned, it'll be as good as new

tu n'as qu'à venir une fois ton travail terminé just come as soon as your work is finished

une fois que: une fois que tu auras compris, tout sera plus facile once you've understood, you'll find everything's easier

des fois (familier) [parfois] sometimes

non mais des fois! honestly!

tu n'aurais pas vu mon livre, des fois? you wouldn't happen to have seen my book anywhere, would you?

je préfère l'appeler, des fois qu'elle aurait oublié I'd rather call her in case she's forgotten

————————

à la fois locution adverbiale

together, at a time, at the same time

pas tous à la fois! one at a time!, not all at once!

(tout) à la fois locution adverbiale

both

il rit et pleure (tout) à la fois he's laughing and crying at (one and) the same time

elle est (tout) à la fois auteur et traductrice she's both an author and a translator

————————

une fois locution adverbiale

(Belgique) indeed

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > fois
112 aparte de

prep.

aside from, besides, other than, apart from.

* * *

aparte de

(excepto) apart from 2 (además de) as well as, besides

* * *

apart from, besides

* * *

= apart from, other than, quite apart from, aside from

Ex. Apart from the names of subjects, the names of corporate bodies, persons, chemicals, trade products, and trade names are some other possibilities.

Ex. Non-book materials, then, may include any library information or resource centre materials, other than books or monographs.

Ex. Quite apart from a completely new vocabulary, the whole mystique of computers is still a source of bewilderment.

Ex. The author maintains that, aside from increasing computational speed, and thus real-time control, musically no advances have been made.

* * *

= apart from, other than, quite apart from, aside from

Ex: Apart from the names of subjects, the names of corporate bodies, persons, chemicals, trade products, and trade names are some other possibilities.

Ex: Non-book materials, then, may include any library information or resource centre materials, other than books or monographs.

Ex: Quite apart from a completely new vocabulary, the whole mystique of computers is still a source of bewilderment.

Ex: The author maintains that, aside from increasing computational speed, and thus real-time control, musically no advances have been made.

Spanish-English dictionary > aparte de
113 posibilidad

f.

possibility, chance.

cabe la posibilidad de que… there is a chance that…

posibilidades económicas financial means o resources

* * *

posibilidad

► nombre femenino

1 possibility

■ ¿hay alguna posibilidad de que salga elegida? is there any chance of her being elected?

► nombre femenino plural posibilidades

1 (económicas) means plural

■ un coche no está dentro de mis posibilidades I can't afford a car

* * *

noun f.

possibility

* * *

SF

1) (=oportunidad) chance, possibility

no existe posibilidad de que venga — there's no chance o possibility that he'll come

no tenemos ninguna posibilidad — we don't have the slightest chance, we don't stand a chance

este chico tiene posibilidades — this boy has got potential

la posibilidad de hacer algo — the chance of doing sth

¿tienes posibilidad de aprobar el examen? — do you have any chance of passing the exam?

tiene pocas posibilidades de ganar — he hasn't got much chance of winning

me han dado la posibilidad de elegir — they have given me the choice o the chance to choose

2) (=alternativa) possibility

hemos descartado la posibilidad de una huelga — we've ruled out the possibility of a strike

hay dos posibilidades: operación o radioterapia — there are two alternatives o possibilities: an operation or radiotherapy

3) pl posibilidades (=recursos) means

un deportivo no está dentro de mis posibilidades — a sports car is beyond my means o out of my price range

vive por encima de sus posibilidades — he lives above his means

* * *

femenino

1) ( circunstancia) possibility

hemos previsto todas las posibilidades — we have anticipated every eventuality (frml)

posibilidad DE + INF — chance of -ing

¿qué posibilidad(es) tiene de ganar? — what chance does she have o what are her chances of winning?

tiene muchas posibilidades de salir elegido — he has a good chance of being elected

esto aumenta las posibilidades de que gane — this makes it more likely that he will win

existe la posibilidad de que estés equivocado — you might just be wrong

2) posibilidades femenino plural ( medios económicos) means (pl)

vivir más allá/dentro de or por encima de las posibilidades de uno — to live beyond/within one's means

la casa está por encima de mis posibilidades — the house is out of my price range, I can't afford the house

* * *

= ability, avenue, chance, eventuality, facility, feasibility, possibility, probability, prospect, scope, potentiality, maybe, eligibility, sporting chance.

Ex. The ability to search on word stems is particularly valuable where the text to be searched is in free-language format.

Ex. In the attempt to match the above criteria, there are two fundamentally distinct avenues to the construction of the schedules of a classification scheme.

Ex. In some authority files (titles, ISBN/ISSN, national bibliographic record numbers), no search of the file is made because there is little chance of finding the new entry in the file.

Ex. It was not our intention, not indeed is it feasible, to cover every eventuality that will be encountered in producing A/Z index entries.

Ex. Apart from this additional facility Double-KWIC indexes have most of the facilities, features and drawbacks of KWIC and KWOC indexes.

Ex. However, even with selective indexing in combination, the limit of feasibility is usually reckoned to be compound subjects consisting of five terms.

Ex. Apart from the names of subjects, the names of corporate bodies, persons, chemicals, trade products, and trade names are some other possibilities.

Ex. Our system should be one which reduces the probability of error as far a possible.

Ex. At the time OCLC started, there was no prospect for a national authority file.

Ex. They permit much more scope for flexible synthesis than can be achieved with DC or LCC.

Ex. The combination of optical projection and photographic reduction is already producing some results in microfilm for scholarly purposes, and the potentialities are highly suggestive.

Ex. Instead of ranking the documents retrieved in probable order of relevance, the conventional search sorts the relevant sheep from the irrelevant goats and ignores the fact that there are a lot of ' maybe's' involved.

Ex. The advantages of a foundation include tax-deductible donations, increased eligibility for grants, and the involvement of affluent and influential local figures as advocates for the public library service.

Ex. The bear was shot in his cage and was never given a sporting chance to fight for his life.

----

* abanico de posibilidades = kaleidoscope, kaleidoscope of possibilities.

* abarcar todas las posibilidades = run + the gamut.

* abrir nuevas posibilidades = open up + new territory, open up + possibilities, open + possibilities.

* abrirse a posibilidades = be open to possibilities.

* alcanzar el límite de + Posesivo + posibilidades = reach + the limits of + Posesivo + potential.

* analizar la posibilidad de (que) = examine + the possibility that/of.

* analizar las posibilidades de = look at + the prospects for.

* analizar una posibilidad = explore + idea.

* ante la posibilidad de = at the prospect of.

* anular las posibilidades = close off + possibilities.

* anular una posibilidad = block off + alley.

* aprovechar al máximo las posibilidades = realise + the potential.

* aprovechar las posibilidades de Algo = achieve + Posesivo + full potential, develop + potential, develop + Nombre + to its full potential.

* aprovechar las posibilidades que nos ofrece = harness + the power of.

* aprovechar + Posesivo + posibilidades = achieve + Posesivo + potential.

* aumentar las posibilidades = increase + the odds.

* barajar la posibilidad = entertain + the possibility.

* como otra posibilidad = as an alternative.

* con posibilidades comerciales = commercially viable.

* considerar la posibilidad = entertain + the possibility.

* considerar las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.

* contemplar la posibilidad = toy with, toy with + idea of, entertain + the possibility.

* contemplar la posibilidad de suicidarse = contemplate + suicide.

* contemplar posibilidades = envision + possibilities.

* crear posibilidades = open + window, create + possibilities.

* dar una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.

* dejar abierta la posibilidad de que = leave + open the possibility that.

* dentro de las posibilidades económicas de = within the price range of.

* dentro de + Posesivo + posibilidades = in the ballpark for + Pronombre, in + Posesivo + ballpark range.

* desarrollar las posibilidades = live up to + Posesivo + potential.

* disminuir la posibilidad = lessen + possibility.

* estar a la altura de las posibilidades = live up to + Posesivo + potential.

* estar dentro de las posibilidades de uno = lie within + Posesivo + power.

* estar fuera de las posibilidades de Alguien = be out of + Posesivo + league.

* estudiar la posibilidad = explore + the possibility.

* estudiar una posibilidad = explore + idea.

* examinar la posibilidad de (que) = examine + the possibility that/of.

* existir la posibilidad de = there + be + scope for.

* existir la posibilidad de que = there + be + room for.

* fuera del alcance de las posibilidades de Alguien = beyond + Posesivo + powers.

* hacer realidad las posibilidades de Algo = unleash + Posesivo + potential.

* hasta el límite de las posibilidades de Algo/Alguien = to + Posesivo + full potential.

* hasta el máximo de las posibilidades de Algo = to + Posesivo + full potential.

* incluir todas las posibilidades = run + the gamut.

* ir más allá de las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.

* las posibilidades son infinitas = the possibilities are endless.

* mostrar posibilidades = show + potential.

* no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.

* no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.

* no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.

* ofrecer la posibilidad = afford + possibility, provide + facility.

* ofrecer la posibilidad de = have + the potential (to/for), offer + the facility.

* ofrecer la posibilidad de que = usher in + the day when.

* ofrecer posibilidades = have + potential, offer + options, offer + possibilities, hold + potential, present + possibilities, open (up) + avenues.

* ofrecer una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.

* otra posibilidad = as an alternative.

* otra posibilidad es = for what it's worth [FWIW].

* otra posibilidad es que = alternatively.

* otra posibilidad + ser = another possibility + be.

* perjudicar las posibilidades de = prejudice + chances of.

* permitir la posibilidad = afford + possibility, allow for.

* plantear la posibilidad = raise + possibility.

* plantear la posibilidad de = discuss + the possibility of.

* plantear una posibilidad = pose + possibility.

* por debajo de las posibilidades (de una persona) = below + Posesivo + capabilities.

* por la posibilidad de = at the prospect of.

* posibilidad de = facility for.

* posibilidad de conseguir Algo = attainability.

* posibilidad de desarrollo = potential for development.

* posibilidad de descascararse = flakiness.

* posibilidad de descascarillarse = flakiness.

* posibilidad de descubrir = discoverability.

* posibilidad de expandir = expandability.

* posibilidad de insertar hiperenlaces = linkability.

* posibilidad de localizar = traceability.

* posibilidad de pelarse = flakiness.

* posibilidad de realización = potential for fulfilment.

* posibilidad de reubicación = relocatability.

* posibilidad de ser alcanzable = achievability.

* posibilidad de ser comparado = comparability.

* posibilidad de ser localizado = traceability.

* posibilidad de ser realizable = satisfiability.

* posibilidad de ser solucionado = satisfiability.

* posibilidad de ser usado de nuevo = reusability [re-usability].

* posibilidad de toma de decisiones = decidability.

* posibilidades = capabilities, catalogue [catalog, -USA], potential, full potential.

* posibilidades de acceso = access capabilities.

* posibilidades de búsqueda = searching capabilities, searchability, retrieval facilities, search facilities.

* posibilidades de futuro = future possibilities.

* posibilidades muy variadas = rich possibilities.

* presentar posibilidades = present + possibilities, open (up) + avenues.

* reducir la posibilidad = minimise + possibility.

* reducir las posibilidades de = narrow + the vision of.

* sobrepasar las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.

* sobrepesar las diferentes posibilidades = ponder + the various possibilities.

* sugerir una posibilidad = float + possibility.

* tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.

* tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.

* tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.

* tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.

* tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.

* tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.

* tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.

* tener todas las posibilidades de = have + every possibility of.

* tratar la posibilidad de = discuss + the possibility of.

* una gama de posibilidades = a palette of possibilities.

* una posibilidad muy remota = a long shot.

* ver la posibilidad = see + the possibility.

* * *

femenino

1) ( circunstancia) possibility

hemos previsto todas las posibilidades — we have anticipated every eventuality (frml)

posibilidad DE + INF — chance of -ing

¿qué posibilidad(es) tiene de ganar? — what chance does she have o what are her chances of winning?

tiene muchas posibilidades de salir elegido — he has a good chance of being elected

esto aumenta las posibilidades de que gane — this makes it more likely that he will win

existe la posibilidad de que estés equivocado — you might just be wrong

2) posibilidades femenino plural ( medios económicos) means (pl)

vivir más allá/dentro de or por encima de las posibilidades de uno — to live beyond/within one's means

la casa está por encima de mis posibilidades — the house is out of my price range, I can't afford the house

* * *

= ability, avenue, chance, eventuality, facility, feasibility, possibility, probability, prospect, scope, potentiality, maybe, eligibility, sporting chance.

Ex: The ability to search on word stems is particularly valuable where the text to be searched is in free-language format.

Ex: In the attempt to match the above criteria, there are two fundamentally distinct avenues to the construction of the schedules of a classification scheme.

Ex: In some authority files (titles, ISBN/ISSN, national bibliographic record numbers), no search of the file is made because there is little chance of finding the new entry in the file.

Ex: It was not our intention, not indeed is it feasible, to cover every eventuality that will be encountered in producing A/Z index entries.

Ex: Apart from this additional facility Double-KWIC indexes have most of the facilities, features and drawbacks of KWIC and KWOC indexes.

Ex: However, even with selective indexing in combination, the limit of feasibility is usually reckoned to be compound subjects consisting of five terms.

Ex: Apart from the names of subjects, the names of corporate bodies, persons, chemicals, trade products, and trade names are some other possibilities.

Ex: Our system should be one which reduces the probability of error as far a possible.

Ex: At the time OCLC started, there was no prospect for a national authority file.

Ex: They permit much more scope for flexible synthesis than can be achieved with DC or LCC.

Ex: The combination of optical projection and photographic reduction is already producing some results in microfilm for scholarly purposes, and the potentialities are highly suggestive.

Ex: Instead of ranking the documents retrieved in probable order of relevance, the conventional search sorts the relevant sheep from the irrelevant goats and ignores the fact that there are a lot of ' maybe's' involved.

Ex: The advantages of a foundation include tax-deductible donations, increased eligibility for grants, and the involvement of affluent and influential local figures as advocates for the public library service.

Ex: The bear was shot in his cage and was never given a sporting chance to fight for his life.

* abanico de posibilidades = kaleidoscope, kaleidoscope of possibilities.

* abarcar todas las posibilidades = run + the gamut.

* abrir nuevas posibilidades = open up + new territory, open up + possibilities, open + possibilities.

* abrirse a posibilidades = be open to possibilities.

* alcanzar el límite de + Posesivo + posibilidades = reach + the limits of + Posesivo + potential.

* analizar la posibilidad de (que) = examine + the possibility that/of.

* analizar las posibilidades de = look at + the prospects for.

* analizar una posibilidad = explore + idea.

* ante la posibilidad de = at the prospect of.

* anular las posibilidades = close off + possibilities.

* anular una posibilidad = block off + alley.

* aprovechar al máximo las posibilidades = realise + the potential.

* aprovechar las posibilidades de Algo = achieve + Posesivo + full potential, develop + potential, develop + Nombre + to its full potential.

* aprovechar las posibilidades que nos ofrece = harness + the power of.

* aprovechar + Posesivo + posibilidades = achieve + Posesivo + potential.

* aumentar las posibilidades = increase + the odds.

* barajar la posibilidad = entertain + the possibility.

* como otra posibilidad = as an alternative.

* con posibilidades comerciales = commercially viable.

* considerar la posibilidad = entertain + the possibility.

* considerar las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.

* contemplar la posibilidad = toy with, toy with + idea of, entertain + the possibility.

* contemplar la posibilidad de suicidarse = contemplate + suicide.

* contemplar posibilidades = envision + possibilities.

* crear posibilidades = open + window, create + possibilities.

* dar una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.

* dejar abierta la posibilidad de que = leave + open the possibility that.

* dentro de las posibilidades económicas de = within the price range of.

* dentro de + Posesivo + posibilidades = in the ballpark for + Pronombre, in + Posesivo + ballpark range.

* desarrollar las posibilidades = live up to + Posesivo + potential.

* disminuir la posibilidad = lessen + possibility.

* estar a la altura de las posibilidades = live up to + Posesivo + potential.

* estar dentro de las posibilidades de uno = lie within + Posesivo + power.

* estar fuera de las posibilidades de Alguien = be out of + Posesivo + league.

* estudiar la posibilidad = explore + the possibility.

* estudiar una posibilidad = explore + idea.

* examinar la posibilidad de (que) = examine + the possibility that/of.

* existir la posibilidad de = there + be + scope for.

* existir la posibilidad de que = there + be + room for.

* fuera del alcance de las posibilidades de Alguien = beyond + Posesivo + powers.

* hacer realidad las posibilidades de Algo = unleash + Posesivo + potential.

* hasta el límite de las posibilidades de Algo/Alguien = to + Posesivo + full potential.

* hasta el máximo de las posibilidades de Algo = to + Posesivo + full potential.

* incluir todas las posibilidades = run + the gamut.

* ir más allá de las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.

* las posibilidades son infinitas = the possibilities are endless.

* mostrar posibilidades = show + potential.

* no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.

* no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.

* no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.

* ofrecer la posibilidad = afford + possibility, provide + facility.

* ofrecer la posibilidad de = have + the potential (to/for), offer + the facility.

* ofrecer la posibilidad de que = usher in + the day when.

* ofrecer posibilidades = have + potential, offer + options, offer + possibilities, hold + potential, present + possibilities, open (up) + avenues.

* ofrecer una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.

* otra posibilidad = as an alternative.

* otra posibilidad es = for what it's worth [FWIW].

* otra posibilidad es que = alternatively.

* otra posibilidad + ser = another possibility + be.

* perjudicar las posibilidades de = prejudice + chances of.

* permitir la posibilidad = afford + possibility, allow for.

* plantear la posibilidad = raise + possibility.

* plantear la posibilidad de = discuss + the possibility of.

* plantear una posibilidad = pose + possibility.

* por debajo de las posibilidades (de una persona) = below + Posesivo + capabilities.

* por la posibilidad de = at the prospect of.

* posibilidad de = facility for.

* posibilidad de conseguir Algo = attainability.

* posibilidad de desarrollo = potential for development.

* posibilidad de descascararse = flakiness.

* posibilidad de descascarillarse = flakiness.

* posibilidad de descubrir = discoverability.

* posibilidad de expandir = expandability.

* posibilidad de insertar hiperenlaces = linkability.

* posibilidad de localizar = traceability.

* posibilidad de pelarse = flakiness.

* posibilidad de realización = potential for fulfilment.

* posibilidad de reubicación = relocatability.

* posibilidad de ser alcanzable = achievability.

* posibilidad de ser comparado = comparability.

* posibilidad de ser localizado = traceability.

* posibilidad de ser realizable = satisfiability.

* posibilidad de ser solucionado = satisfiability.

* posibilidad de ser usado de nuevo = reusability [re-usability].

* posibilidad de toma de decisiones = decidability.

* posibilidades = capabilities, catalogue [catalog, -USA], potential, full potential.

* posibilidades de acceso = access capabilities.

* posibilidades de búsqueda = searching capabilities, searchability, retrieval facilities, search facilities.

* posibilidades de futuro = future possibilities.

* posibilidades muy variadas = rich possibilities.

* presentar posibilidades = present + possibilities, open (up) + avenues.

* reducir la posibilidad = minimise + possibility.

* reducir las posibilidades de = narrow + the vision of.

* sobrepasar las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.

* sobrepesar las diferentes posibilidades = ponder + the various possibilities.

* sugerir una posibilidad = float + possibility.

* tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.

* tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.

* tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.

* tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.

* tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.

* tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.

* tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.

* tener todas las posibilidades de = have + every possibility of.

* tratar la posibilidad de = discuss + the possibility of.

* una gama de posibilidades = a palette of possibilities.

* una posibilidad muy remota = a long shot.

* ver la posibilidad = see + the possibility.

* * *

posibilidad

feminine

A (circunstancia) possibility

no se ha descartado esa posibilidad we haven't ruled out that possibility

hay que estudiar todas las posibilidades we have to explore all the possibilities o options

hemos previsto todas las posibilidades we have anticipated every eventuality ( frml)

posibilidad DE + INF chance OF -ING

¿qué posibilidad(es) tiene de ganar? what chance does she have o what are her chances of winning?

tiene muchas posibilidades de salir elegido he has a good chance of being elected

hay pocas posibilidades de encontrarlo con vida there is little chance of finding him alive

posibilidad DE QUE + SUBJ:

esto aumenta las posibilidades de que gane this makes it more likely that he will win, this shortens the odds on him winning

existe la posibilidad de que estés equivocado you might just be wrong, it's just possible that you're wrong

B posibilidades fpl (medios económicos) means (pl)

gente que vive dentro de/más allá or por encima de sus posibilidades people who live within/beyond their means

eso está por encima de mis posibilidades that's out of my price range, I can't afford that

* * *

posibilidad sustantivo femenino
1 ( circunstancia) possibility;
◊ tener la posibilidad de hacer algo to have the chance of doing sth;

tiene muchas posibilidades de salir elegido he has a good chance of being elected;
existe la posibilidad de que estés equivocado you might just be wrong
2
◊ posibilidades sustantivo femenino plural

a) ( medios económicos) means (pl);

◊ vivo de acuerdo a mis posibilidades I live within my means;

la casa está por encima de mis posibilidades I can't afford the house
b) ( potencial) potential;

◊ un cantante con muchas posibilidades a singer of great potential

posibilidad
I sustantivo femenino possibility
II mpl (recursos, medios) means: pasar las Navidades en París no está dentro mis posibilidades, I can't afford to spend Christmas in Paris
' posibilidad' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
contemplar
- entrever
- explorar
- O
- ofrecer
- poder
- remota
- remoto
- resquicio
- caber
- considerar
- excluir
- igual
- oportunidad
- paso
- perspectiva
- plantear
- ventilación
English:
another
- avenue
- can
- cat
- chance
- consider
- danger
- daunt
- hopeful
- may
- option
- outside
- physical
- ponder
- possibility
- prospect
- question
- remote
- scenario
- shot
- slender
- slim
- would
- write off
- any
- bargain
- definite
- further
- likelihood
- might
- open

* * *

posibilidad nf

1. [circunstancia] possibility, chance;

no descartamos ninguna posibilidad we are not ruling anything out;

cabe la posibilidad de que… there is a chance o possibility that…;

tienes muchas posibilidades de que te admitan you have a good chance of being accepted;

no hay ninguna posibilidad de que aprueben la propuesta there is no chance that they will approve the proposal

2. [opción] possibility;

tienes tres posibilidades, ¿cuál eliges? you've got three options, which will you choose?;

una posibilidad sería que fuéramos en avión one possibility would be for us to go by plane

3.
posibilidades (económicas) [medios] financial means o resources;

comprar una casa no entra dentro de nuestras posibilidades we don't have the means o we can't afford to buy a house

* * *

posibilidad

f possibility;

vivir por encima de sus posibilidades live beyond one’s means

* * *

posibilidad nf

1) : possibility

2) posibilidades nfpl

: means, income

* * *

posibilidad n possibility [pl. possibilities]

tener la posibilidad de hacer algo to have a chance of doing something

Spanish-English dictionary > posibilidad
114 autrement

autrement [otʀəmɑ̃]

adverb

a. ( = différemment) differently

• il faut s'y prendre autrement we'll have to go about it differently

• cela ne peut s'être passé autrement it can't have happened any other way

• comment aller à Londres autrement que par le train ? how can we get to London other than by train?

• tu pourrais me parler autrement ! don't you talk to me like that!

• il n'y a pas moyen de faire autrement it's impossible to do otherwise

• il n'a pas pu faire autrement que de me voir he couldn't help seeing me

• autrement dit ( = en d'autres mots) in other words

b. ( = sinon) otherwise

• travaille bien, autrement tu auras de mes nouvelles ! work hard, otherwise you'll be hearing a few things from me!

• la viande était bonne, autrement le repas était quelconque (inf) the meat was good but otherwise the meal was pretty nondescript

* * *
otʀəmɑ̃ adv
1) (= d'une manière différente) differently

Il l'a fait autrement. — He did it differently.

Essaie autrement, ça marchera peut-être. — Try another way, it might work.

je n'ai pas pu faire autrement — I couldn't do anything else, I couldn't do otherwise

autrement dit — in other words

2) (= sinon) otherwise

Autrement, on pourrait passer par Limoges. — Otherwise we could go through Limoges.

* * *

autrement adv

1 ( de façon autre) [faire, voir, agir] differently, in a different way; [décider, conclure] otherwise; [nommé, appelé] otherwise; le sort en a voulu autrement fate decided otherwise; ça ne s'explique pas autrement there's no other explanation for it; un escroc n'aurait pas agi autrement it's the sort of thing you would expect from a crook; on ne peut les qualifier autrement that's all you can say about them; parlez-moi autrement, je vous prie don't talk to me like that, please; il en est or va (tout) autrement des films it's quite different for films; il n'en est pas autrement des films it's no different for films; il ne peut (pas) en être autrement that's the way it has to be; c'est comme ça, et pas autrement that's just the way it is; on ne peut pas faire autrement there's no other way; comment aurait-elle pu faire autrement? what else could she have done?; je n'ai pas pu faire autrement que de les inviter I had no alternative but to invite them; on ne peut y accéder autrement que par bateau you can only get there by boat; je ne l'ai jamais vue autrement qu'en jean I've never seen her in anything but jeans; ça s'est passé autrement que prévu it did not turn out as expected; autrement dit in other words;

2 ( sans quoi) otherwise; autrement ne compte pas sur moi otherwise don't count on me;

3 ○( à part cela) otherwise, apart from that;

4 ○( spécialement) pas autrement not particularly ou unduly; je n'en serais pas autrement surpris I wouldn't be particularly ou unduly surprised;

5 ○( beaucoup plus) autrement grave (much) more serious; autrement aimable (much) nicer; c'est autrement plus petit qu'ici it's much smaller than here.

[otrəmɑ̃] adverbe

1. [différemment] another ou some other way

la bouteille va se renverser, pose-la autrement that bottle will spill, stand it differently

la banque est fermée, je vais me débrouiller autrement the bank's closed, I'll find some other way (of getting money)

il est habillé autrement que d'habitude he hasn't got his usual clothes on

en être autrement: comment pourrait-il en être autrement how could things be different?

il n'en a jamais été autrement things have always been this way ou have never been any other way ou have never been any different

faire autrement: nous ne les laisserons pas construire la route ici, il faudra qu'ils fassent autrement we won't let them build the road here, they'll have to find another ou some other way

il n'y a pas moyen de faire autrement there's no other way ou no alternative

faire autrement que: je n'ai pu faire autrement que de les entendre I couldn't help but overhear them

il n'a pas pu faire autrement que de rembourser he had no alternative but to pay the money back

2. [sinon] otherwise, or else

payez car autrement vous aurez des ennuis pay up or else you'll get into trouble

les gens sont désagréables, autrement le travail est intéressant the people are unpleasant, but otherwise ou apart from that the work's interesting

3. (suivi d'un comparatif) [beaucoup] far

c'est autrement plus grave cette fois-ci it's far more serious this time

————————

autrement dit locution adverbiale

in other words

autrement dit tu me quittes? in other words, you're leaving me?

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > autrement
115 τε

τε, enclitic Particle, with two main uses (v. infr. A, B).

A as a Conjunction,

I τε.. τε, both.. and, joining single words, phrases, clauses, or sentences, the first τε merely pointing forward to the second, ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Il.1.544
; ἀγαθῶν τε κακῶν τε Hes.Op. 669
; δίψῃ τε λιμῷ τε A.Pers. 491
, cf. S.Aj.34,35, Ar.Ach. 370, 375; τήν τε νῆσον τήν τε ἤπειρον Th.4.8
, cf. Antipho 2.3.3, Pl. R. 373b; λυσόμενός τε θύγατρα, φέρων τ' ἀπερείσι' ἄποινα Il.1.13
; παῖδά τε σοὶ ἀγέμεν Φοίβῳ θ' ἱερὴν ἑκατόμβην ῥέξαι ib. 443; the elements joined by τε.. τε are usu. short in Hom., longer in later Gr., e.g. ἐπειδὴ πρόξενοί τέ εἰσιν Ἀθηναίων καὶ εὐεργέται.., ἔν τε τῇ στήλῃ γέγραπται IG12.103.7
; ἥ τε γὰρ γῆ.. εὔυδρός ἐστι, ποταμοί τε δι' αὐτῆς ῥέουσι Hdt.4.47
; χρὴ.. τούς τε πρεσβυτέρους ὁμοιωθῆναι τοῖς πρὶν ἔργοις, τούς τε νεωτέρους.. μὴ αἰσχῦναι κτλ. Th.4.92, cf. Pl.R. 474c, X.Cyr.1.4.25, Is.1.50; τά τε γὰρ ληφθέντα πάντ' ἂν σῴζοιτο οἵ τ' ἀδικήσαντες κατ' ἀξίαν λάβοιεν τὰ ἐπιτίμια Aen. Tact.16.8, cf. Gp.2.49.1, 12.3.2-3; τούτου γὰρ γενομένου.. τά τε ἐχφόρια Χρυσέρμῳ δυνήσομαι ἀποδοῦναι, ἐγώ τε ἔσομαι παρὰ σοῦ φιλανθρωπίας τετευχώς PEnteux.60.11
(iii B.C.); κλείειν τε τὰ βλέφαρα δεομένων ἐλπιζόντων τε κοιμηθήσεσθαι Gal.16.494
, cf. 495,501; this use is common at all times in οὔτε.. οὔτε, μήτε.. μήτε, εἴτε.. εἴτε (qq.v.); τε may be used three or more times, ἔν τ' ἄρα οἱ φῦ χειρί, ἔπος τ' ἔφατ' ἔκ τ' ὀνόμαζεν Od.15.530
, cf. Il.1.177, 2.58, A.Pr. 89sq., B.17.19sq., Lys. 19.17, X.Cyr.3.3.36:— ἑνδεκάτη τε δυωδεκάτη τε prob. means the eleventh or twelfth, Od.2.374, 4.588:—sts. τε.. τε couples alternatives, ἀπόρως εἶχε δοῦναί τε μὴ δοῦναί τε E.IA56
, cf. Heracl. 153, El. 391; hence we find τε.. ἢ.., Pl.Tht. 143c, Ion 535d; on ἢ (or ἦ) .. τε in Il.2.289 and A.Eu. 524 (lyr.) v. ἦ 1.3.

2 the first clause may be negative, the second affirmative, as ἐκκλησίαν τε οὐκ ἐποίει.., τήν τε πόλιν ἐφύλασσε Th.2.22
; but οὔτε.. τε is more freq., as οὔτε ποσίν εἰμι ταχύς.., γιγνώσκω τε X.Cyr.2.3.6
(v. οὔτε 11.4
); we also find οὐ.. τε.. , as οὐχ ἡσύχαζον.., παρεκάλουν τε τοὺς ξυμμάχους Th.1.67
; and μὴ.. τε.. , as ἵνα μή τι διαφύγῃ ἡμᾶς, εἴ τέ τι βούλει κτλ. Pl.Phd. 95e.

3 τε ( both) sts. corresponds to a following δέ ( and), or τε ( and) to a preceding μέν, e.g.

a τε.. δὲ.. , as κόμισαί τέ με, δὸς δέ μοι ἵππους Il.5.359
, cf. 7.418, S.OC 367, Tr. 285, E.Ph. 1625; ἐσθὰς ἀμφότερόν νιν ἔχεν, ἅ τε.. ἐπιχώριος.., ἀμφὶ δὲ παρδαλέᾳ στέγετο Pi.P.4.80
; διήκουέ τε.., ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἐπῄνεσε X.Cyr.4.4.3
; so with ἅμα δὲ καὶ.., ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ.., Th.1.25, Pl.Smp. 186e:—so τε.., ἀτὰρ οὖν καὶ.., Id.Hp.Ma. 295e.

b μὲν.. τε.., ἄνδρα μὲν.., τρεῖς τε κασιγνήτους Il.19.291
-3, cf. Od.22.475-6, Pi.O.6.88, 7.88, A.Th. 924, Ch. 585 (lyr.), S.Ant. 963 (lyr.), E.Heracl. 337 codd., Cyc.41 (lyr.), Ar.Nu. 563(lyr.), Pl.Phdr. 266c, Lg. 927b: v. μέν A. 11.6c.

4 a single τε ( and) joins a word, phrase, or (esp. later) clause or sentence to what precedes, τελευτὴν κεφαλήν τε Pl.Ti. 69a
; θνητὰ ἀθάνατά τε ib.c; Ζεῦ ἄλλοι τε θεοί Il.6.476
; κύνεσσιν οἰωνοῖσί τε πᾶσι 1.5
; ῥίγησέν τ' ἂρ ἔπειτα ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν Ἀγαμέμνων v.l. for δ' ἂρ in 11.254; ἕν τε οὐδὲν κατέστη ἴαμα.., σῶμά τε αὔταρκες ὂν οὐδὲν διεφάνη.., Th.2.51; τά τε ἱερὰ.. νεκρῶν πλέα ἦν.. ib.52; νόμοι τε πάντες ξυνεταράχθησαν ibid.; δάκνει σ' ἀδελφὸς ὅ τε θανὼν ἴσως πατήρ E.El. 242
, cf. 253, 262, al.; εἴς τε τὰς ἄλλας.. ἀθροίζεσθαι Aen.Tact.3.5
; τῶν τε ἀρχόντων.. ib.6, cf. 10.8, al.; ὅ τε γραφεὶς κύκλος.. Archim.Spir.11
Def.7; πρός τε τούτοις φησὶν.. PEnteux.63.18
(iii B.C.); χωρίς τε τούτων Plb.2.56.13
, 61.1, 3.17.7; ταῦτά τ' ἐγίνετο.. Id.2.43.6
, cf. 3.70.4; ἀπαιτούμενός τε ὑπ' ἐμοῦ τὰ ἔρια οὐκ ἀποδίδωσί PEnteux.2.6
, cf. 8.4, al. (iii B.C.); γράψαι Ἀγαθοκλεῖ τῷ ἐπιστάτῃ διασαφῆσαί τε αὐτῷ ib.81.21 (iii B.C.); καθόλου τε.. Arr.Epict.1.19.13
, cf. 2.2.17; ἀταράχους τήν τε δύναμιν ἀκαθαιρέτους Sor.1.21
, cf. 24, al.; ὄξει βαφικῷ στυπτηρίᾳ τε PHolm. 1.4
, cf. Gem.16.6; χρὴ.. λαχάνων ἅπτεσθαι, κοιλίαν τε λύειν Gp.1.12.19
, cf. 2.2.2, al.; this τε may be used any number of times, Od.4.149- 150, 14.75, 158-9, Men.Pk.15,16,20, Hipparch.1.9.8, Act.Ap.2.43,46, 4.13, 14, al.

II τε.. καὶ.. , or τε καὶ.. , both.. and.., where τε points forward to καί, and usu. need not be translated, e.g. Ἀτρείδης τε ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν καὶ δῖος Ἀχιλλεύς Il.1.7
; εἰ δὴ ὁμοῦ πόλεμός τε δαμᾷ καὶ λοιμὸς Ἀχαιούς ib.61; δειλός τε καὶ οὐτιδανὸς καλεοίμην ib. 293; ζωόν τε καὶ ἀρτεμέα 7.308
, cf. 327, 338, al.; τῆς τε γῆς ἐούσης ἐπιτηδέης καὶ τῶν ποταμῶν ἐόντων σφι συμμάχων Hdt.4.47
; βούλεταί τε καὶ ἐπίσταται Th.2.35
; ὁ φύς τε καὶ τραφείς Pl.R. 396c
; βάσιν τε γὰρ πάλιν τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχουσι τὴν ΖΒ καὶ.. Euc.1.47
; sts. the elements joined by τε.. καὶ.. are joined in order to be compared or contrasted rather than simply joined, κάκιστος νῦν τε καὶ πάλαι δοκεῖ S.Ant. 181
; μεσαμβρίη τέ ἐστι καὶ τὸ κάρτα γίνεται ψυχρόν Hdt.4.181
; ἔτυχόν τε ὕσταται ἐξαναχθεῖσαι καί κως κατεῖδον Id.7.194
; ἐπαύσατό τε ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ τὸ κῦμα ἔστρωτο ib. 193; ταὐτὰ.. νῦν τε καὶ τότε Ar.Av. 24
; χωρὶς τό τ' εἰπεῖν πολλὰ καὶ τὰ καίρια S.OC 808
; ὅσον τό τ' ἄρχειν καὶ τὸ δουλεύειν δίχα A.Pr. 927
; sts. (like τε.. τε) even used of alternatives, διάνδιχα μερμήριξεν, ἵππους τε στρέψαι καὶ ἐναντίβιον μαχέσασθαι Il.8.168
; ἐν δίκᾳ τε καὶ παρὰ δίκαν Pi.O.2.16
; θεοῦ τε.. θέλοντος καὶ μὴ θέλοντος A.Th. 427
; πείσας τε.. καὶ μὴ τυχών Th.3.42
:—on οἵ τε ἄλλοι καὶ.. , e.g. τοῖς τε ἄλλοις ἅπασι καὶ Λακεδαιμονίοις Isoc.12.249
, and ἄλλως τε καὶ.. , v. ἄλλος 11.6, ἄλλως 1.3
.

2 in this sense τ' ἠδέ is only [dialect] Ep., σκῆπτρόν τ' ἠδὲ θέμιστας Il.9.99
, cf. 1.400, al.; also τε.., ἰδέ, χαλκόν τε ἰδὲ λόφον 6.469
, cf. 8.162.

3 καὶ.. τε, both.. and.., is occasionally found, as καὶ μητέρα πατέρα τ' E.Alc. 646.

b καὶ.. τε perh. means and.. also in καὶ ναυτικῷ τε ἅμα Th.1.9
; καὶ πρός τε τοὺς Ῥηγίνους Id.6.44
; καὶ αὐτός τε Id.8.68
; v. infr. c. 10.

4 τε.. τε or τε.. καὶ.. sts. join elements which are not syntactically parallel, esp. a part. and a finite verb, ἰοῖσίν τε τιτυσκόμενοι λάεσσί τ' ἔβαλλον (for βάλλοντες) Il.3.80; ἄλλα τε ἐπιφραζόμενος καὶ δὴ καὶ ἐπεπόμφεε Hdt.1.85
; ἀλλῳ τε τρόπῳ πειράζοντες καὶ μηχανὴν προσήγαγον Th.4.100
; τῆς τε ὥρας.. ταύτης οὔσης.., καὶ τὸ χωρίον.. χαλεπὸν ἦν Id.7.47
, cf. 4.85, 8.81, 95.

5 the copulative τε becomes rare in later Gr.; it is found about 340 times in LXX, mostly in the Pentateuch and 1-4 Ma., only 3 times in Ps.; in the NT it is found about 150 times in Act.Ap., 20 times in Ep.Hebr., and very rarely in the other books.

B In [dialect] Ep. (more rarely in other dactylic verse, v. infr. 11) τε stands in general or frequentative statements or in statements of what is well known; such statements are freq. made as justifications of a preceding particular statement or of a preceding exhortation to a particular person or persons; the sense of τε thus approaches that of τοι (cf. τοι and τε in Od.2.276-7, and cf. Il.13.115 with 15.203); although associated with numerous particles and other words of particular types (v. infr.) its meaning remains independent of these and applies to the whole sentence in which it stands: αἶψά τε φυλόπιδος πέλεται κόρος ἀνθρώποισιν Il.19.221
; οὐ γάρ τ' αἶψα θεῶν τρέπεται νόος αἰὲν ἐόντων Od.3.147
; θεοὶ δέ τε πάντα ἴσασιν 4.379
, cf. 5.79, 447, 10.306, 17.485, Il.9.497, 16.688, 17.176, 21.264; ξυνὸς Ἐνυάλιος καί τε κτανέοντα κατέκτα 18.309
, cf. Od.11.537, Il.24.526; ἤ τ' ἔβλητ' ἤ τ' ἔβαλ' ἄλλον 11.410
; οὐ μὲν γάρ τε κακὸν βασιλευέμεν Od.1.392
; οἳ φύλλοισιν ἐοικότες ἄλλοτε μέν τε ζαφλεγέες τελέθουσιν.. ἄλλοτε δὲ.. Il.21.464
; ἄλλος γάρ τ' ἄλλοισιν ἀνὴρ ἐπιτέρπεται ἔργοις Od.14.228
, cf. 8.169, 170, 15.400; τοῦ γάρ τε ξεῖνος μιμνήσκεται ἤματα πάντα, ἀνδρὸς ξεινοδόκου, ὅς κεν φιλότητα παράσχῃ ib.54, cf. 17.322; ῥεχθὲν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω Il.17.32
; παθὼν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω Hes.Op. 218
; αἰεὶ γάρ τε νεώτεροι ἀφραδέουσιν Od. 7.294
; δύσζηλοι γάρ τ' εἰμὲν ἐπὶ χθονὶ φῦλ' ἀνθρώπων ib. 307; τοῦ δέ τε πολλοὶ ἐπαυρίσκοντ' ἄνθρωποι, καί τε πολέας ἐσάωσε Il.13.733
-4; τοῦ μὲν γάρ τε κακοῦ τρέπεται χρὼς ἄλλυδις ἄλλῃ, ἐν δέ τέ οἱ κραδίη στέρνοισι πατάσσει.., πάταγος δέ τε γίγνετ' ὀδόντων ib. 279-83; ὀλίγη δέ τ' ἀνάπνευσις πολέμοιο 18.201
; νέῳ δέ τε πάντ' ἐπέοικεν.. κεῖσθαι 22.71
; κατέλεξεν ἅπαντα κήδε' ὅσ' ἀνθρώποισι πέλει, τῶν ἄστυ ἁλώῃ· ἄνδρας μὲν κτείνουσι, πόλιν δέ τε πῦρ ἀμαθύνει, τέκνα δέ τ' ἄλλοι ἄγουσι, βαθυζώνους τε γυναῖκας 9.592
-4, cf. 22.492, 495, 499; νεμεσσῶμαί γε μὲν οὐδέν· καὶ γάρ τίς τ' ἀλλοῖον ὀδύρεται ἄνδρ' ὀλέσασα.. ἢ Ὀδυσῆ' Od.19.265
; σχέτλιε, καὶ μέν τίς τε χερείονι πείθεθ' ἑταίρῳ.., αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ θεός εἰμι 20.45
, cf. 23.118, Il.2.292, 9.632; νῦν δὲ μνησώμεθα δόρπου· καὶ γάρ τ' ἠΰκομος Νιόβη ἐμνήσατο σίτου κτλ. 24.602 (where a general inference is implied); ὃν Βριάρεων καλέουσι θεοί, ἄνδρες δέ τε πάντες Αἰγαίων' 1.403
, cf. 2.814, 5.306, 10.258, 14.290; sts. of repeated action by particular persons, ἄλλοτε μέν τε γόῳ φρένα τέρπομαι Od.4.102
; οὐ μὰ γὰρ Ἀπόλλωνα Διὶ φίλον, ᾧ τε σύ, Κάλχαν, εὐχόμενος.. θεοπροπίας ἀναφαίνεις Il.1.86
; ἡ δὲ.. μ' αἰεὶ.. νεικεῖ, καί τέ μέ φησι μάχῃ Τρώεσσιν ἀρήγειν ib. 521; μήτηρ γάρ τέ μέ φησι θεά, Θέτις ἀργυρόπεζα, διχθαδίας κῆρας φερέμεν θανάτοιο τέλοσδε 9.410
.

2 in exhortations addressed to an individual, a subsidiary sentence or relative clause in which he is reminded of his special or characteristic sphere of activity is marked by τε, e.g. Ἑρμεία, σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά γε φίλτατόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ ἑταιρίσσαι καί τ' ἔκλυες ᾧ κ' ἐθέλῃσθα, βάσκ' ἴθι.. Il.24.334
; Ἀτρεΐδη, σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά γε λαὸς Ἀχαιῶν πείσονται μύθοισι.., νῦν δ' ἀπὸ πυρκαϊῆς σκέδασον.. 23.156
; δεῦρο δὴ ὄρσο, γρηῢ.., ἥ τε γυναικῶν δμῳάων σκοπός ἐσσι.., ἔρχεο Od. 22.395
, cf. Il.17.249.

3 similarly in general and frequentative statements consisting of two clauses (one of which may be a relative clause, freq. containing the subj. or opt.), in which the fulfilment of the condition stated in the subsidiary or subordinate clause is declared to be generally or always followed by the result stated in the principal clause, either or both clauses may contain τε:

a the principal clause alone contains τε, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται, μάλα τ' ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ Il.1.218
; ὃς δ' ἂν ἀμύμων αὐτὸς ἔῃ καὶ ἀμύμονα εἰδῇ, τοῦ μέν τε κλέος εὐρὺ διὰ ξεῖνοι φορέουσι πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους, πολλοί τέ μιν ἐσθλὸν ἔειπον Od.19.333
; εἴ περ γὰρ θυμῷ γε μενοινάᾳ πολεμίζειν, ἀλλά τε λάθρῃ γυῖα βαρύνεται.., βλάβεται δέ τε γούνατ' ἰόντι Il.19.165
-6; ᾧ μέν κ' ἀμμείξας δώῃ Ζεὺς τερπικέραυνος, ἄλλοτε μέν τε κακῷ ὅ γε κύρεται ἄλλοτε δ' ἐσθλῷ 24.530
.

b the subordinate clause alone contains τε, λάζετο δ' ἔγχος.. τῷ δάμνησι στίχας ἀνδρῶν ἡρώων οἷσίν τε κοτέσσεται ὀβριμοπάτρη 5.747
; ῥεῖα δ' ἀρίγνωτος γόνος ἀνέρος ᾧ τε Κρονίων ὄλβον ἐπικλώση Od.4.207
; ἀντί νυ πολλῶν λαῶν ἐστιν ἀνὴρ ὅν τε Ζεὺς κῆρι φιλήσῃ Il.9.117
, cf. 7.298, Od.6.287, 7.74, 8.547, 18.276; with opt., ἀλλὰ πολὺ πρώτιστος.. ἕλεσκον ἀνδρῶν δυσμενέων ὅ τέ μοι εἴξειε πόδεσσι 14.221
: it is prob. that τε has been replaced by κε in the text of Hom. in Il.1.218, 9.510 (cf. 508), and some other passages in which κε seems to be used, exceptionally, in general relative clauses.

c both clauses contain τε, ὃς μέν τ' αἰδέσεται κούρας Διὸς ἆσσον ἰούσας, τὸν δὲ μέγ' ὤνησαν καί τ' ἔκλυον εὐχομένοιο Il.9.508
-9; εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον γε καὶ αὐτῆμαρ καταπέψῃ, ἀλλά τε καὶ μετόπισθεν ἔχει κότον 1.82
-3.

4 in the subordinate clause of a collective sentence, in which the principal clause states something to be true of all those (i.e. each individual) to whom the predicate of the subordinate clause applies, ὑπόσχωμαι.. κτήματα.. πάντα μάλ' ὅσσα τ' Ἀλέξανδρος.. ἠγάγετο Τροίηνδ'.. δωσέμεν Il.22.115
; πάντων ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει τε καὶ ἕρπει 17.447
, cf. Od.18.131, Il.19.105; βάλλειν ἄγρια πάντα τά τε τρέφει οὔρεσιν ὕλη 5.52
, cf. 18.485.

5 in relative clauses (and in parenthetic principal clauses) which indicate what is customary, ἐπεὶ οὐχ ἱερήϊον οὐδὲ βοείην ἀρνύσθην, ἅ τε ποσσὶν ἀέθλια γίγνεται ἀνδρῶν which are the usual prizes.., Il.22.160; ἔργ' ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε, τά τε κλείουσιν ἀοιδοί Od.1.338
, cf. 3.435, 4.85, 13.410, 14.226, 17.423, Il.5.332; κύματος ἐξαναδύς, τά τ' ἐρεύγεται ἤπειρόνδε Od.5.438
; μολπή τ' ὀρχηστύς τε, τὰ γάρ τ' ἀναθήματα δαιτός 1.152
: similarly in clauses with οἷά τε (πολλά), κῆτος ἐπισσεύῃ μέγα δαίμων ἐξ ἁλός, οἷά τε πολλὰ τρέφει.. Ἀμφιτρίτη 5.422
; οὐ γάρ σ' οὐδέ.. δαήμονι φωτὶ ἐΐσκω ἄθλων, οἷά τε πολλὰ μετ' ἀνθρώποισι πέλονται 8.160
, cf. 11.364, 14.63, 15.324, 379.

6 in relative clauses indicating what is true of all persons or things denoted by the same word, οὐ γάρ τις νήσων ἱππήλατος οὐδ' εὐλείμων αἵ θ' ἁλὶ κεκλίαται no one of the islands which lie in the sea (as all islands do, i.e. no island at all), Od.4.608; ἡμίονον.. ἥ τ' ἀλγίστη δαμάσασθαι Il.23.655
; ἐσθλὸς ἐὼν γαμβρὸς ἢ πενθερός, οἵ τε μάλιστα κήδιστοι τελέθουσι Od.8.582
; αἰετοῦ οἴματ' ἔχων.. ὅς θ' ἅμα κάρτιστός τε καὶ ὤκιστος πετεηνῶν Il.21.252
, cf. 24.294; οὐδέ μιν εἰσοιχνεῦσι κυνηγέται, οἵ τε καθ' ὕλην ἄλγεα πάσχουσιν Od.9.120
; δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας πρὸς Διὸς εἰρύαται Il.1.238
, cf. Od.5.67, 101, Il.1.279, 19.31, 24.415; οἶνός σε τρώει.., ὅς τε καὶ ἄλλους βλάπτει Od.21.293
, cf. 14.464; πάρφασις, ἥ τ' ἔκλεψε νόον πύκα περ φρονεόντων Il.14.217
; οἰκωφελίη, ἥ τε τρέφει ἀγλαὰ τέκνα Od.14.223
.

7 when the antecedent is a definite group of gods or men, the relative clause with τε indicates an essential characteristic of the antecedent, Ἐρινύες, αἵ θ' ὑπὸ γαῖαν ἀνθρώπους τείνυνται Il.19.259
; Σειρῆνας.., αἵ ῥά τε πάντας ἀνθρώπους θέλγουσιν Od.12.39
; Φαίηκές μ' ἄγαγον ναυσίκλυτοι, οἵ τε καὶ ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους πέμπουσιν 16.227
, cf. 20.187; νυμφάων αἵ τ' ἄλσεα καλὰ νέμονται καὶ πηγὰς ποταμῶν Il.20.8
; Λωτοφάγων, οἵ τ' ἄνθινον εἶδαρ ἔδουσι Od.9.84
: similarly when the antecedent is an individual person (incl. god) or thing, the relative clause with τε indicates one of his or its general or essential characteristics or aspects, οὐ μὰ Ζῆν' ὅς τίς τε θεῶν ὕπατος καὶ ἄριστος Il.23.43
, cf. 2.669, Od.5.4; Ἑρμείαο ἕκητι διακτόρου, ὅς ῥά τε πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἔργοισι χάριν καὶ κῦδος ὀπάζει 15.319
; Λάμπον καὶ Φαέθονθ', οἵ τ' Ἠῶ πῶλοι ἄγουσι 23.246
; Τειρεσίαο μάντιος ἀλαοῦ, τοῦ τε φρένες ἔμπεδοί εἰσι 10.493
; τεύχεα δύνεις ἀνδρὸς ἀριστῆος, τόν τε τρομέουσι καὶ ἄλλοι Il.17.203
, cf. 7.112; κεῖται ἀνὴρ ὅν τ' (v.l. ὃν) ἶσον ἐτίομεν Ἕκτορι δίῳ, Αἰνείας 5.467
; the relative clause sts. indicates what is customary, οὐδέ σε λήθω τιμῆς ἧς τέ μ' ἔοικε τετιμῆσθαι μετ' Ἀχαιοῖς 23.649
; ἔνθα δ' ἀνὴρ ἐνίαυε πελώριος, ὅς ῥά τε μῆλα οἶος ποιμαίνεσκε Od.9.187
; τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός, ὅς τέ μοι ὕπνον ἀπεχθαίρει καὶ ἐδωδὴν μνωομένῳ 4.105
; σῆς ἀλόχου.. ἥ τέ τοι αὔτως ἧσται ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν 13.336
; καὶ κήρυκα Μέδοντα σαώσομεν, ὅς τέ μευ αἰεὶ.. κηδέσκετο 22.357
, cf. 346.

8 τε is used in descriptions of particular places or things when attention is called to their peculiar or characteristic features, or their position, e.g. Λιβύην, ἵνα τ' ἄρνες ἄφαρ κεραοὶ τελέθουσι Od.4.85
; ἔνθα δέ τ' ὄρνιθες τανυσίπτεροι εὐνάζοντο 5.65
, cf. 9.124, 13.99, 100, 107, 109, 244; ἓξ δέ τέ οἱ (sc. Σκύλλῃ) δειραὶ περιμήκεες 12.90
, cf. 93,99, 105; ἐν δέ τε Γοργείη κεφαλή (in Athena's αἰγίς) Il.5.741; χαλεπὸν δέ τ' ὀρύσσειν ἀνδράσι γε θνητοῖσι (sc. μῶλυ) Od. 10.305; δοιαὶ γάρ τε πύλαι ἀμενηνῶν εἰσὶν ὀνείρων 19.562
; sts. τε draws attention to a well-known custom or permanent feature, ἀρξάμενοι τοῦ χώρου, ὅθεν τέ περ οἰνοχοεύει 21.142
; ἦ μένετε Τρῶας σχεδὸν ἐλθέμεν, ἔνθα τε νῆες εἰρύατ' εὔπρυμνοι Il.4.247
, cf. Od. 6.266; ἐν ποταμῷ, ὅθι τ' ἀρδμὸς ἔην πάντεσσι βοτοῖσιν Il.18.521
, cf. Od.14.353.

9 a part of the anatomy is defined by a clause (containing τε) which indicates a feature which universally belongs to it, κατ' ἰσχίον, ἔνθα τε μηρὸς ἰσχίῳ ἐνστρέφεται Il.5.305
, cf. 8.83, 13.547, 16.481, 20.478; similarly a point of time is defined, ὥρῃ ἐν εἰαρινῇ, ὅτε τ' ἤματα μακρὰ πέλονται Od.18.367
.

10 τε is used in relative clauses which define a measurement of a particular thing or action by reference to the measurement (in general) of some thing or action well known in daily life, γεφύρωσεν δὲ κέλευθον μακρὴν ἠδ' εὐρεῖαν, ὅσον τ' ἐπὶ δουρὸς ἐρωὴ γίγνεται Il.15.358
; τοῦ δ' ἤτοι κλέος ἔσται ὅσον τ' ἐπικίδναται ἠώς 7.451
; ὅτε τόσσον ἀπῆν ὅσσον τε γέγωνε βοήσας Od.9.473
, cf. 3.321, al.; more rarely the definition is by reference to the measurement of a particular thing or action, ἤσθιε.. ἕως ὅ τ' ἀοιδὸς ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν ἄειδεν (s.v.l.) 17.358; ἥ τις δὴ τέτληκε τόσα φρεσίν, ὅσσα τ' ἐγώ περ 19.347
.

11 the freq. use of τε B in similes is to be explained under one or other of the foregoing heads, e.g. when reference is made to generally known kinds of things or natural phenomena, to human experience in daily life, or to well-known phenomena of the animal world, Il.2.456, 459, 463, 468, 470, 471, 474, 481, 3.23-5,33, 11.415-7, al.; or when universal characteristics of gods, men, animals, etc., are indicated by relative clauses introduced by ὅς τε, ὅς ῥά τε, etc., 3.61, 151, 198, al.; or by ὥς τε, ἠΰτε, ὥς τίς τε, etc., e.g. 5.136, 17.133, Od.4.535, ὡς εἴ τε 9.314
, 14.254, etc.

II in post-Hom. Gr. this use of τε is more restricted; outside of [dialect] Ep. and other early dactylic verse (Hes.Op.30, 214, 233, al., Xenoph.13.3, Thgn.148, 359, etc.) it is not found except with relatives, and with these it has scarcely any discernible sense, so that ὅς τε in Lyr. and Trag. is for the most part only = ὅς, e.g. (possibly generalizing) Μοῖρ', ἅ τε πατρώϊον τῶνδ' ἔχει τὸν εὔφρονα πότμον Pi.O.2.35
, cf. 14.2, A.Eu. 1024, E.Hec. 445 (lyr.), etc. (v. ὅστε); without generalizing force, Pi.N.9.9, A.Pers. 297, Ch. 615, etc.; Hdt. has τά πέρ τε 1.74
, ὅκως τε 2.108
codd., ὅσον τε (without a verb, as in Od.9.325, al.) 1.126, 2.96, 3.5, al., οἷά τε 1.93
codd. (adverbially 2.175, 5.11): in [dialect] Att. Prose and Com. even these uses disappear and we find only a few phrases, as ἅτε, ὥστε, ἐφ' ᾧτε, οἷός τε; in later Gr. we find exceptionally ἔνθεν τε Hp.Ep.17
; ἀφ' οὗ τε UPZ62.8
(ii B.C.); ἀπ' οὗ τε PCair.Zen.291.3
(iii B.C.); οἵ τε GDI215.23
(Erythrae, ii B.C.); ἥ τ' PMag.Par.1.2962; ὅσον τε ὀκτὼ στάδια Paus.6.26.1
; καὶ ἔστιν ἔπη Μαντικὰ ὁπόσα τε (= which) ἐπελεξάμεθα καὶ ἡμεῖς Id.9.31.5
; οἷόν τε καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς κύων φωνῆς θεωροῦμεν S.E.M.11.28
.

C in Hom. τε is also (but less freq.) used in conjunction with other particles in contexts (mainly particular statements) such as the following:

1 in assurances, statements on oath, and threats, σχέτλιος, ἦ τ' ἐκέλευον ἀπωσάμενον δήϊον πῦρ ἂψ ἐπὶ νῆας ἴμεν Il.18.13
; ἐξ αὖ νῦν ἔφυγες θάνατον, κύον· ἦ τέ τοι ἄγχι ἦλθε κακόν 11.362
; ἦ τε is similarly used in 11.391, 17.171, 236, Od.24.28, 311, al.; ἦ τ' ἄν in Il.12.69, al.; γάρ τε (s. v.l.) in οὐ γάρ τ' οἶδα 6.367
, cf. Od.10.190; νύ τε in 1.60, 347 (but τ' more prob. = τοι, v. σύ) ; δέ τε in ἀγορῇ δέ τ' ἀμείνονές εἰσι καὶ ἄλλοι Il.18.106
; σὲ δέ τ' ἐνθάδε γῦπες ἔδονται 16.836
; μέν τε in σφὼ μέν τε σαώσετε λαὸν Ἀχαιῶν 13.47
, cf. 4.341; εἴ πέρ τε in οὔ τοι ἔτι δηρόν γε φίλης ἀπὸ πατρίδος αἴης ἔσσεται, οὐδ' εἴ πέρ τε σιδήρεα δέσματ' ἔχῃσιν Od.1.204
, cf. 188, Il.12.223, 245.

2 also in commands, warnings, and admonitions, σίγα, μή τίς τ' ἄλλος Ἀχαιῶν τοῦτον ἀκούσῃ μῦθον Il.14.90
, cf. Od.19.486; ὣς ἄγαγ' ὡς μήτ' ἄρ τις ἴδῃ μήτ' ἄρ τε νοήσῃ Il.24.337
; τούσδε τ' (v.l. δ') ἐᾶν 16.96
(nisi leg. τούσδ' ἔτ') ; δὸς δέ τέ μ' ἄνδρα ἑλεῖν 5.118
; μηδέ τ' ἐρώει (nisi leg. μηδ' ἔτ') 2.179, 22.185.

3 also in passionate utterances, in clauses which indicate the cause of the speaker's passion or a circumstance which might have caused others to behave more considerately towards him, ὤ μοι ἐγὼ δειλή.. ἥ τ'.. τὸν μὲν.. θρέψασα.. ἐπιπροέηκα Il.18.55
; σχέτλιοί ἐστε, θεοί, ζηλήμονες ἔξοχον ἄλλων, οἵ τε θεαῖς ἀγάασθε.. ἤν τίς τε.. Od.5.119
, 120, cf. 21.87, Il.15.468, 17.174; ἡμεῖς δ' αὖ μαχόμεσθ', οἵ πέρ τ' ἐπίκουροι ἔνειμεν and we, who ( mark you) are only allies (not γαμβροί and κασίγνητοι), are fighting, 5.477; τρεῖς γάρ τ' ἐκ Κρόνου εἰμὲν ἀδελφεοί for we, let me tell you, are three brothers, sons of Cronos (and Zeus has no prior title to power), 15.187; ποῖόν δε ἔπος φύγεν ἕρκος ὀδόντων δεινόν τ' ἀργαλέον τε· νεμεσσῶμαι δέ τ' ἀκούων Od.21.169
; οὐ μήν οἱ τό γε κάλλιον οὐδέ τ' ἄμεινον Il.24.52
.

4 in descriptions of particular events and things where there is no general reference, κνίση μὲν ἀνήνοθεν, ἐν δέ τε φόρμιγξ ἠπύει Od.17.270
; ὥς (= so) τέ μοι ὑβρίζοντες ὑπερφιάλως δοκέουσιν δαίνυσθαι κατὰ δῶμα 1.227
; τοὺς μέν τ' ἰητροὶ πολυφάρμακοι ἀμφιπένονται.. σὺ δ' ἀμήχανος ἔπλευ, Ἀχιλλεῦ Il.16.28
; πόλιν πέρι δινηθήτην καρπαλίμοισι πόδεσσι, θεοὶ δέ τε πάντες ὁρῶντο dub. l. in 22.166; εὗρε δ' ἐνὶ σπῆϊ γλαφυρῷ Θέτιν, ἀμφὶ δέ τ' ἄλλαι εἵαθ' ὁμηγερέες ἅλιαι θεαί 24.83
(s.v.l.); ἐν δέ τε φάρμακον ἧκε Od.10.317
; νῶϊ δέ τ' ἄψορροι κίομεν Il.21.456
; πολλὰς γὰρ δὴ νύκτας.. ἄεσα καί τ' ἀνέμεινα.. Ἠῶ Od.19.342
; δέελον δ' ἐπὶ σῆμά τ' ἔθηκε Il.10.466
; ἐν δέ τε οἶνον κρητῆρσιν κερόωντο Od.20.252
; so with οὐδέ τ' (nisi leg. οὐδ' ἔτ') , τὸν καὶ ὑπέδδεισαν μάκαρες θεοὶ οὐδέ τ' ἔδησαν Il.1.406
; οὐδέ τ' ἔληγε μέγας θεός, ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτόν 21.248
; οὐδέ τ' ἄειρε 23.730
; οὐδέ τ' ἔασεν 11.437
, 21.596, cf. 15.709.

5 ὅτε τε ( when) freq. introduces a temporal clause defining a point of time in the past by means of a well-known event which occurred then, ἦ οὐ μέμνῃ ὅτε τ' ἐκρέμω ὑψόθεν; Il.15.18; ὅτε τε Κρόνον.. Ζεὺς γαίης νέρθε καθεῖσε 14.203
; ἤματι τῷ ὅτε τ' ἦλθον Ἀμαζόνες 3.189
(but ἤματι τῷ ὅτε τε is general in 13.335; so also ὅτε πέρ τε.. κέρωνται in 4.259); ὅτε τ' ἤλυθε νόσφιν Ἀχαιῶν ἄγγελος ἐς Θήβας 5.803
, cf. 10.286, 22.102, Od.7.323, 18.257.

6 in ὅ τε ( that or because) the τε has no observable meaning, χωόμενος ὅ τ' ἄριστον Ἀχαιῶν οὐδὲν ἔτισας Il.1.244
, cf. 412, 4.32, 6.126, Od.5.357, al.

7 ἐπεί τε = ἐπεί ( when) is rare in Hom., ἐπεί τ' ἐνόησε Il.12.393
, cf. ἐπείτε.

8 where τ' ἄρ occurs in questions, e.g. πῇ τ' ἂρ μέμονας καταδῦναι ὅμιλον; Il.13.307, cf. 1.8, 18.188, al., ταρ (q.v.) should prob. be read, since ἄρ ([etym.] α) usu. precedes a τε which is not copulative; so perh. ταρα should be read for τ' ἄρα in Od.1.346.

9 in ἣ θέμις ἐστὶν.. ἤ τ' ἀνδρῶν ἤ τε γυναικῶν Il.9.276
, it is not clear whether τε is copulative (τε A) or generalizing (τε B) or neither (τε C); ἤ is prob. = ἦ (accented as in ἤτοι (; ἤ τ' ἀλκῆς ἤ τε φόβοιο is dub. l. in 17.42; ἤ τ' = or is found in 19.148, = than in Od.16.216.

10 Rarer and later uses;

a also, esp. with ἄλλος, Ἑρμεία, σὺ γὰρ αὖτε τά τ' ἄλλα περ ἄγγελός ἐσσι Od.5.29
, cf. 17.273, Il.23.483; ἐπεὶ τά τε ἄλλα πράττουσιν καλῶς, ἀναθεῖναι αὐτοὺς καὶ στήλην IG22.1298.9
, cf. Lycurg.100 (s.v.l.); ἐκομισάμην τὸ παρὰ σοῦ ἐπιστόλιον, ἐν ᾧ ὑπέγραψάς μοι τήν τε παρὰ Ζήνωνος πρὸς Ἰεδδοῦν γεγραμμένην PCair.Zen.18.1
(iii B.C.); εἰ οὖν περὶ τούτων ἐπιστροφὴν μὴ ποιήσει, οἵ τε λοιποί μοι τὰς χεῖρας προσοίσουσιν (- σωσιν Pap.) PPetr.2p.10 (iii B.C.); τῶν δὲ παρὰ ταῦτα ποιησόντων τά τε κτήνη ὑπὸ στέρεσιν ἀχθήσεσθαι πρὸς τὰ ἐκφόρια PTeb.27.74
(ii B.C.); v. supr. A. 11.3b.

b with ὅδε, adding a slight emphasis to the preceding word, εἰ δὴ τήνδε τε γαῖαν ἀνείρεαι Od.13.238
, cf. 15.484.

c τε γάρ rarely = καὶ γάρ or γάρ, Arist.APo. 75b41, de An. 405a4, PA 661b28, Pol. 1318b33, 1333a2; ἐάν τε γάρ for even if, 2 Ep.Cor.10.8; τήν τε γὰρ ἐπιθυμίαν οὐκ ᾔδειν for I had not known even lust. Ep.Rom.7.7.

D Position of τε:

1 in signf. A, as an enclitic, it stands second word in the sentence, clause, or phrase, regardless of the meaning: ἐγγύθι τε Πριάμοιο καὶ Ἕκτορος near both Priam and Hector, Il.6.317; ἡμέτεραί τ' ἄλοχοι καὶ νήπια τέκνα 2.136
, cf. 4.505, 7.295; αἰεί τε δὴ νηλὴς οὺ καὶ θράσους πλέως A.Pr.42
codd., cf. 291 (anap.); ἄνευ τε δόλου καὶ ἀπάτης Hdt.1.69
; ὑπέρ τε σοῦ καὶ τῆς ἀδελφῆς PEnteux.6.6
(iii B.C.); τοῖς τε πόνοις καὶ μαθήμασι Pl.R. 537a
, cf. Ti. 70b; hence in E.Or. 897 πόλεος must be taken with what precedes (Porson ad loc.): but article + noun, preposition + noun are freq. regarded as forming a unity indivisible by τε, τοῖς κτανοῦσί τε A.Ch.41
(lyr.); πρὸς βίαν τε Id.Pr. 210
; also the order is freq. determined by the meaning, τε being placed immediately after the word (or first word of a phrase or clause) which it joins to what precedes or to what follows, πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Il.1.544
; ἔξω δόμων τε καὶ πάτρας A.Pr. 665
; the copulative or preparatory τε precedes many other particles, e.g. τε γάρ, τ' ἄρα, τέ τις.

2 τε is enclitic in signfs. B, C also, and stands early in its sentence, clause, or phrase (v. supr.), but many particles which follow τε in signf. A precede it in signfs. B, C, e.g. in signfs. B, C we have δέ τε, μέν τε, γάρ τε, ἀλλά τε, δ' ἄρα τε, ὅς ῥά τε, οὔτ' ἄρ τε, καὶ γάρ τίς τε, ὅς τίς τε, καί τε.

E Etymology: signf. A is found also in Skt. ca, Lat. - que; for signfs. B and c cf. Skt. ca in yá[hudot ] káś ca 'whosoever (with following verb)', Lat. - que in quisque, ubique, plerique, usque, neque, nec (= non in necopinans, etc.), Goth. ni-h 'not' (also 'and not'), Lat. namque (= nam).

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τε
116 τις

τις, [full] τι, Indef. Pron.

A any one, any thing, enclitic through all cases (for exceptions v. infr.):—but τίς; τί; Interrog. Pron. who? what?, oxyt. in the monosyll. cases, parox. in the others:—Dialectal forms: Cypr. σις ( si se) Inscr.Cypr.135.10 H.; Arc. σις (with <*> for ς) IG5(2).262.25 (Mantinea, v B.C.); Thess. κις ib.9(2).515.12 ([place name] Larissa), 1226.4, 1229.27 ([place name] Phalanna), pl. κινες ib.517.41 ([place name] Larissa), neut. κι in διεκί, ποκκί (qq.v.); neut. pl. [dialect] Dor. σά, [dialect] Boeot. τά, [dialect] Aeol. dat. τίω, τίοισι (v. infr. B). (I.-E. q[uglide]i-, cf. Lat. quis, quid, etc.; for σά, τά, v. ἄσσα, σά μάν; with τέο (v. infr. B) cf. OSlav. gen. c<*>eso.)

A Indef. Pron. τις, τι, gen. [dialect] Ion. τεο Od.16.305, Hdt.1.58; more freq. τευ Il.2.388, al., Hdt.4.30, al., Meliss.7, etc.; Trag. and [dialect] Att. του A.Pr.21, Ar.Ach. 329, Th.1.70, etc. (sts. fem., S.Aj. 290, OT 1107 (lyr.), E.Hec. 370, etc.); του is rare after 300 B.C., never in LXX or NT, but found in IG12(5).798.17 (Tenos, iii B.C.), PCair.Zen.250.6, 647.23 (iii B.C.), Plb.3.23.3, revived by the Atticists, D.H.8.29, Plu.Fab.20, etc.; τινος Pi.P.2.90, IG12.16.17, 65.41, A.Eu. 5, Ch. 102, S.Ant. 698, al., Hdt.2.109, al. (Rh.Mus.72.483), etc.; dat. [dialect] Ion. τεῳ Il.16.227
, Od.11.502, Hdt.2.48, 5.86; Trag. and [dialect] Att. τῳ (also in Hom., Il.1.299, 12.328, Od.13.308, 20.297, al., always in masc.) A.Th. 1045, IG12.39.54, D.S.18.45; as fem., A.Th. 472, S. OT80, etc.; τινι (Hom. in the form οὔ τινι Il.17.68
, Od.14.96) Pi. O.9.26, al., B.17.12, Hdt.1.114 (elsewh. fem., 2.62, 3.69, 83, 4.113), A.Th. 1041, S.Aj. 443, 495, etc.; acc. τινα Il.1.62, 5.761, etc., neut. τι 2.122, etc.: dual τινε Od.4.26, Pl.Sph. 237d, Prm. 143c, 149e: pl. τινες (Hom. only in οὔ τινες Od.6.279
, 17.587 and οἵτινες (v. ὅστις)); [dialect] Dor. τινεν SIG527.127 (Drerus, iii B.C.); nom. and acc. neut. τινα ( ὅτινα Il.22.450
), never in Trag., Ar., Th., or Hdt., f.l. in Isoc.4.74, first in Pl.Chrm. 163d, Ep. 325a, D.47.63, Hyp.Ath.19, Alex.110, Sotad.Com.1.22, Arist.EN 1094a5, IG42(1).121.35 (Epid., iv B.C.), etc.; ἄσσα (q.v.) Od.19.218, never in Trag. or Hdt.; [dialect] Att. ἄττα first in Th.1.113, 2.100, Ar.Ra. 173, al., Pl.R. 400a, etc., never in LXX, Plb., D.S., Str., revived by the Atticists, D.H.Comp.3, etc.; gen. [dialect] Ion. τεων Hdt.2.175, 5.57, τεῶν cj. for γε ῶν in 4.76; τινων not in Hdt., first in Ar.Eq. 977 (lyr.); dat. τισι, τισιν, first in Hdt. 9.113, X.Ath.1.18; N.-W. [dialect] Dor. τινοις GDI1409.5 (Delph., iii B.C.); [dialect] Ion. τεοισι Hdt.8.113, 9.27 (for τεοις and τεον v. τεός); acc. τινας Il.15.735, Od.11.371 (also in οὕστινας, ὅτινας, v. ὅστις), etc.; neut. τινα (v. supr.):—any one, any thing, some one, some thing; and as Adj. any, some, and serving as the Indef. Art. a, an; θεός νύ τίς ἐστι κοτήεις Il.5.191
; καί τις θεὸς ἡγεμόνευεν Od.9.142
; οὐδέ τις αὐτὸν ἠείδη δμώων ib. 205; ἤ τι ὀϊσάμενος, ἢ.. ib. 339; μή τίς μοι ὑποδείσας ἀναδύη ib. 377, cf. 405- 410; εἴ τινά που μετ' ὄεσσι λάβοι ib. 418, cf. 421, al.; τις θεός construed as if τις θεῶν, 19.40, cf. 11.502, IG12.94.19, E.Hel. 1039.

II special usages:

1 some one (of many), i.e. many a one, ὧδε δέ τις εἴπεσκεν Il.7.201
, etc.: sts. with meiosis, implying all or men, 13.638, Od.3.224; so in Prose, Hdt.5.49 fin., Th.2.37, etc.

2 any one concerned, every one, εὖ μέν τις δόρυ θηξάσθω Il.2.382
; ἀλλά τις αὐτὸς ἴτω let every man come himself, 17.254; ἵνα τις στυγέῃσι καὶ ἄλλος 8.515
, cf. 16.209, 17.227, al.; so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., even with the imper., τοῦτό τις.. ἴστω S Aj.417 (lyr.), cf. E.Ba. 346, Ar.Av. 1187; ἀγορεύω τινὶ ἐμὲ μὴ βασανίζειν Id.Ra. 628
; τοὺς ξυμμάχους αὐτόν τινα κολάζειν that every man should himself chastise his own allies, Th.1.40, cf. 6.77; ὅ τί τις ἐδύνατο Id.7.75
; ἄμεινόν τινος better than any others, D.21.66, cf. 19.35:—this is more fully expressed by adding other pronominal words, τις ἕκαστος Od.9.65
, Th.6.31, etc.; πᾶς τις A.Ag. 1205
, Hdt.6.80, Th.8.94, etc.; ἅπας τις Hdt.3.113
, etc.; οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον Id.4.118
. In these senses, τις is freq. combined with pl. words, οἱ κακοὶ.. οὐκ ἴσασι, πρίν τις ἐκβάλῃ, for πρὶν ἐκβάλωσι, S.Aj. 965; οἷς ἂν ἐπίω, ἧσσόν τις πρόσεισι, for ἧσσον προσίασι, Th.4.85; ἐτόλμα τις.., ὁρῶντες Id.2.53
, cf. 7.75; esp. after εἴ or ἤν τις, X. Mem.1.2.62, al.

3 in reference to a definite person, whom one wishes to avoid naming, οὐκ ἔφασαν ἰέναι, ἐὰν μή τις χρήματα διδῷ (i.e. Cyrus) Id.An.1.4.12, cf. Ar.Ra. 552, Theoc.5.122; so also euphem. for something bad, ἤν τι ποιῶμεν Th.2.74
; ἂν οὗτός τι πάθῃ D.4.11
: hence for the [ per.] 1st or [ per.] 2nd pers. Pron., ἅ τιν' οὐ πείσεσθαι ὀΐω Il.1.289
, cf. S.Ant. 751; ποῖ τις τρέψεται; for ποῖ τρέψομαι; Ar.Th. 603, cf. S.Aj. 245 (lyr.), 1138, Th.4.59, X.An.3.4.40, 5.7.31, etc.

4 indefinitely, where we say they, French on, sts. with an ironical force, φοβεῖταί τις A.Ch.59
(lyr.); μισεῖ τις ἐκεῖνον D.4.8
; as voc., τὸν Πλοῦτον ἔξω τις κάλει call P. out, somebody, Ar.Pl. 1196.

5 τις, τι may be opposed, expressly or by implication, to οὐδείς, οὐδέν, and mean somebody, something, by meiosis for some great one, some great thing, ηὔχεις τις εἶναι you boasted that you were somebody, E.El. 939; εἰσὶν ὅμως τινὲς οἱ εὐδοκιμοῦντες Arist.Pol. 1293b13
; τὸ δοκεῖν τιν' εἶναι Men.156
; τὸ δοκεῖν τινὲς εἶναι D.21.213
; ὡς σὲ μὲν ἐν τῇ πόλει δεῖ τινὰ φαίνεσθαι, τὴν πόλιν δ' ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησι μηδενὸς ἀξίαν εἶναι Id.10.71
; κἠγών τις φαίνομαι ἦμεν after all I too am somebody, Theoc.11.79, cf. Act.Ap.5.36; also in neut., οἴονταί τι εἶναι ὄντες οὐδενὸς ἄξιοι Pl.Ap. 41e
, cf.Phd. 63c, Phdr. 243a, Euthd. 303c, etc.:— so τι λέγειν to be near the mark, opp. οὐδὲν λέγειν, Id.Prt. 339c, R. 329e, Phdr. 260a, etc.; ἵνα καὶ εἰδῶμεν εἴ τι ὅδε λέγει Id.Cra. 407e
; οἴεσθέ τι ποιεῖν, οὐδὲν ποιοῦντες Id.Smp. 173c
.

b τις is sts. opp. to another word, ἀελλοπόδων μέν τιν' εὐφραίνοισιν ἵππων τιμαί.., τέρπεται δὲ καί τις.. Pi.Fr. 221
; τισὶ τῶν πολιτῶν ἀποροῦσι συνεξέδωκε θυγατέρας.., τοὺς δ' ἐλύσατο ἐκ τῶν πολεμίων Lys.19.59
; μέρος μέν τι σιδήρου, μέρος δέ τι ὀστράκινον LXX Da.2.33
(more freq. with the Article, v. infr. 10 c); ἔστιν οὖν οὐ πᾶν τὸ ταχύ, ἀλλά τι (sic codd. BT) αὐτοῦ ἀγαστόν Pl.Cra. 412c
; ἀναγκαῖον ἤτοι πᾶσι τοῖς πολίταις ἀποδίδοσθαι πάσας ταύτας τὰς κρίσεις ἢ τισὶ πάσας.. ἢ τινὰς μὲν αὐτῶν πᾶσι τινὰς δὲ τισίν Arist.Pol. 1298a9
, cf. 1277a23; τὸ μεῖζον τοῦθ' ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἑτέρου λέγεται· τινὸς γὰρ λέγεται μεῖζον greater than something, Id.Cat. 6a38; τὸ πρώτως ὂν καὶ οὐ τὶ ὂν ἀλλ' ὂν ἁπλῶς Id.Metaph. 1028a30
; πότερον τῷ τυχόντι ἢ τισίν; Id.Pol. 1269a26.

6 with pr. names τις commonly signifies one named so-and-so, ἦν δέ τις ἐν Τρώεσσι Δάρης Il.5.9
, cf. X.An.3.1.4, etc.; with a sense of contempt, Θερσίτης τις ἦν there was one Thersites, S.Ph. 442.

b one of the same sort, converting the pr. name into an appellative, ἤ τις Ἀπόλλων ἢ Πάν an Apollo or a Pan, A.Ag.55 (anap.); [πόλιες] ταὶ μέλονται πρός τινος ἢ Διὸς ἢ γλαυκᾶς Ἀθάνας Lyr.in PVat.11v xi7; Σκύλλαν τινά A.Ag. 1233
, cf.Ar.V. 181, Av. 512, Ra. 912: so also ὥς τις ἥλιος A.Ag. 288
; ἰσθμόν τιν' Ar. Th. 647.

7 with Adjs. τις combines to express the idea of a Subst. used as predicate, ὥς τις θαρσαλέος καὶ ἀναιδής ἐσσι προΐκτης a bold and impudent beggar, Od.17.449, cf. 18.382, 20.140, Il.3.220; ἐγώ τις, ὡς ἔοικε, δυσμαθής a dull ard, Pl.R. 358a, cf. Prt. 340e; φόβου πλέα τις εἶ a cow ard, A.Pr. 696, cf. Th. 979(lyr.), Ag. 1140 (lyr.); ὡς ταχεῖά τις.. χάρις διαρρεῖ in what swift fashion ( = ταχέως πως), S.Aj. 1266, cf. OT 618, Hdt.4.198; δεινόν τι ποιεύμενος thinking it a terrible thing, Id.3.155, 5.33.

8 with numerals and Adjs. expressing number, size, or the like , εἷς δέ τις ἀρχὸς ἀνὴρ.. ἔστω some one man, Il.1.144; ἕνα τιν' ἂν καθεῖσεν Ar.Ra. 911
; δώσει δέ τι ἕν γε φέρεσθαι Od.15.83
; τινὰ μίαν νύκτα Th.6.61
; προσκαλεσάμενός τινας δύο τῶν ἑκατονταρχῶν Act.Ap.23.23
; sts. the τις softens the definiteness of the numeral, ἑπτά τινες some seven, seven or so, Th.7.34; ἐς διακοσίους τινάς Id.3.111
, cf. 7.87, 8.21; so without an actual numeral, ἡμέρας τινάς some days, i.e. several, Id.3.52; στρατῷ τινι of a certain amount, considerable, Id.8.3; ἐνιαυτόν τινα a year or so, Id.3.68; so οὐ πολλοί τινες, τινὲς οὐ πολλοί, A.Pers. 510, Th. 6.94, etc.; ὀλίγοι τινές or τινὲς ὀλίγοι Id.2.17
, 3.7; οὔ τινα πολλὸν χρόνον no very long time, Hdt.5.48; τις στρατιὰ οὐ πολλή Th.6.61
; so also ὅσσος τις χρυσός what a store of gold, Od.10.45, cf. Hdt. 1.193, 2.18, etc.; κόσοι τινές Id.7.234
; πηλίκαι τινὲς τιμωρίαι Isoc. 20.3
; πολλὸς γάρ τις ἔκειτο Il.7.156
; ἐκ πολλοῦ τευ χρόνου Hdt. 2.58
.

9 with Pronominal words, ἀλλά τί μοι τόδε θυμὸς.. μερμηρίζει something, namely this, Od.20.38, cf. 380; οἷός τις what sort of a man, Il.5.638 (dub. l.), cf. Od.9.348, 20.377, Pl.Prt. 313a, etc.; ποῖός τις S.Ant.42
, OC 1163, Hdt.3.34, X.An.7.6.24, etc.; ὁποῖός τις Id.Cyr.2.2.2
, al.; εὐτυχίη τις τοιήδε Hdt.3.139
, cf. X.Mem.1.1.1, etc.; τοιοῦτός τις Id.An.5.8.7
.

10 with the Article,

a when a noun with the Art. is in appos. with τις, as ὅταν δ' ὁ κύριος παρῇ τις when the person in authority, whoever he be, is here, S.OC 289; τοὺς αὐτοέντας.. τιμωρεῖν τινας (v.l. τινα) Id.OT 107.

b in Philosophic writers, τις is added to the Art. to show that the Art. is used to denote a particular individual who is not specified in the general formula, although he would be in the particular case, ὁ τὶς ἄνθρωπος the individual man (whoever he may be), this or that man, opp. ἄνθρωπος (man in general), ὁ τὶς ἵππος, ἡ τὶς γραμματική, Arist.Cat. 1b4, 8; τὸ τὶ μέγεθος, opp. ὅλως τὸ μέγεθος, Id.Pol. 1283a4, cf. S.E.P.2.223; but in ἑνὸς γὰρ τό γε τὶ φήσεις σημεῖον εἶναι Pl.Sph. 237d
, the Art. is used as in Il. cc. s.v. ὁ, ἡ, τό B.1.5
: later ὅ τις (or ὁ τὶς ) much like ὁ δεῖνα, δεῦρο ὅ τις θεός, ὄφθητί μοι in a general formula of invocation, PMag.Par.1.236; αἴρω σε, ἥ τις βοτάνη ib.287; εἰς τήν τινα κρείαν (leg. χρείαν) ib.289.

c freq. in opposed clauses, ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δὲ.. E.Med. 1141
, Hec. 624, Pl.Phd. 99b, etc.; ὁ μέν τις.., ἄλλος δὲ.. E.IT 1407
; ὁ μὲν.., ὁ δέ τις.. X.Cyr.1.4.15
: pl., οἱ μέν τινες.., οἱ δὲ.. Hdt.1.127
, cf. Th.2.91; οἱ μέν τινες.., οἱ δὲ.., οἱ δέ τινες X.Cyr.3.2.10
, etc.; οἱ μὲν.., οἱ δέ τινες.. ib.6.1.26, etc.: also combined with other alternative words, ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.., ἕτερος δέ τις.. Id.Smp.2.6
; ὁ μὲν.., ἕτερος δέ τις.., ὁ δὲ.. , etc., Ar. Pl. 162 sq.: also in neut., τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Pl.Ep. 358a
; τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δὲ.. Hdt.3.40
; in adverb. sense, τὸ μὲν.., τὸ δέ τι.. partly.., partly.., Plb.1.73.4; and τι remains unaltered even when the Art. is pl., τὰ μέν τι μαχόμενοι, τὰ δὲ καὶ ἀναπαυόμενοι X.An.4.1.14
, cf. HG7.1.46; also τὸ δέ τι.. but in some measure.., without τὸ μέν preceding, Th.1.107, cf. 118, 7.48.

d later τις is used as in b supr. but without the Art., γράψον.. ὅτι τι καί τι εἴληφας that you have received such and such things, POxy.937.22 (iii A.D.); κληρονόμους καταλείπω τὴν θυγατέρα μού τινα καὶ τὸν σύντροφον αὐτῆς τινα καί τινα ib.1034.2 (ii A.D.); τίς τινι χαίρειν A to B greeting (in a draft letter), ib. 509 (ii A.D.).

II the neut. τι is used,

a collectively, ἦν τι καὶ ἐν ταῖς Συρακούσαις there was a party.., Th.7.48; so perh. τῶν ἄλλων οὔ πέρ τι πεφυγμένον ἐστ' Ἀφροδίτην, οὔτε θεῶν, οὔτ' ἀνθρώπων no class, h.Ven.34 (but masc. τις in h.Merc. 143).

b euphem. for something bad, v. supr. 3.

c joined with Verbs, somewhat, in any degree, at all, ἦ ῥά τί μοι κεχολώσεαι Il.5.421
; παρεθάρρυνέ τι αὐτούς X.HG6.4.7
, etc.: with Adjs. or Adverbs, οὕτω δή τι ἰσχυραί, οὕτω δή τι πολύγονον, etc., Hdt.3.12, 108, cf. 4.52; so also ὀλίγον τι ἧσσον Od.15.365
; οὐδέ τι μᾶλλον Hdt.6.123
, etc.; ἧσσόν τι Th.3.75
, etc.; οὐ πάνυ τι, πολύ τι, σχεδόν τι, v. πάνυ 1.3, πολύς 111.1a
, 2a, σχεδόν IV; also in conjunction with οὐδέν, μηδέν, οὐδέν τι πάντως Hdt.6.3
; οὐδέν, μηδέν τι μᾶλλον, E.Alc. 522, S.Aj. 280; μηδέν τι λίαν E.Andr. 1234
:—also καί τι καὶ.. ὑποψίᾳ in part also from suspicion, Th.1.107; καί πού τι καί Pi.O.1.28
.

12 τίς τε freq. in Hom., ὡς ὅτε τίς τε Il.3.33
, 4.141, v. τε B.

13 ἤ τις ἢ οὐδείς few or none, next to none, Hdt.3.140, X.Cyr.7.5.45, D.C.47.5, 48.4; ἤ τι ἢ οὐδέν little or nothing, Pl.Ap. 17b; ἢ οὐδεὶς ἤ τις D.C.41.62
(s. v.l.).

14 τις is pleonast. in such phrases as οὐδέν τι or μηδέν τι, v. supr. 11c.

b repeated in successive clauses, ὅσα λέγει τις ἢ πράσσειτις ἢψέγειν ἔχει S.Ant. 689
; εἴ τις δύο ἢ καὶ πλέους τις ἡμέρας λογίζεται Id.Tr. 944
(where however κἄτι πλείους is prob. cj.), cf. E.Or. 1218 (whereas τις is sts. omitted in the first clause, οὔτε φωνὴν οὔτε του μορφὴν βροτῶν A.Pr.21
, cf. S.Tr.3): but in E.Andr. 734, ἔστι γάρ τις οὐ πρόσω.. πόλις τις, the repetition is pleonastic, as also in A.Supp.57 sq. (lyr., s. v.l.).

15 τις is sts. omitted, οὐδέ κεν ἔνθα τεόν γε μένος καὶ χεῖρας ὄνοιτο (sc. τις) Il.13.287; ὡς δ' ἐν ὀνείρῳ οὐ δύναται (sc. τις) φεύγοντα διώκειν 22.199
, cf. S.OC 1226 (lyr.), Leg.Gort.2.2, X.Smp.5.2, Pl.Grg. 456d: τις must often be supplied from what goes before, ib. 478c, Prt. 319d.

b sts. also τις is omitted before a gen. case which must depend upon it, as ἢ [τις] τᾶς ἀσώτου Σισυφιδᾶν γενεᾶς S.Aj. 189
(lyr.); ἢν γαμῇ ποτ' αὐτὸς ἢ [τις] τῶν ξυγγενῶν Ar.Nu. 1128
; ἐν τῶν πόλεων IG12.56.14
.--Cf. ὅστις, οὔτις, μήτις, ἄλλο τι.

III Accentuation and position of τις:

1 accentuation: τις is normally enclitic, but in certain uses is orthotone, i.e. theoretically oxytone (τίς, τινά, τινές, τινῶν, etc., cf. Choerob. in Theod.1.373 H.) and barytone when followed by another word ( τὶς or τις, τινὰ, τινὲς, τινῶν, etc.). According to Sch. D.T.p.240 H. its orthotone accent is τίς (not τὶς) , τίνα, τίνες, etc. The orthotone form is used in codd.:

a at the beginning of a sentence, τίς ἔνδον.. ; is any one within? A.Ch. 654 ( τὶς cj. Hermann); τί φημι; = λέγω τι; am I saying anything? S.Tr. 865, OT 1471; <τίς ἦλθε;> ἦλθέ τις has anybody come? Somebody has come, Sch.D.T. l.c.; τὶς κάθηται, τὶς περιπατεῖ, so and so is sitting (walking), S.E.M.8.97; τὶς αἰπόλος καλούμενος Κομάτας Sch.Theoc.7.78; τίς ποτε οἰκοδεσπότης.. ἐκοπία Aesop.
in Gloss. iii p.41; or after a pause, πῶς γὰρ ἄν, ἔφην ἐγώ, ὦ βέλτιστε, τὶς ἀποκρίναιτο Pl.R. 337e
; τι οὖν ([etym.] τὶς ἂν εἴποι) ταῦτα λέγεις; D.1.14 (v.l.); ἔντοσθεν δὲ γυνά, τι θεῶν δαίδαλμα Theoc.1.32
; οὐ γυμνὸν τὸ φίλαμα, τι δ' ὦ ξένε καὶ πλέον ἑξεῖς Mosch.1.5
(v.l. for τὺ).

b when τις is opp. to another τις or to some other word, τισὶ μὲν συμφέρει, τισὶ δ' οὐ συμφέρει Arist.Pol. 1284b40
, cf. Th.2.92, Pl.Cri. 49a, D. 9.2; τινὲς μὲν οὖν.., ἡμεῖς δὲ.. Sor.1.1
; τὸ τὶ μὲν ψεῦδος ἔχον, τὶ δὲ ἀληθές S.E.M.8.127
; ἀλλὰ τινὰ μὲν.., τινὰ δὲ.. Gem.14.6
; ποτὲ μὲν πρὸς πάντα, ποτὲ δὲ πρὸς τινά Sor.1.48
: without such opposition, τοῦτ' εἰς ἀνίαν τοὔπος ἔρχεται τινί for a certain person, S.Aj. 1138. Codd. are not consistent; in signf.11.5a, 10c, 13 they make it enclitic; in signf. 11.5b sts. enclitic, sts. orthotone (v. supr.); sts. enclitic and orthotone in the same sentence, πάντα δὲ τὰ γιγνόμενα ὑπό τέ τινος γίγνεται καὶ ἔκ τινος καὶ τί Arist.Metaph. 1032a14
, cf. Pl.Chrm. 165c.

2 position:

a τις is rarely first word in the sentence, and rarely follows a pause (v. supr. 111.1a, b); it may stand second word, ἔσκε τις ἐνθάδε μάντις ἀνήρ Od.9.508
, cf. Il.8.515, 23.331; but in general its position is not far before or after the word to which it belongs in sense, ἀλλ' ἄγε δή τινα μάντιν ἐρείομεν 1.62
; φυλακὴ δέ τις ἔμπεδος ἔστω 8.521
.

b in [dialect] Ion. Prose it sts. stands between its genitive and the Article of that genitive, τῶν τις Περσέων Hdt.1.85
; τῶν τις ἱρέων Id.2.38
; τῶν τινες Φοινίκων Id.8.90
; ἐς τῶν τι ἄλλο στομάτων τοῦ Νείλου Id.2.179
; so also in late Prose, Ath.3.108d, Eust.1402.18, 1659.27, 1676.1.

c it stands between the Art. and Subst. in signf.11.10b.

d τίς τι is the correct order, not τί τις, IG12.110.46, Th.7.10, X.An.4.1.14 (codd. dett.), D.22.22, etc.

e whereas in [dialect] Att. the order ἐάν τις is compulsory, in [dialect] Dor. the usual order is αἴ τίς κα, Leg.Gort.9.43, al., Tab.Heracl.1.105, al. (but αἴ κά τις Epich.35
, 159; αἰ δέ κα μή τις Leg.Gort.5.13
): later [dialect] Dor. εἴ τί κα GDI2101.3
, al.; καἴ τι ἂν ( = καὶ εἴ τι ἂν) IG5(1).1390.50 (Andania, i B.C., v. infr. B.11.1b):—this [dialect] Dor. order influenced the Koine, as in the rare εἴ τις ἂν Plu.TG15
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τις
117 Stelle

f; -, -n

1. (Ort) place; (Punkt) point; (Standort) position; an anderer Stelle somewhere else, elsewhere; fig. at some other point; an dieser Stelle here; fig. at this point; an genau dieser Stelle at this exact ( oder very) spot; auf der Stelle treten fig. mark time; nicht von der Stelle kommen fig. not make any progress, not get anywhere; Verhandlungen: auch be deadlocked; sich nicht von der Stelle rühren not move ( oder budge); er wich nicht von der Stelle he wouldn’t budge, he refused to budge; zur Stelle sein be on the spot ( oder there); er ist immer zur Stelle he’s always there when you need him; sich zur Stelle melden report ( bei jemandem to s.o.); auf der Stelle there and then, straightaway, immediately; er war auf der Stelle tot he died immediately

2. (Fleck) spot; abgenutzte, schmutzige etc.: auch patch; undichte Stelle leak; siehe auch Roststelle etc.; wunde Stelle sore; (Schnitt) cut; entzündete Stelle inflammation; empfindliche Stelle tender ( oder sore) spot, fig. sensitive ( oder sore) spot; schwache / verwundbare Stelle fig. weak / vulnerable spot

3. WIRTS. (Arbeitsstelle) job; formeller: position, post; was hat er für eine Stelle? what kind of job ( oder position) has he got?; freie Stelle (job) vacancy; eine Stelle ausschreiben / besetzen advertise / occupy ( oder fill) a position ( oder post); eine Stelle sperren leave a position vacant (for a time); die Stelle wechseln change jobs; der Konzern hat 7000 Stellen gestrichen the group has cut 7,000 jobs; siehe auch Stellung 1

4. in Rangordnung etc.: place; an erster Stelle first(ly); an erster Stelle stehen come first; Sache: auch be top priority; an erster Stelle der Tagesordnung stehen be at the top of the agenda; an erster Stelle der Tabelle stehen be top of ( oder head) the table; an erster Stelle möchte ich... first and foremost I’d like to...

5. an Stelle von (oder + Gen) in place of, instead of; bes. JUR. in lieu of; ( ich) an deiner Stelle if I were you; ich möchte nicht an seiner Stelle sein I wouldn’t like to be in his shoes; an die Stelle treten von take the place of; Person: take over from; ersatzweise: replace, stand in for; Gesetz etc.: supersede

6. im Buch etc.: place; längere, auch MUS.: passage; eine Stelle aus der Bibel a passage from the Bible

7. MATH. figure, digit; (Dezimalstelle) (decimal) place; EDV position; bis auf drei Stellen nach dem Komma up to three decimal places

8. (Behörde) authority; (Dienststelle) office; eine staatliche / kirchliche Stelle a government / church office; zuständig

* * *

die Stelle

(Arbeitsplatz) engagement; position; job;

(Ort) place; point; location; spot;

(Textpassage) passage; place;

(Zahl) digit; figure

* * *
Stẹl|le ['ʃtɛlə]
f -, -n

1) place, spot; (= Standort) place; (= Fleck rostend, nass, faul etc) patch

an dieser Stelle — in this place, on this spot

eine gute Stelle zum Parken/Picknicken — a good place or spot to park/for a picnic

legen Sie das an eine andere Stelle — put it in a different place

diese Stelle muss repariert werden — this bit needs repairing, it needs to be repaired here

eine kahle Stelle am Kopf — a bald patch on one's head

eine entzündete Stelle am Finger — an inflammation on one's finger, an inflamed finger

Salbe auf die wunde/aufgeriebene Stelle auftragen — apply ointment to the affected area

eine empfindliche Stelle (lit) — a sensitive spot or place; (fig) a sensitive point

eine schwache Stelle — a weak spot; (fig auch) a weak point

auf der Stelle laufen — to run on the spot

auf der Stelle treten (lit) — to mark time; (fig) not to make any progress or headway

nicht von der Stelle kommen — not to make any progress or headway; (fig auch) to be bogged down

etw nicht von der Stelle kriegen (inf) — to be unable to move or shift sth

sich nicht von der Stelle rühren or bewegen, nicht von der Stelle weichen — to refuse to budge (inf) or move

zur Stelle sein — to be on the spot

X zur Stelle! (Mil) — X reporting!

sich bei jdm zur Stelle melden (Mil) — to report to sb

See:

→ Ort

2) (in Buch etc) place; (= Abschnitt) passage; (= Textstelle, esp beim Zitieren) reference; (= Bibelstelle) verse; (MUS) passage

an dieser Stelle — here

an anderer Stelle — elsewhere, in another place

3) (= Zeitpunkt) point

an dieser Stelle — at this point or juncture

an anderer Stelle — on another occasion

an früherer/späterer Stelle — earlier/later

an passender Stelle — at an appropriate moment

4) (in Reihenfolge, Ordnung, Liste) place; (in Tabelle, Hierarchie) place, position

an erster Stelle — in the first place, first

an erster/zweiter Stelle geht es um... — in the first instance or first/secondly it's a question of...

(bei jdm) an erster/letzter Stelle kommen — to come first/last (for sb)

an erster/zweiter etc Stelle stehen — to be first/second etc, to be in first/second etc place; (in Bezug auf Wichtigkeit) to come first/second etc

an führender/einflussreicher Stelle stehen — to be in or have a leading/an influential position

5) (MATH) figure, digit; (hinter Komma) place

drei Stellen hinter dem Komma — three decimal places

eine Zahl mit drei Stellen — a three-figure number

6) (= Lage, Platz, Aufgabenbereich) place

an Stelle von — in place of, instead of

treten — to take sb's place/the place of sth

das erledige ich an deiner Stelle — I'll do that for you

ich gehe an deiner Stelle — I'll go in your place

ich möchte jetzt nicht an seiner Stelle sein — I wouldn't like to be in his position or shoes now

an deiner Stelle würde ich... — in your position I would..., if I were you I would...

See:

→ auch anstelle

7) (= Posten) job; (= Ausbildungsstelle) place

eine freie or offene Stelle — a vacancy

ohne Stelle — without a job

wir haben zurzeit keine Stellen zu vergeben — we haven't any vacancies at present

8) (= Dienststelle) office; (= Behörde) authority

da bist du bei mir/uns an der richtigen Stelle! (inf) — you've come to the right place

bei ihm/ihnen bist du an der richtigen Stelle! (inf) — you went to the right place

sich an höherer Stelle beschweren — to complain to somebody higher up, to complain to a higher authority

* * *

die

1) (any of the figures 0 to 9: 105 is a number with three digits.) digit

2) (the job or position to which a person is appointed: His appointment was for one year only.) appointment

3) (a place or small area, especially the exact place (where something happened etc): There was a large number of detectives gathered at the spot where the body had been found.) spot

4) (a point in the text of a book etc: The wind was blowing the pages of my book and I kept losing my place.) place

5) (a number or one of a series of numbers following a decimal point: Make the answer correct to four decimal places.) place

* * *

Stel·le

<-, -n>

[ˈʃtɛlə]

f

1. (Platz) place; (genauer) spot; (Standort) position

an anderer \Stelle elsewhere, in another place

an dieser \Stelle in this place; (genauer) on this spot

auf der \Stelle laufen to run on the spot

etw von der \Stelle bekommen [o (fam) kriegen] to be able to move [or shift] sth

sich akk nicht von der \Stelle rühren to not move [or fam budge], to stay where one is

rühren Sie sich nicht von der Stelle! (von Polizei) freeze!

eine \Stelle im Wald a place [or an area] in the woods

2. (umrissener Bereich) spot; (größer) area; (Fleck auf der Haut) mark, spot

empfindliche \Stelle tender spot; (fig) sensitive point

entzündete/wunde \Stelle inflammation/sore

fettige/rostige \Stelle grease/rust spot

kahle \Stelle bald patch

3. (in Buch) place; (Verweis) reference; (Abschnitt) passage; (in Bibel) verse

4. MUS passage

5. (in Rede etc.) point

6. (Zeitpunkt) moment

7. MATH digit, figure

eine Zahl mit sieben \Stellen a seven-digit [or -figure] number

etw auf 5 \Stellen hinter dem Komma berechnen to calculate sth to 5 decimal places

8. (Posten) place

er hat die \Stelle des technischen Leiters übernommen he took over from the technical director

an \Stelle einer Person/einer S. gen instead of sb/sth

jdn/etw an die \Stelle einer Person/einer S. gen setzen to replace sb/sth

an jds \Stelle treten to take sb's place; (eines Spielers) to sub sb; (in einem Amt) to succeed sb

etw an jds \Stelle [o an \Stelle einer Person] tun to do sth for sb

ich gehe an Ihrer \Stelle I'll go in your place

schwache \Stelle (fig) weak point

undichte \Stelle (fig fam) leak

9. (Lage) position

an deiner \Stelle würde ich... in your position [or if I were you] I would...

ich möchte nicht an ihrer Stelle sein I wouldn't like to be in her shoes [or place

10. (in der Reihenfolge)

an erster/zweiter \Stelle first[ly] [or first and foremost]/secondly, in the first/second place [or instance]

an wievielter \Stelle auf der Liste taucht der Name auf? where does the name come [up] on the list?

er ging an 25./letzter \Stelle durchs Ziel he was 25th/the last to cross the line [or to finish]

[für jdn [o bei jdm]] an erster/zweiter \Stelle kommen [o sein] [o stehen] to come [or be] first/second [for sb]

in der Hitliste an erster/zweiter \Stelle sein [o stehen] to have reached [or be [at]] number one/two in the charts

an erster \Stelle auf einer Liste/der Tagesordnung stehen to be at the top of a list/the agenda

11. (Arbeitsplatz) job, post form; (Rang) position

was hat sein Vater für eine \Stelle? what kind of position has his father got?

freie [o offene] \Stelle vacancy

offene \Stellen (in der Zeitung) situations vacant

ohne \Stelle jobless, without a job

12. (Abteilung) office, department; (Behörde) authority

Sie sind hier bei mir an der richtigen \Stelle (fam) you've come to the right place

Mitleid? da bist du bei mir aber nicht an der richtigen \Stelle sympathy? you won't get any out of me [or iron fam you're knocking at the wrong door]

höhere/höchste \Stelle higher/the highest[-ranking] authority

sich akk an höherer \Stelle beschweren to complain to sb higher up [or to a higher authority

13.

▶ auf der \Stelle on the spot, forthwith form

er war auf der \Stelle tot he died immediately

▶ sich akk zur \Stelle melden MIL to report [for duty]

zur \Stelle! reporting!, present!

▶ auf der \Stelle treten [o nicht von der \Stelle kommen] to not make any progress [or headway], to not get anywhere; MIL a. to mark time

▶ zur \Stelle sein to be on the spot [or on hand]

wenn man sie braucht, ist sie immer zur \Stelle she's always there when you need her; s.a. Ort¹

* * *

die; Stelle, Stellen

1) place

eine schöne Stelle zum Campen — a nice spot for camping

die Truhe ließ sich nicht von der Stelle rücken — the chest could not be shifted or would not budge

an jemandes Stelle treten — take somebody's place

ich an deiner Stelle würde das nicht machen — I wouldn't do it if I were you

ich möchte nicht an deiner Stelle sein — I shouldn't like to be in your place

auf der Stelle — immediately

er war auf der Stelle tot — he died instantly

auf der Stelle treten — (ugs.)

nicht von der Stelle kommen — (fig.) make no headway; not get anywhere

zur Stelle sein — be there or on the spot

2) (begrenzter Bereich) patch; (am Körper) spot

eine kahle Stelle — a bare patch; (am Kopf) a bald patch

seine empfindliche Stelle — (fig.) his sensitive or sore spot

3) (Passage) passage

an anderer Stelle — elsewhere; in another passage

4) (Punkt im Ablauf einer Rede usw.) point

an dieser/früherer Stelle — at this point or here/earlier

eine schwache Stelle in der Argumentation — (fig.) a weak point in the argument

5) (in einer Rangordnung, Reihenfolge) place

an achter Stelle liegen — be in eighth place

an erster Stelle geht es hier um... — here it is primarily a question of...

6) (Math.) figure

die erste Stelle hinter od. nach dem Komma — the first decimal place

7) (ArbeitsStelle) job; (formeller) position; (bes. als Beamter) post

ohne Stelle sein — be unemployed

eine freie Stelle — a vacancy

8) (DienstStelle) office; (Behörde) authority

* * *

Stelle f; -, -n

1. (Ort) place; (Punkt) point; (Standort) position;

an anderer Stelle somewhere else, elsewhere; fig at some other point;

an dieser Stelle here; fig at this point;

an genau dieser Stelle at this exact ( oder very) spot;

auf der Stelle treten fig mark time;

nicht von der Stelle kommen fig not make any progress, not get anywhere; Verhandlungen: auch be deadlocked;

sich nicht von der Stelle rühren not move ( oder budge);

er wich nicht von der Stelle he wouldn’t budge, he refused to budge;

zur Stelle sein be on the spot ( oder there);

er ist immer zur Stelle he’s always there when you need him;

sich zur Stelle melden report (

bei jemandem to sb);

auf der Stelle there and then, straightaway, immediately;

er war auf der Stelle tot he died immediately

2. (Fleck) spot; abgenutzte, schmutzige etc: auch patch;

undichte Stelle leak; → auch Roststelle etc;

wunde Stelle sore; (Schnitt) cut;

entzündete Stelle inflammation;

empfindliche Stelle tender ( oder sore) spot, fig sensitive ( oder sore) spot;

schwache/verwundbare Stelle fig weak/vulnerable spot

3. WIRTSCH (Arbeitsstelle) job; formeller: position, post;

was hat er für eine Stelle? what kind of job ( oder position) has he got?;

freie Stelle (job) vacancy;

eine Stelle ausschreiben/besetzen advertise/occupy ( oder fill) a position ( oder post);

eine Stelle sperren leave a position vacant (for a time);

die Stelle wechseln change jobs;

der Konzern hat 7000 Stellen gestrichen the group has cut 7,000 jobs; → auch Stellung 1

4. in Rangordnung etc: place;

an erster Stelle first(ly);

an erster Stelle stehen come first; Sache: auch be top priority;

an erster Stelle der Tagesordnung stehen be at the top of the agenda;

an erster Stelle der Tabelle stehen be top of ( oder head) the table;

an erster Stelle möchte ich … first and foremost I’d like to …

5.

an Stelle von (oder +gen) in place of, instead of; besonders JUR in lieu of;

(ich) an deiner Stelle if I were you;

ich möchte nicht an seiner Stelle sein I wouldn’t like to be in his shoes;

an die Stelle treten von take the place of; Person: take over from; ersatzweise: replace, stand in for; Gesetz etc: supersede

6. im Buch etc: place; längere, auch MUS passage;

eine Stelle aus der Bibel a passage from the Bible

7. MATH figure, digit; (Dezimalstelle) (decimal) place; IT position;

bis auf drei Stellen nach dem Komma up to three decimal places

8. (Behörde) authority; (Dienststelle) office;

eine staatliche/kirchliche Stelle a government/church office; → zuständig

* * *

die; Stelle, Stellen

1) place

eine schöne Stelle zum Campen — a nice spot for camping

die Truhe ließ sich nicht von der Stelle rücken — the chest could not be shifted or would not budge

an jemandes Stelle treten — take somebody's place

ich an deiner Stelle würde das nicht machen — I wouldn't do it if I were you

ich möchte nicht an deiner Stelle sein — I shouldn't like to be in your place

auf der Stelle — immediately

er war auf der Stelle tot — he died instantly

auf der Stelle treten — (ugs.)

nicht von der Stelle kommen — (fig.) make no headway; not get anywhere

zur Stelle sein — be there or on the spot

2) (begrenzter Bereich) patch; (am Körper) spot

eine kahle Stelle — a bare patch; (am Kopf) a bald patch

seine empfindliche Stelle — (fig.) his sensitive or sore spot

3) (Passage) passage

an anderer Stelle — elsewhere; in another passage

4) (Punkt im Ablauf einer Rede usw.) point

an dieser/früherer Stelle — at this point or here/earlier

eine schwache Stelle in der Argumentation — (fig.) a weak point in the argument

5) (in einer Rangordnung, Reihenfolge) place

an achter Stelle liegen — be in eighth place

an erster Stelle geht es hier um... — here it is primarily a question of...

6) (Math.) figure

die erste Stelle hinter od. nach dem Komma — the first decimal place

7) (ArbeitsStelle) job; (formeller) position; (bes. als Beamter) post

ohne Stelle sein — be unemployed

eine freie Stelle — a vacancy

8) (DienstStelle) office; (Behörde) authority

* * *

-n f.

digit n.

location n.

passage n.

place n.

post n.

spot n.

stead n.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Stelle
118 другой

1) прил. (не этот, не данный) other; ( ещё один) another

да́йте друго́й каранда́ш (второй из двух) — give me the other pencil; ( какой-нибудь иной) give me another pencil

в друго́й день [в друго́е вре́мя, в друго́й раз] (прийти́, поговори́ть и т.п.) — (come, discuss something, etc) another [some other] day [time]

2) прил. (не такой, иной) different

в друго́м ме́сте — elsewhere, somewhere else

в друго́м отноше́нии (с другой точки зрения) — in other respects

он мне каза́лся други́м — he looked different to me

свобо́ден от всех други́х заня́тий, кро́ме — free from all occupations except

3) прил. (второй, следующий) next; the other

на друго́й день — the next day

оди́н за други́м — one after another

и оди́н / тот и друго́й — both

ни оди́н / тот ни друго́й — neither of the two; neither one or the other

4) мест. разг. (некоторый, какой-нибудь иной) some other

и тот и друго́й — both

ни тот ни друго́й — neither

никто́ друго́й — nobody else; none else / other

кто́-то друго́й — somebody else

лу́чше, чем кто-л друго́й — better than anybody else

5) с. как сущ. another thing, something else

6) мн. как сущ. others; ( остальные) the rest

он никогда́ не забо́тится о други́х — he never thinks of others [of other people]

одни́ э́то лю́бят, други́е нет, тре́тьи коле́блются — some like it, others don't, still others waver

••

други́ми слова́ми — in other words

э́то друго́е де́ло — that is another matter, that is quite different; (при выражении одобрения поворотом беседы тж.) now you are talking

друго́е де́ло, что — it's another matter / thing that

на друго́м конце́ (про́вода) (о собеседнике по телефону) — at the other end (of the telephone)

Новый большой русско-английский словарь > другой
119 ἐπεί

ἐπεί, Conj., both temporal and causal; also [full] ἐπειδή, [full] ἐπείτε.

A OF TIME ( ἐπειδή is more freq. in this sense in Prose), after that, since, when, from Hom. downwds.:

I with Ind.,

1 of a definite occurrence in past time, mostly c. [tense] aor., ἐπεί π' εὔξαντο after they had prayed, Il.1.458;
ἐπειδὴ ἐτελεύτησε Δαρεῖος καὶ κατέστη Ἀρταξέρξης
after D.
had died and A. had succeeded, X.An.1.1.3: rarely c. [tense] impf., ἐπειδὴ εἱστιώμεθ' Ar.Nu. 1354
; ἐ. πόντον εἰσεβάλλομεν E.IT 260
; ἐ. ἠσθένει Δαρεῖος X.An.1.1.1
: c. [tense] plpf., ἐπειδὴ ἐξηπάτησθε.. after you had been deceived.., D.18.42; but generally the [tense] aor. is found, the [tense] plpf. being used only for special emphasis: c. [tense] impf. to express an action not yet complete, ἐπεὶ ὑπηντίαζεν ἡ φάλαγξ καὶ ἡ σάλπιγξ ἐφθέγξατο after the phalanx began to advance and the trumpet had sounded, X.An.6.5.27.

2 with implied reference to some later time, ἐ. or ἐπειδή, = ἐξ οὗ, from the time when, since, mostly c. [tense] aor., πολλὰ πλάγχθη, ἐ. ἔπερσε Od.1.2
; ἐπείτε παρέλαβον τὸν θρόνον, τοῦτο ἐφρόντιζον ever since I came to the throne, I had this in mind, Hdt.7.8.
ά; ἐπειδήπερ ὑπέστη Th.8.68
; δέκατον μὲν ἔτος τόδ' ἐ... ἦραν A.Ag. 40
: sts. c. [tense] pres. (used in [tense] pf. sense) and [tense] pf., ἐ. δὲ φροῦδός ἐστι στρατός since the army is gone, S.Ant.15; ἐπείτε ὑπὸ τῷ Πέρσῃ εἰσί, πεπόνθασι τοιόνδε ever since they have been, now that they are.., Hdt.3.117.

II with Subj., ἄν being always added in [dialect] Att. Prose, and ἄν or κε generally in Poetry: ἐπεί with ἄν becomes ἐπήν (so in Com., Ar.Lys. 1175,Av. 983), later ἐπάν (q.v.), [dialect] Ion. ἐπεάν Schwyzer 800
(vi B.C.), Hdt.3.153, al., ἐπήν Hp.Fract.6
, al., and ἐπειδή with ἄν ἐπειδάν (q.v.); Hom. has ἐπεί κε, ἐπήν (once ἐπεὶ ἄν Il.6.412
):

1 referring to future time with [tense] fut. apodosis, τέκνα ἄξομεν.. ἐπὴν πτολίεθρον ἕλωμεν when we shall have taken the city, Il.4.238; ἐ. κ' ἀπὸ λαὸς ὄληται 11.764
. cf. Od.17.23; ἐπεάν περ ἡμίονοι τέκωσι, τότε τὸ τεῖχος ἁλώσεσθαι Hdt.3.153
; ταῦτ', ἐπειδὰν περὶ τοῦ γένους εἴπω, τότ' ἐρῶ I will speak of this, when I have spoken.., D.57.16, cf. X.An.2.3.29; ἐ. ἂν σύ γε πότ μον ἐπίσπῃς Il.6.412
; χρὴ δέ, ὅταν μὲν τιθῆσθε τοὺς νόμους,.. σκοπεῖν, ἐπειδὰν δὲ θῆσθε, φυλάττειν whenever you are enacting your laws,.. and after you have enacted them.., D.21.34.

2 of repeated action, with a [tense] pres. apodosis, whenever, when once, δαμνᾷ, ἐ. κε λίπῃ ὀστέα θυμός Od.11.221
, cf. Il.9.409; ἐπειδὰν ἡ ἐκφορὰ ᾖ.. ἄγουσι whenever the burial takes place they bring, Th.2.34; ἐπειδὰν κρύψωσι γῇ.. λέγει when they have covered them with earth, ibid.: sts. without ἄν or κε in Poets, ἐ. ἂρ βλέφαρ' ἀμφικαλύψῃ Od.20.86
; ἐ. δὴ τόν γε δαμάσσεται.. ὀϊστός Il.11.478
, cf. S.OC 1225 (lyr.), Ant. 1025.

3 like A.1.2, δέκα ἡμερῶν ἐπειδὰν δόξῃ within ten days from the passing of the resolution, IG12.88.7.

III with Opt. (without ἄν):

1 referring to future time, ἐπειδὴ πρὸς τὸ φῶς ἔλθοι, ὁρᾶν οὐδ' ἂν ἓν δύνασθαι (sc. οὐκ οἴει); after he had come into the light.., Pl.R. 516a: Hom. sts. uses ἐπήν with opt. in same sense as ἐπεί, Il.24.227, Od.2.105 (codd.), etc.

2 more freq. of repeated action, with a past apodosis, ἐ. ζεύξειεν.., δησάσκετο Il.24.14
; ἐπειδὴ δέ τι ἐμφάγοιεν, ἀνίσταντο X.An.4.5.9
; ἐ. πύθοιτο, ἐπῄνει Id.Cyr.5.3.55
, cf. Th.8.38, Pl.Phd. 59d, Prt. 315b.

3 in orat. obliq. after past tenses, representing a subj. in orat. rect., αὐτὸς δὲ ἐπεὶ διαβαίης, ἀπιέναι ἔφησθα (the direct form being ἐπὴν διαβῶ) X.An. 7.2.27, cf. 3.5.18, Cyr.1.4.21; after opt. in a final clause, ἐπορεύοντο, ὅπως ἐπειδὴ γένοιντο ἐπὶ τῷ ποταμῷ.. ἴοιεν Th.7.80
.

4 by assimilation to opt. in principal clause, ἦ τ' ἂν.. νῦν μὲν ἀνώγοιμι πτολεμίζειν.. ἐπὴν τεισαίμεθα λώβην Il.19.208
; ὃς τὸ καταβρόξειεν ἐπεὶ κρητῆρι μιγείη Od.4.222
.

5 ἐπειδάν c. opt. is f.l. in some passages of early authors, as X.Cyr.1.3.11, D.30.6 (c. ind., Plb.13.7.8): found in later Gr., Agath.2.5, al., Zos.5.18.10.

IV with Inf., only in orat. obliq., ἐπειδὴ δὲ κατὰ σχολὴν σκέψασθαι, κόπτεσθαι (sc. ἔφη) Pl.R. 619c, cf.Smp. 174d, Hdt.4.10, 7.150.

V with other words:

1 ἐ. τάχιστα as soon as, freq. separated by a word, ἐ. ἦλθε τάχιστα,.. ἀπέδοτο X.An.7.2.6
; ἐ. δὲ τάχιστα διέβη Id.Cyr.3.3.22
; ἐ. θᾶττον Arist.Pol. 1284a40
; ἐ. εὐθέως X.HG3.2.4
; ἐ... αὐτίκα Pi.N.1.35
; ἐπειδὴ τάχιστα Pl.Prt. 310c
, D.27.16; ἐπειδὰν τάχιστα Hdt.8.144
, X.An.3.1.9; rarely ἐπειδὴ θᾶττον D.37.41
; ἐπειδὰν θᾶττον Pl.Prt. 325c
.

b ἐ. τὰ πρῶτα Il.12.420
; ἐ. τὸ πρῶτον A.Ag. 1287
.

2 with emphatic Particles, ἐπεὶ ἄρα when then, in continuing a narrative, Il.6.426; ἐπεὶ οὖν when then, in resuming a narrative, 1.57, 3.4; ἐπεὶ ὦν Hdt.3.9
; ἐπεὶ γὰρ δή Id.9.90
, etc.

B CAUSAL ( ἐπεί more freq. in this sense in early Prose: ἐπειδή whereas is used in preambles of decrees, IG22.103, etc.;
ἐπειδήπερ
inasmuch as, Ev. Luc.
1.1
), since, seeing that, freq. from Hom. downwards:

1 with Ind. (after both present and past tenses), ἐ. οὐδὲ ἔοικε Il.1.119
, cf. 153, 278, Pi.O.4.16, X.Mem.2.3.4; ἐπειδή Th.8.80
; ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἐθέλεις Pl.Prt. 335c
; νίκη δ' ἐπείπερ ἕσπετ', ἐμπέδως μένοι A.Ag. 854
; freq. with past tenses with ἄν, ἐπεὶ οὔποτ' ἂν στόλον ἐπλεύσατ' ἄν S.Ph. 1037
; ἐπεὶ οὔ κεν ἀνιδρωτί γ' ἐτελέσθη Il.15.228
, cf. D. 18.49; οὐ γὰρ ἂν σθένοντά γε εἷλέν μ'· ἐπεὶ οὐδ' ἂν ὧδ' ἔχοντ' (sc. εἷλεν) S.Ph. 948: esp. in the sense, for otherwise.., Pi.O.9.29, S.OT 433, X.Mem.2.7.14, Herod.2.72, etc.: so c. [tense] fut., ἐξέστω δὲ μηδενὶ.. τεθῆναι.., ἐ. ἀποδώσει.. otherwise he shall pay.., Rev.Et.Anc.4.261 (near Smyrna): c. imper., ἐ. δίδαξον for teach me, S.El. 352, OC 969, cf. OT 390, Ar.V.73, Pl.Grg. 473e: with an interrog., ἐ. πῶς ἂν καλέσειας; for how would you call him? Ar.Nu. 688, cf. Pi.P.7.5, A.Ch. 214, S. Tr. 139 (lyr.); ὦ Ἀλκιβιάδη, ἐπειδὴ περὶ τίνος Ἀθηναῖοι διανοοῦνται βουλεύεσθαι, ἀνίστασαι συμβουλεύσων; Pl.Alc.1.106c
.

2 c. Opt., ἐ. ἂν μάλα τοι σχεδὸν ἔλθοι Il.9.304
, cf. S.Aj. 916; so after past tenses on the principle of orat. obliq., ἐπείπερ ἡγήσαιντο since (as they said) they believed, X.Mem.1.4.19.

3 c. Inf. in orat. obliq., ἐ. γιγνώσκειν γε αὐτά Pl.Prt. 353a
, cf. Hdt.8.111, Th.2.93.

4 in elliptical expressions, ἀδύνατός [εἰμι], ἐ. ἐβουλόμην ἂν οἷός τ' εἶναι I am unable (and yet I am sorry), for I should like to have the power, Pl.Prt. 335c; so εἶμι· ἐ. καὶ ταῦτ' ἂν ἴσως οὐκ ἀηδῶς σου ἤκουον ibid. (here the sense may be given by and yet, although, cf. ib. 333c, 317a, Ap. 19e, Smp. 187a, Arist.EN 1121a19); ἐ. ὅ γε ἀποθανὼν πελάτης τις ἦν ἐμός and yet (moreover) the murdered man was my own hired man, Pl. Euthphr.4c.

b sts. after a voc., where 'listen' may be supplied, Ἕκτορ, ἐ. με κατ' αἶσαν ἐνείκεσας Il.3.59
, cf. 13.68, Od.3.103, 211.

5 with other Particles, ἐ. ἄρα, ἐ. ἂρ δή since then, Od.17.185; ἐ. γε (ἐπεί.. γε Il.1.352
, Hes. Th. 171), more emphatic than ἐ., since indeed, E.Cyc. 181, Hipp. 955; ἐπειδή γε ib. 946, Pl.Phd. 77d, D.54.29; sts. separated, ἐπειδή.. γε S.El. 631
, Pl.Phd. 87c; ἐ. γε δή Hdt.3.9
, S.Ant. 923, ἐπειδή γε καί Th.6.18
; ἐ. ἦ since in truth, ἐ. ἦ πολὺ φέρτερόν ἐστι Il.1.169
, cf. 156, Od.9.276; ἐπείπερ (ἐ... περ Il.13.447
, Od.20.181) in Trag. and Prose, A.Ag. 822, S.OC75, Pl.Phd. 114d; ἐπειδήπερ in Com. and Prose, Ar.Ach. 437, 495, Nu. 1412, Th.6.18, Pl.R. 350e; ἐ. τοι since surely, S.OC 433; ἐ. νύ τοι Il.1.416
; ἐ. τοι καί E. Med. 677
, Pl.R. 567e. [ἐ. sts. begins a verse in Hom., Il.22.379, Od. 4.13, 8.452, 21.25; sts. coalesces by synizesis with οὐ, οὐδέ, etc., S. Ph. 446, 948, etc.]

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐπεί
120 într-o bună zi

1. ( în trecut) one (fine) day

once (upon a time)

2. ( în viitor) one of these (fine) days

some day (or other)

some time or other

some other day.

Română-Engleză dicționar expresii > într-o bună zi

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

some other time — If somebody says they ll do something some other time, they mean at some indefinite time in the future, possibly never, but they certainly don t want to feel obliged to fix a specific time or date … The small dictionary of idiomes
some other time — If somebody says they ll do something some other time, they mean at some indefinite time in the future, possibly never, but they certainly don t want to feel obliged to fix a specific time or date. (Dorking School Dictionary) … English Idioms & idiomatic expressions
Some other time — If somebody says they ll do something some other time, they mean at some indefinite time in the future, possibly never, but they certainly don t want to feel obliged to fix a specific time or date … Dictionary of English idioms
some other time — on another occasion, at a different time … English contemporary dictionary
Time Remembered (album de Bill Evans) — Time remembered Album par Bill Evans Sortie 1999 Enregistrement 15 décembre 1958 ; 10 avril 1962 ; 30 et 31 mai 1963 Durée 70:50 Genre Jazz Producteur … Wikipédia en Français
other — oth|er [ ʌðər ] function word *** Other can be used in the following ways: as a determiner (followed by a plural noun): He doesn t like other people interfering. (after the or a possessive word and followed by a singular or plural noun): the… … Usage of the words and phrases in modern English
other */*/*/ — UK [ˈʌðə(r)] / US [ˈʌðər] determiner, pronoun Summary: Other can be used in the following ways: as a determiner (followed by a plural noun): He doesn t like other people interfering. (after the or a possessive word and followed by a singular or… … English dictionary
other — oth|er W1S1 [ˈʌðə US ˈʌðər] determiner, adj, pron ▬▬▬▬▬▬▬ 1¦(the second of two)¦ 2¦(the rest)¦ 3¦(additional)¦ 4¦(different)¦ 5¦(opposite)¦ 6 other than 7 none other than somebody 8 the other way around/round 9 the other day/morning/week etc … Dictionary of contemporary English
other — determiner, adjective, pronoun 1 used when there are two people, things etc to mean the one that is not being used, the one that you do not already have etc: the other: She was driving the car with one hand and wiping the window with the other. | … Longman dictionary of contemporary English
other*/*/*/ — [ˈʌðə] grammar word summary: Other can be: ■ a determiner: He doesn t like other people interfering. ■ an adjective: She invited all her other friends. ■ a pronoun: He swerved from one side of the road to the other. ♦ Some systems are better than … Dictionary for writing and speaking English
some — Kekahi, wahi. Also: kahi, kauwahi, nāhi, ona. ♦ Give me some, na u kahi. ♦ Some other day, kekahi lā. ♦ Some other time, kekahi manawa. ♦ Some place, kauwahi … English-Hawaiian dictionary

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

some+other+time

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

some+other+time

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: